ETC2 LM3S2965-IRN20-A0 Microcontroller Datasheet

P R E L IMI NARY
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
D ATA SH E E T
D S -LM3 S 2 965 - 1 9 7 2
Copyr i ght © 2007 Lum i nar y M i c ro, Inc.
Legal Disclaimers and Trademark Information
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH LUMINARY MICRO PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT
AS PROVIDED IN LUMINARY MICRO'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, LUMINARY MICRO ASSUMES NO
LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND LUMINARY MICRO DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR
USE OF LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT.
LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING, OR LIFE-SUSTAINING APPLICATIONS.
Luminary Micro may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Contact your local Luminary Micro sales office
or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications before placing your product order.
Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined." Luminary Micro reserves these
for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them.
Copyright © 2007 Luminary Micro, Inc. All rights reserved. Stellaris, Luminary Micro, and the Luminary Micro logo are registered trademarks of
Luminary Micro, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. ARM and Thumb are registered trademarks and Cortex is a trademark
of ARM Limited. Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Luminary Micro, Inc.
108 Wild Basin, Suite 350
Austin, TX 78746
Main: +1-512-279-8800
Fax: +1-512-279-8879
http://www.luminarymicro.com
2
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Table of Contents
About This Document .................................................................................................................... 21
Audience ..............................................................................................................................................
About This Manual ................................................................................................................................
Related Documents ...............................................................................................................................
Documentation Conventions ..................................................................................................................
21
21
21
21
1
Architectural Overview ...................................................................................................... 23
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
1.4.7
1.4.8
Product Features ......................................................................................................................
Target Applications ....................................................................................................................
High-Level Block Diagram .........................................................................................................
Functional Overview ..................................................................................................................
ARM Cortex™-M3 .....................................................................................................................
Motor Control Peripherals ..........................................................................................................
Analog Peripherals ....................................................................................................................
Serial Communications Peripherals ............................................................................................
System Peripherals ...................................................................................................................
Memory Peripherals ..................................................................................................................
Additional Features ...................................................................................................................
Hardware Details ......................................................................................................................
2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core ...................................................................................... 38
2.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
Block Diagram ..........................................................................................................................
Functional Description ...............................................................................................................
Serial Wire and JTAG Debug .....................................................................................................
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) .............................................................................................
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) .................................................................................................
ROM Table ...............................................................................................................................
Memory Protection Unit (MPU) ...................................................................................................
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) ................................................................................
3
Memory Map ....................................................................................................................... 44
4
Interrupts ............................................................................................................................ 46
5
JTAG Interface .................................................................................................................... 49
5.1
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
Block Diagram ..........................................................................................................................
Functional Description ...............................................................................................................
JTAG Interface Pins ..................................................................................................................
JTAG TAP Controller .................................................................................................................
Shift Registers ..........................................................................................................................
Operational Considerations ........................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration ...................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................
Instruction Register (IR) .............................................................................................................
Data Registers ..........................................................................................................................
6
System Control ................................................................................................................... 60
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
Functional Description ............................................................................................................... 60
Device Identification .................................................................................................................. 60
Reset Control ............................................................................................................................ 60
November 30, 2007
23
29
30
31
31
31
32
33
34
35
36
36
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
51
52
53
53
56
56
56
58
3
Preliminary
Table of Contents
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.2
6.3
6.4
Power Control ...........................................................................................................................
Clock Control ............................................................................................................................
System Control .........................................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration ...................................................................................................
Register Map ............................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................
7
Hibernation Module .......................................................................................................... 121
7.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
7.2.7
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.4
7.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Register Access Timing ...........................................................................................................
Clock Source ..........................................................................................................................
Battery Management ...............................................................................................................
Real-Time Clock ......................................................................................................................
Non-Volatile Memory ...............................................................................................................
Power Control .........................................................................................................................
Interrupts and Status ...............................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Initialization .............................................................................................................................
RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation) ................................................................................
RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation .....................................................................................
External Wake-Up from Hibernation ..........................................................................................
RTC/External Wake-Up from Hibernation ..................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
8
Internal Memory ............................................................................................................... 140
8.1
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.4
8.5
8.6
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 140
Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 140
SRAM Memory ........................................................................................................................ 140
Flash Memory ......................................................................................................................... 141
Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration ........................................................................... 142
Flash Programming ................................................................................................................. 142
Nonvolatile Register Programming ........................................................................................... 143
Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 143
Flash Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset) ..................................................................... 144
Flash Register Descriptions (System Control Offset) .................................................................. 151
9
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ....................................................................... 164
9.1
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.1.6
9.2
9.3
9.4
Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 164
Data Control ........................................................................................................................... 165
Interrupt Control ...................................................................................................................... 166
Mode Control .......................................................................................................................... 167
Commit Control ....................................................................................................................... 167
Pad Control ............................................................................................................................. 167
Identification ........................................................................................................................... 167
Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 167
Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 169
Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 170
4
63
63
65
66
66
67
122
122
122
123
123
123
124
124
124
125
125
125
125
126
126
126
127
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
10
General-Purpose Timers ................................................................................................. 205
10.1
10.2
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.3
10.3.1
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.3.5
10.3.6
10.4
10.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
GPTM Reset Conditions ..........................................................................................................
32-Bit Timer Operating Modes ..................................................................................................
16-Bit Timer Operating Modes ..................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode .......................................................................................
32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode .........................................................................................
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode .......................................................................................
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode .................................................................................................
16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode ................................................................................................
16-Bit PWM Mode ...................................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
11
Watchdog Timer ............................................................................................................... 241
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
12
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ................................................................................. 264
12.1
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
12.2.6
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.4
12.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 265
Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 265
Sample Sequencers ................................................................................................................ 265
Module Control ........................................................................................................................ 266
Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit ......................................................................................... 267
Analog-to-Digital Converter ...................................................................................................... 267
Test Modes ............................................................................................................................. 267
Internal Temperature Sensor .................................................................................................... 267
Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 268
Module Initialization ................................................................................................................. 268
Sample Sequencer Configuration ............................................................................................. 268
Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 269
Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 270
13
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ......................................... 297
13.1
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.2.6
13.2.7
13.2.8
13.3
13.4
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Transmit/Receive Logic ...........................................................................................................
Baud-Rate Generation .............................................................................................................
Data Transmission ..................................................................................................................
Serial IR (SIR) .........................................................................................................................
FIFO Operation .......................................................................................................................
Interrupts ................................................................................................................................
Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................
IrDA SIR block ........................................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
November 30, 2007
205
206
207
207
208
212
212
213
213
214
214
215
215
216
241
241
242
242
243
298
298
298
299
300
300
301
301
302
302
302
303
5
Preliminary
Table of Contents
13.5
Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 304
14
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................ 338
14.1
14.2
14.2.1
14.2.2
14.2.3
14.2.4
14.3
14.4
14.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Bit Rate Generation .................................................................................................................
FIFO Operation .......................................................................................................................
Interrupts ................................................................................................................................
Frame Formats .......................................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
15
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ............................................................................ 375
15.1
15.2
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.2.3
15.2.4
15.2.5
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
I2C Bus Functional Overview ....................................................................................................
Available Speed Modes ...........................................................................................................
Interrupts ................................................................................................................................
Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................
Command Sequence Flow Charts ............................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
I2C Register Map .....................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions (I2C Master) ...........................................................................................
Register Descriptions (I2C Slave) .............................................................................................
16
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module ......................................................................... 410
16.1
Controller Area Network Overview ............................................................................................
16.2
Controller Area Network Features ............................................................................................
16.3
Controller Area Network Block Diagram ....................................................................................
16.4
Controller Area Network Functional Description .........................................................................
16.4.1 Initialization .............................................................................................................................
16.4.2 Operation ...............................................................................................................................
16.4.3 Transmitting Message Objects .................................................................................................
16.4.4 Configuring a Transmit Message Object ....................................................................................
16.4.5 Updating a Transmit Message Object .......................................................................................
16.4.6 Accepting Received Message Objects ......................................................................................
16.4.7 Receiving a Data Frame ..........................................................................................................
16.4.8 Receiving a Remote Frame ......................................................................................................
16.4.9 Receive/Transmit Priority .........................................................................................................
16.4.10 Configuring a Receive Message Object ....................................................................................
16.4.11 Handling of Received Message Objects ....................................................................................
16.4.12 Handling of Interrupts ..............................................................................................................
16.4.13 Bit Timing Configuration Error Considerations ...........................................................................
16.4.14 Bit Time and Bit Rate ...............................................................................................................
16.4.15 Calculating the Bit Timing Parameters ......................................................................................
16.5
Controller Area Network Register Map ......................................................................................
16.6
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
338
338
339
339
339
340
347
348
349
375
375
376
378
379
379
380
386
387
388
401
410
410
411
412
412
413
413
413
414
414
415
415
415
415
416
416
417
417
419
421
423
17
Analog Comparators ....................................................................................................... 451
17.1
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 452
6
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
17.2
17.2.1
17.3
17.4
17.5
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Internal Reference Programming ..............................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
452
454
455
455
456
18
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) ........................................................................................ 464
18.1
18.2
18.2.1
18.2.2
18.2.3
18.2.4
18.2.5
18.2.6
18.2.7
18.2.8
18.3
18.4
18.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
PWM Timer .............................................................................................................................
PWM Comparators ..................................................................................................................
PWM Signal Generator ............................................................................................................
Dead-Band Generator .............................................................................................................
Interrupt/ADC-Trigger Selector .................................................................................................
Synchronization Methods .........................................................................................................
Fault Conditions ......................................................................................................................
Output Control Block ...............................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
19
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ............................................................................... 500
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................
Functional Description .............................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .................................................................................................
Register Map ..........................................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..............................................................................................................
20
Pin Diagram ...................................................................................................................... 517
21
Signal Tables .................................................................................................................... 518
22
Operating Characteristics ............................................................................................... 533
23
Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................ 534
464
464
464
465
466
467
467
467
468
468
468
469
471
500
501
503
504
504
23.1
DC Characteristics .................................................................................................................. 534
23.1.1 Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................................... 534
23.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions .................................................................................. 534
23.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics ............................................................ 535
23.1.4 Power Specifications ............................................................................................................... 535
23.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics .................................................................................................. 537
23.2
AC Characteristics ................................................................................................................... 537
23.2.1 Load Conditions ...................................................................................................................... 537
23.2.2 Clocks .................................................................................................................................... 537
23.2.3 Analog-to-Digital Converter ...................................................................................................... 538
23.2.4 Analog Comparator ................................................................................................................. 539
23.2.5 I2C ......................................................................................................................................... 539
23.2.6 Hibernation Module ................................................................................................................. 540
23.2.7 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ........................................................................................... 540
23.2.8 JTAG and Boundary Scan ........................................................................................................ 542
23.2.9 General-Purpose I/O ............................................................................................................... 543
23.2.10 Reset ..................................................................................................................................... 544
November 30, 2007
7
Preliminary
Table of Contents
24
Package Information ........................................................................................................ 546
A
Serial Flash Loader .......................................................................................................... 548
A.1
A.2
A.2.1
A.2.2
A.3
A.3.1
A.3.2
A.3.3
A.4
A.4.1
A.4.2
A.4.3
A.4.4
A.4.5
A.4.6
Serial Flash Loader .................................................................................................................
Interfaces ...............................................................................................................................
UART .....................................................................................................................................
SSI .........................................................................................................................................
Packet Handling ......................................................................................................................
Packet Format ........................................................................................................................
Sending Packets .....................................................................................................................
Receiving Packets ...................................................................................................................
Commands .............................................................................................................................
COMMAND_PING (0X20) ........................................................................................................
COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) ...........................................................................................
COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21) .............................................................................................
COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) .............................................................................................
COMMAND_RUN (0x22) .........................................................................................................
COMMAND_RESET (0x25) .....................................................................................................
B
Register Quick Reference ............................................................................................... 553
C
Ordering and Contact Information ................................................................................. 573
C.1
C.2
C.3
C.4
Ordering Information ................................................................................................................
Kits .........................................................................................................................................
Company Information ..............................................................................................................
Support Information .................................................................................................................
8
548
548
548
548
549
549
549
549
550
550
550
550
551
551
551
573
573
573
574
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
List of Figures
Figure 1-1.
Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-2.
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 6-1.
Figure 7-1.
Figure 8-1.
Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-3.
Figure 10-1.
Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-4.
Figure 11-1.
Figure 12-1.
Figure 12-2.
Figure 13-1.
Figure 13-2.
Figure 13-3.
Figure 14-1.
Figure 14-2.
Figure 14-3.
Figure 14-4.
Figure 14-5.
Figure 14-6.
Figure 14-7.
Figure 14-8.
Figure 14-9.
Figure 14-10.
Figure 14-11.
Figure 14-12.
Figure 15-1.
Figure 15-2.
Figure 15-3.
Figure 15-4.
Figure 15-5.
Figure 15-6.
Figure 15-7.
Figure 15-8.
Figure 15-9.
®
Stellaris 2000 Series High-Level Block Diagram ............................................................... 30
CPU Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 39
TPIU Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 40
JTAG Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 50
Test Access Port State Machine ....................................................................................... 53
IDCODE Register Format ................................................................................................. 58
BYPASS Register Format ................................................................................................ 59
Boundary Scan Register Format ....................................................................................... 59
External Circuitry to Extend Reset .................................................................................... 61
Hibernation Module Block Diagram ................................................................................. 122
Flash Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 140
GPIO Port Block Diagram ............................................................................................... 165
GPIODATA Write Example ............................................................................................. 166
GPIODATA Read Example ............................................................................................. 166
GPTM Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................ 206
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example .......................................................................... 210
16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example ........................................................................... 211
16-Bit PWM Mode Example ............................................................................................ 212
WDT Module Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 241
ADC Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................... 265
Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic ..................................................................... 268
UART Module Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 298
UART Character Frame ................................................................................................. 299
IrDA Data Modulation ..................................................................................................... 301
SSI Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 338
TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) .................................................... 340
TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ............................................ 341
Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 ...................................... 342
Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .............................. 342
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 343
Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 ........................... 344
Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 .................... 344
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 345
MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) .................................................................... 346
MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ......................................................... 347
MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements ........................ 347
I2C Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 375
I2C Bus Configuration .................................................................................................... 376
START and STOP Conditions ......................................................................................... 376
Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address ................................................................... 377
R/S Bit in First Byte ........................................................................................................ 377
Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I2C Bus ............................................................... 377
Master Single SEND ...................................................................................................... 380
Master Single RECEIVE ................................................................................................. 381
Master Burst SEND ....................................................................................................... 382
November 30, 2007
9
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Figure 15-10.
Figure 15-11.
Figure 15-12.
Figure 15-13.
Figure 16-1.
Figure 16-2.
Figure 17-1.
Figure 17-2.
Figure 17-3.
Figure 18-1.
Figure 18-2.
Figure 18-3.
Figure 18-4.
Figure 18-5.
Figure 19-1.
Figure 19-2.
Figure 20-1.
Figure 23-1.
Figure 23-2.
Figure 23-3.
Figure 23-4.
Figure 23-5.
Figure 23-6.
Figure 23-7.
Figure 23-8.
Figure 23-9.
Figure 23-10.
Figure 23-11.
Figure 23-12.
Figure 23-13.
Figure 23-14.
Figure 24-1.
Master Burst RECEIVE .................................................................................................. 383
Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND ........................................................................ 384
Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE ........................................................................ 385
Slave Command Sequence ............................................................................................ 386
CAN Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................... 411
CAN Bit Time ................................................................................................................ 418
Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram ..................................................................... 452
Structure of Comparator Unit .......................................................................................... 453
Comparator Internal Reference Structure ........................................................................ 454
PWM Module Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 464
PWM Count-Down Mode ................................................................................................ 465
PWM Count-Up/Down Mode .......................................................................................... 466
PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode ....................................................... 466
PWM Dead-Band Generator ........................................................................................... 467
QEI Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 501
Quadrature Encoder and Velocity Predivider Operation .................................................... 502
Pin Connection Diagram ................................................................................................ 517
Load Conditions ............................................................................................................ 537
I2C Timing ..................................................................................................................... 540
Hibernation Module Timing ............................................................................................. 540
SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement .............. 541
SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer ............................. 541
SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 ................................................. 542
JTAG Test Clock Input Timing ......................................................................................... 543
JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing .............................................................................. 543
JTAG TRST Timing ........................................................................................................ 543
External Reset Timing (RST) .......................................................................................... 544
Power-On Reset Timing ................................................................................................. 545
Brown-Out Reset Timing ................................................................................................ 545
Software Reset Timing ................................................................................................... 545
Watchdog Reset Timing ................................................................................................. 545
100-Pin LQFP Package .................................................................................................. 546
10
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
List of Tables
Table 1.
Table 3-1.
Table 4-1.
Table 4-2.
Table 5-1.
Table 5-2.
Table 6-1.
Table 7-1.
Table 8-1.
Table 8-2.
Table 8-3.
Table 9-1.
Table 9-2.
Table 9-3.
Table 10-1.
Table 10-2.
Table 10-3.
Table 11-1.
Table 12-1.
Table 12-2.
Table 13-1.
Table 14-1.
Table 15-1.
Table 15-2.
Table 15-3.
Table 16-1.
Table 16-2.
Table 16-3.
Table 16-4.
Table 17-1.
Table 17-2.
Table 17-3.
Table 17-4.
Table 17-5.
Table 18-1.
Table 19-1.
Table 21-1.
Table 21-2.
Table 21-3.
Table 21-4.
Table 22-1.
Table 22-2.
Table 23-1.
Table 23-2.
Table 23-3.
Table 23-4.
Documentation Conventions ............................................................................................ 21
Memory Map ................................................................................................................... 44
Exception Types .............................................................................................................. 46
Interrupts ........................................................................................................................ 47
JTAG Port Pins Reset State ............................................................................................. 51
JTAG Instruction Register Commands ............................................................................... 56
System Control Register Map ........................................................................................... 66
Hibernation Module Register Map ................................................................................... 126
Flash Protection Policy Combinations ............................................................................. 142
Flash Resident Registers ............................................................................................... 143
Flash Register Map ........................................................................................................ 143
GPIO Pad Configuration Examples ................................................................................. 168
GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example ............................................................................ 168
GPIO Register Map ....................................................................................................... 169
Available CCP Pins ........................................................................................................ 206
16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations ..................................................................... 209
Timers Register Map ...................................................................................................... 215
Watchdog Timer Register Map ........................................................................................ 242
Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers ........................................................................ 265
ADC Register Map ......................................................................................................... 269
UART Register Map ....................................................................................................... 303
SSI Register Map .......................................................................................................... 349
Examples of I2C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode ............................................... 378
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register Map ......................................................... 387
Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3) ................................................ 392
Transmit Message Object Bit Settings ............................................................................. 414
Receive Message Object Bit Settings .............................................................................. 416
CAN Protocol Ranges .................................................................................................... 418
CAN Register Map ......................................................................................................... 421
Comparator 0 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 453
Comparator 1 Operating Modes ..................................................................................... 453
Comparator 2 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 454
Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ................................................. 454
Analog Comparators Register Map ................................................................................. 456
PWM Register Map ........................................................................................................ 469
QEI Register Map .......................................................................................................... 504
Signals by Pin Number ................................................................................................... 518
Signals by Signal Name ................................................................................................. 522
Signals by Function, Except for GPIO ............................................................................. 527
GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions ................................................................................. 531
Temperature Characteristics ........................................................................................... 533
Thermal Characteristics ................................................................................................. 533
Maximum Ratings .......................................................................................................... 534
Recommended DC Operating Conditions ........................................................................ 534
LDO Regulator Characteristics ....................................................................................... 535
Detailed Power Specifications ........................................................................................ 536
November 30, 2007
11
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Table 23-5.
Table 23-6.
Table 23-7.
Table 23-8.
Table 23-9.
Table 23-10.
Table 23-11.
Table 23-12.
Table 23-13.
Table 23-14.
Table 23-15.
Table 23-16.
Table 23-17.
Table C-1.
Flash Memory Characteristics ........................................................................................ 537
Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics ....................................................................... 537
Clock Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 537
Crystal Characteristics ................................................................................................... 538
ADC Characteristics ....................................................................................................... 538
Analog Comparator Characteristics ................................................................................. 539
Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics .................................................... 539
I2C Characteristics ......................................................................................................... 539
Hibernation Module Characteristics ................................................................................. 540
SSI Characteristics ........................................................................................................ 540
JTAG Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 542
GPIO Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 544
Reset Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 544
Part Ordering Information ............................................................................................... 573
12
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
List of Registers
System Control .............................................................................................................................. 60
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 ....................................................................... 68
Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 .......................................................... 70
LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034 ................................................................... 71
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 ........................................................................... 72
Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 ........................................................................ 73
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 .................................................... 74
Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C .................................................................................. 75
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 .......................................................... 76
XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 .............................................................. 80
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070 ...................................................... 81
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 .......................................... 83
Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 ....................................................................... 84
Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... 86
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 ......................................................................... 87
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... 89
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 ......................................................................... 91
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C ......................................................................... 94
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 .................................... 95
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 .................................. 97
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 ......................... 99
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 ................................... 101
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 ................................. 104
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 ....................... 107
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 ................................... 110
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 ................................. 112
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 ....................... 114
Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 ............................................................. 116
Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 ............................................................. 118
Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 ............................................................. 120
Hibernation Module ..................................................................................................................... 121
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000 .........................................................
Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004 .......................................................
Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008 .......................................................
Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C ...........................................................
Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010 .....................................................................
Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014 .............................................................
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018 ..................................................
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C ............................................
Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020 .............................................................
Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024 ...............................................................
Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C ............................................................
128
129
130
131
132
134
135
136
137
138
139
Internal Memory ........................................................................................................................... 140
Register 1:
Register 2:
Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 .................................................................... 145
Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 ......................................................................... 146
November 30, 2007
13
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 .....................................................................
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C ............................................
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 ........................................................
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 .....................
USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140 ............................................................................
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130 and 0x200 ...................
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset 0x134 and 0x400 ...............
User Debug (USER_DBG), offset 0x1D0 .........................................................................
User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0 ..................................................................
User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4 ..................................................................
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204 ....................................
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208 ....................................
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C ...................................
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset 0x404 ...............................
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset 0x408 ...............................
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset 0x40C ...............................
147
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ................................................................................... 164
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 171
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 ......................................................................... 172
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 .................................................................. 173
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 ........................................................ 174
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C ................................................................ 175
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 ................................................................... 176
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 ........................................................ 177
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 ................................................... 178
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C ................................................................ 179
GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 ............................................ 180
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 ........................................................ 182
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 ........................................................ 183
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 ........................................................ 184
GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C ......................................................... 185
GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 ................................................................ 186
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 ........................................................... 187
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 ................................................ 188
GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C ................................................................ 189
GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520 ............................................................................ 190
GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524 ............................................................................ 191
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ....................................... 193
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ....................................... 194
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ....................................... 195
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ...................................... 196
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ....................................... 197
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ....................................... 198
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ....................................... 199
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ...................................... 200
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .......................................... 201
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .......................................... 202
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .......................................... 203
14
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 32:
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ......................................... 204
General-Purpose Timers ............................................................................................................. 205
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 ..............................................................
GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 ............................................................
GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 ............................................................
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C ........................................................................
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 ..............................................................
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C .....................................................
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 ................................................
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 ..............................................................
GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 .................................................
GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C ................................................
GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 ...................................................
GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 ..................................................
GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 ........................................................
GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C .......................................................
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 ...........................................
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 ...........................................
GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 ........................................................................
GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C .......................................................................
217
218
220
222
225
227
228
229
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
Watchdog Timer ........................................................................................................................... 241
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 ......................................................................
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 ...................................................................
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 .....................................................................
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C ..........................................................
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 ..................................................
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 .............................................
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 .......................................................................
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 .....................................................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 .................................
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC .................................
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ....................................
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ....................................
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ....................................
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC ..................................
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ............................................................................................. 264
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000 ............................................. 271
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 272
ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... 273
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC), offset 0x00C .................................................. 274
ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT), offset 0x010 ............................................................ 275
ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX), offset 0x014 ................................................. 276
November 30, 2007
15
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT), offset 0x018 ...........................................................
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI), offset 0x020 .............................................
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI), offset 0x028 .................................
ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC), offset 0x030 .................................................
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0), offset 0x040 ...............
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0), offset 0x044 ........................................
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0), offset 0x048 ................................
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1 (ADCSSFIFO1), offset 0x068 ................................
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2 (ADCSSFIFO2), offset 0x088 ................................
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3 (ADCSSFIFO3), offset 0x0A8 ...............................
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0), offset 0x04C .............................
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status (ADCSSFSTAT1), offset 0x06C .............................
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status (ADCSSFSTAT2), offset 0x08C ............................
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status (ADCSSFSTAT3), offset 0x0AC ............................
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1), offset 0x060 ...............
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2), offset 0x080 ...............
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1), offset 0x064 ........................................
ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2), offset 0x084 ........................................
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3), offset 0x0A0 ...............
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3), offset 0x0A4 ........................................
ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB), offset 0x100 .......................................................
279
280
281
282
283
285
288
288
288
288
289
289
289
289
290
290
291
291
293
294
295
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ..................................................... 297
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 ...............................................................................
UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 ...........................
UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 ................................................................................
UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR), offset 0x020 .............................................
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 ............................................
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 .......................................
UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C ...............................................................
UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 .........................................................................
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 ...........................................
UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 .................................................................
UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C ......................................................
UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 .................................................
UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 ...............................................................
UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 .....................................
UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 .....................................
UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 .....................................
UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC .....................................
UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ......................................
UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ......................................
UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ......................................
UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC .....................................
UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ........................................
UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ........................................
UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ........................................
UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ........................................
16
305
307
309
311
312
313
314
316
318
320
322
323
324
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ............................................................................................ 338
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 ..............................................................................
SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 ..............................................................................
SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 ......................................................................................
SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C ...................................................................................
SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 ..................................................................
SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 .........................................................................
SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 ..............................................................
SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C ........................................................
SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 .......................................................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ...............................................
350
352
354
355
357
358
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ........................................................................................ 375
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 ...........................................................
I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 ...........................................................
I2C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 .........................................................................
I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C ...........................................................
I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 .........................................................
I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 .................................................
I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 ...........................................
I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C .........................................................
I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 ............................................................
I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 ............................................................
I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 ...........................................................
I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 ...........................................................................
I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C ...........................................................
I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 ...................................................
I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 ..............................................
I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 ............................................................
389
390
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
402
403
405
406
407
408
409
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module ..................................................................................... 410
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
CAN Control (CANCTL), offset 0x000 ............................................................................. 424
CAN Status (CANSTS), offset 0x004 ............................................................................... 426
CAN Error Counter (CANERR), offset 0x008 ................................................................... 429
CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT), offset 0x00C .......................................................................... 430
CAN Interrupt (CANINT), offset 0x010 ............................................................................. 432
CAN Test (CANTST), offset 0x014 .................................................................................. 433
CAN Baud Rate Prescalar Extension (CANBRPE), offset 0x018 ....................................... 435
November 30, 2007
17
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
CAN IF1 Command Request (CANIF1CRQ), offset 0x020 ................................................ 436
CAN IF2 Command Request (CANIF2CRQ), offset 0x080 ................................................ 436
CAN IF1 Command Mask (CANIF1CMSK), offset 0x024 .................................................. 437
CAN IF2 Command Mask (CANIF2CMSK), offset 0x084 .................................................. 437
CAN IF1 Mask 1 (CANIF1MSK1), offset 0x028 ................................................................ 440
CAN IF2 Mask 1 (CANIF2MSK1), offset 0x088 ................................................................ 440
CAN IF1 Mask 2 (CANIF1MSK2), offset 0x02C ................................................................ 441
CAN IF2 Mask 2 (CANIF2MSK2), offset 0x08C ................................................................ 441
CAN IF1 Arbitration 1 (CANIF1ARB1), offset 0x030 ......................................................... 442
CAN IF2 Arbitration 1 (CANIF2ARB1), offset 0x090 ......................................................... 442
CAN IF1 Arbitration 2 (CANIF1ARB2), offset 0x034 ......................................................... 443
CAN IF2 Arbitration 2 (CANIF2ARB2), offset 0x094 ......................................................... 443
CAN IF1 Message Control (CANIF1MCTL), offset 0x038 .................................................. 444
CAN IF2 Message Control (CANIF2MCTL), offset 0x098 .................................................. 444
CAN IF1 Data A1 (CANIF1DA1), offset 0x03C ................................................................. 446
CAN IF1 Data A2 (CANIF1DA2), offset 0x040 ................................................................. 446
CAN IF1 Data B1 (CANIF1DB1), offset 0x044 ................................................................. 446
CAN IF1 Data B2 (CANIF1DB2), offset 0x048 ................................................................. 446
CAN IF2 Data A1 (CANIF2DA1), offset 0x09C ................................................................. 446
CAN IF2 Data A2 (CANIF2DA2), offset 0x0A0 ................................................................. 446
CAN IF2 Data B1 (CANIF2DB1), offset 0x0A4 ................................................................. 446
CAN IF2 Data B2 (CANIF2DB2), offset 0x0A8 ................................................................. 446
CAN Transmission Request 1 (CANTXRQ1), offset 0x100 ................................................ 447
CAN Transmission Request 2 (CANTXRQ2), offset 0x104 ................................................ 447
CAN New Data 1 (CANNWDA1), offset 0x120 ................................................................. 448
CAN New Data 2 (CANNWDA2), offset 0x124 ................................................................. 448
CAN Message 1 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG1INT), offset 0x140 ..................................... 449
CAN Message 2 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG2INT), offset 0x144 ..................................... 449
CAN Message 1 Valid (CANMSG1VAL), offset 0x160 ....................................................... 450
CAN Message 2 Valid (CANMSG2VAL), offset 0x164 ....................................................... 450
Analog Comparators ................................................................................................................... 451
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00 ....................................
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04 .........................................
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08 ...........................................
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x10 .........................
Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20 .......................................................
Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40 .......................................................
Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x60 .......................................................
Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24 .......................................................
Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44 .......................................................
Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x64 ......................................................
457
458
459
460
461
461
461
462
462
462
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) .................................................................................................... 464
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000 ................................................................ 472
PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 473
PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008 .......................................................... 474
PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C ....................................................... 475
PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010 ................................................................ 476
PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014 ........................................................... 477
18
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
Register 38:
Register 39:
Register 40:
Register 41:
Register 42:
Register 43:
Register 44:
Register 45:
Register 46:
Register 47:
Register 48:
PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018 ........................................................ 478
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C ................................................ 479
PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020 ...................................................................... 480
PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040 ....................................................................... 481
PWM1 Control (PWM1CTL), offset 0x080 ....................................................................... 481
PWM2 Control (PWM2CTL), offset 0x0C0 ...................................................................... 481
PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044 .................................... 483
PWM1 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM1INTEN), offset 0x084 .................................... 483
PWM2 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM2INTEN), offset 0x0C4 .................................... 483
PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048 .................................................... 485
PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM1RIS), offset 0x088 .................................................... 485
PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM2RIS), offset 0x0C8 ................................................... 485
PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C ........................................... 486
PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C ........................................... 486
PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC ........................................... 486
PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050 ....................................................................... 487
PWM1 Load (PWM1LOAD), offset 0x090 ....................................................................... 487
PWM2 Load (PWM2LOAD), offset 0x0D0 ....................................................................... 487
PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054 ................................................................ 488
PWM1 Counter (PWM1COUNT), offset 0x094 ................................................................ 488
PWM2 Counter (PWM2COUNT), offset 0x0D4 ............................................................... 488
PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058 ............................................................. 489
PWM1 Compare A (PWM1CMPA), offset 0x098 ............................................................. 489
PWM2 Compare A (PWM2CMPA), offset 0x0D8 ............................................................. 489
PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C ............................................................. 490
PWM1 Compare B (PWM1CMPB), offset 0x09C ............................................................. 490
PWM2 Compare B (PWM2CMPB), offset 0x0DC ............................................................ 490
PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060 ................................................ 491
PWM1 Generator A Control (PWM1GENA), offset 0x0A0 ................................................ 491
PWM2 Generator A Control (PWM2GENA), offset 0x0E0 ................................................ 491
PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064 ................................................ 494
PWM1 Generator B Control (PWM1GENB), offset 0x0A4 ................................................ 494
PWM2 Generator B Control (PWM2GENB), offset 0x0E4 ................................................ 494
PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068 ................................................ 497
PWM1 Dead-Band Control (PWM1DBCTL), offset 0x0A8 ................................................. 497
PWM2 Dead-Band Control (PWM2DBCTL), offset 0x0E8 ................................................ 497
PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C ............................. 498
PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM1DBRISE), offset 0x0AC ............................. 498
PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM2DBRISE), offset 0x0EC ............................. 498
PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070 ............................. 499
PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM1DBFALL), offset 0x0B0 ............................. 499
PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM2DBFALL), offset 0x0F0 ............................. 499
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) .......................................................................................... 500
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
QEI Control (QEICTL), offset 0x000 ................................................................................
QEI Status (QEISTAT), offset 0x004 ................................................................................
QEI Position (QEIPOS), offset 0x008 ..............................................................................
QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS), offset 0x00C .......................................................
QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD), offset 0x010 .......................................................................
November 30, 2007
505
507
508
509
510
19
Preliminary
Table of Contents
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
QEI Timer (QEITIME), offset 0x014 .................................................................................
QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT), offset 0x018 .............................................................
QEI Velocity (QEISPEED), offset 0x01C ..........................................................................
QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN), offset 0x020 ...............................................................
QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS), offset 0x024 .............................................................
QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC), offset 0x028 .....................................................
20
511
512
513
514
515
516
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
About This Document
This data sheet provides reference information for the LM3S2965 microcontroller, describing the
functional blocks of the system-on-chip (SoC) device designed around the ARM® Cortex™-M3
core.
Audience
This manual is intended for system software developers, hardware designers, and application
developers.
About This Manual
This document is organized into sections that correspond to each major feature.
Related Documents
The following documents are referenced by the data sheet, and available on the documentation CD
or from the Luminary Micro web site at www.luminarymicro.com:
■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
■ ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual
■ ARM® v7-M Architecture Application Level Reference Manual
The following related documents are also referenced:
■ IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
This documentation list was current as of publication date. Please check the Luminary Micro web
site for additional documentation, including application notes and white papers.
Documentation Conventions
This document uses the conventions shown in Table 1 on page 21.
Table 1. Documentation Conventions
Notation
Meaning
General Register Notation
REGISTER
APB registers are indicated in uppercase bold. For example, PBORCTL is the Power-On and
Brown-Out Reset Control register. If a register name contains a lowercase n, it represents more
than one register. For example, SRCRn represents any (or all) of the three Software Reset Control
registers: SRCR0, SRCR1 , and SRCR2.
bit
A single bit in a register.
bit field
Two or more consecutive and related bits.
offset 0xnnn
A hexadecimal increment to a register's address, relative to that module's base address as specified
in “Memory Map” on page 44.
Register N
Registers are numbered consecutively throughout the document to aid in referencing them. The
register number has no meaning to software.
November 30, 2007
21
Preliminary
About This Document
Notation
Meaning
reserved
Register bits marked reserved are reserved for future use. In most cases, reserved bits are set to
0; however, user software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide software
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a
read-modify-write operation.
yy:xx
The range of register bits inclusive from xx to yy. For example, 31:15 means bits 15 through 31 in
that register.
Register Bit/Field
Types
This value in the register bit diagram indicates whether software running on the controller can
change the value of the bit field.
RC
Software can read this field. The bit or field is cleared by hardware after reading the bit/field.
RO
Software can read this field. Always write the chip reset value.
R/W
Software can read or write this field.
R/W1C
Software can read or write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the
register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged.
This register type is primarily used for clearing interrupt status bits where the read operation
provides the interrupt status and the write of the read value clears only the interrupts being reported
at the time the register was read.
W1C
Software can write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register.
A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. A
read of the register returns no meaningful data.
This register is typically used to clear the corresponding bit in an interrupt register.
WO
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no meaningful data.
Register Bit/Field
Reset Value
This value in the register bit diagram shows the bit/field value after any reset, unless noted.
0
Bit cleared to 0 on chip reset.
1
Bit set to 1 on chip reset.
-
Nondeterministic.
Pin/Signal Notation
[]
Pin alternate function; a pin defaults to the signal without the brackets.
pin
Refers to the physical connection on the package.
signal
Refers to the electrical signal encoding of a pin.
assert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically False state to the logically True state. For active
High signals, the asserted signal value is 1 (High); for active Low signals, the asserted signal value
is 0 (Low). The active polarity (High or Low) is defined by the signal name (see SIGNAL and SIGNAL
below).
deassert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically True state to the logically False state.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An overbar on a signal name indicates that
it is active Low. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it Low; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it High.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An active High signal has no overbar. To
assert SIGNAL is to drive it High; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it Low.
Numbers
X
An uppercase X indicates any of several values is allowed, where X can be any legal pattern. For
example, a binary value of 0X00 can be either 0100 or 0000, a hex value of 0xX is 0x0 or 0x1, and
so on.
0x
Hexadecimal numbers have a prefix of 0x. For example, 0x00FF is the hexadecimal number FF.
All other numbers within register tables are assumed to be binary. Within conceptual information,
binary numbers are indicated with a b suffix, for example, 1011b, and decimal numbers are written
without a prefix or suffix.
22
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
1
Architectural Overview
®
The Luminary Micro Stellaris family of microcontrollers—the first ARM® Cortex™-M3 based
controllers—brings high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller
applications. These pioneering parts deliver customers 32-bit performance at a cost equivalent to
legacy 8- and 16-bit devices, all in a package with a small footprint.
®
The Stellaris family offers efficient performance and extensive integration, favorably positioning
the device into cost-conscious applications requiring significant control-processing and connectivity
®
®
capabilities. The Stellaris LM3S1000 series extends the Stellaris family with larger on-chip
®
memories, enhanced power management, and expanded I/O and control capabilities. The Stellaris
LM3S2000 series, designed for Controller Area Network (CAN) applications, extends the Stellaris
family with Bosch CAN networking technology, the golden standard in short-haul industrial networks.
®
The Stellaris LM3S2000 series also marks the first integration of CAN capabilities with the
®
revolutionary Cortex-M3 core. The Stellaris LM3S6000 series combines both a 10/100 Ethernet
Media Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) layer, marking the first time that integrated
connectivity is available with an ARM Cortex-M3 MCU and the only integrated 10/100 Ethernet MAC
®
and PHY available in an ARM architecture MCU. The Stellaris LM3S8000 series combines Bosch
Controller Area Network technology with both a 10/100 Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) and
Physical (PHY) layer.
The LM3S2965 microcontroller is targeted for industrial applications, including remote monitoring,
electronic point-of-sale machines, test and measurement equipment, network appliances and
switches, factory automation, HVAC and building control, gaming equipment, motion control, medical
instrumentation, and fire and security.
For applications requiring extreme conservation of power, the LM3S2965 microcontroller features
a Battery-backed Hibernation module to efficiently power down the LM3S2965 to a low-power state
during extended periods of inactivity. With a power-up/power-down sequencer, a continuous time
counter (RTC), a pair of match registers, an APB interface to the system bus, and dedicated
non-volatile memory, the Hibernation module positions the LM3S2965 microcontroller perfectly for
battery applications.
In addition, the LM3S2965 microcontroller offers the advantages of ARM's widely available
development tools, System-on-Chip (SoC) infrastructure IP applications, and a large user community.
Additionally, the microcontroller uses ARM's Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2 instruction set to reduce
memory requirements and, thereby, cost. Finally, the LM3S2965 microcontroller is code-compatible
®
to all members of the extensive Stellaris family; providing flexibility to fit our customers' precise
needs.
Luminary Micro offers a complete solution to get to market quickly, with evaluation and development
boards, white papers and application notes, an easy-to-use peripheral driver library, and a strong
support, sales, and distributor network.
1.1
Product Features
The LM3S2965 microcontroller includes the following product features:
■ 32-Bit RISC Performance
– 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded
applications
November 30, 2007
23
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
– System timer (SysTick), providing a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero
counter with a flexible control mechanism
– Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2-only instruction set processor core for high code density
– 50-MHz operation
– Hardware-division and single-cycle-multiplication
– Integrated Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) providing deterministic interrupt
handling
– 42 interrupts with eight priority levels
– Memory protection unit (MPU), providing a privileged mode for protected operating system
functionality
– Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory
– Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding), delivering maximum memory utilization and streamlined
peripheral control
■ Internal Memory
– 256 KB single-cycle flash
•
User-managed flash block protection on a 2-KB block basis
•
User-managed flash data programming
•
User-defined and managed flash-protection block
– 64 KB single-cycle SRAM
■ General-Purpose Timers
– Four General-Purpose Timer Modules (GPTM), each of which provides two 16-bit timers.
Each GPTM can be configured to operate independently:
•
As a single 32-bit timer
•
As one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) to event capture
•
For Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
•
To trigger analog-to-digital conversions
– 32-bit Timer modes
•
Programmable one-shot timer
•
Programmable periodic timer
•
Real-Time Clock when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input
24
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
•
User-enabled stalling in periodic and one-shot mode when the controller asserts the CPU
Halt flag during debug
•
ADC event trigger
– 16-bit Timer modes
•
General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler
•
Programmable one-shot timer
•
Programmable periodic timer
•
User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug
•
ADC event trigger
– 16-bit Input Capture modes
•
Input edge count capture
•
Input edge time capture
– 16-bit PWM mode
•
Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
■ ARM FiRM-compliant Watchdog Timer
– 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register
– Separate watchdog clock with an enable
– Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking
– Lock register protection from runaway software
– Reset generation logic with an enable/disable
– User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug
■ Controller Area Network (CAN)
– Supports CAN protocol version 2.0 part A/B
– Bit rates up to 1Mb/s
– 32 message objects, each with its own identifier mask
– Maskable interrupt
– Disable automatic retransmission mode for TTCAN
– Programmable loop-back mode for self-test operation
■ Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
November 30, 2007
25
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
– Two SSI modules, each with the following features:
– Master or slave operation
– Programmable clock bit rate and prescale
– Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep
– Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments
synchronous serial interfaces
– Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits
– Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing
■ UART
– Three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs with IrDA support
– Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt service
loading
– Programmable baud-rate generator with fractional divider
– Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional
double-buffered interface
– FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8
– Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity
– False-start-bit detection
– Line-break generation and detection
■ ADC
– Single- and differential-input configurations
– Four 10-bit channels (inputs) when used as single-ended inputs
– Sample rate of one million samples/second
– Flexible, configurable analog-to-digital conversion
– Four programmable sample conversion sequences from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
– Each sequence triggered by software or internal event (timers, analog comparators, PWM
or GPIO)
– On-chip temperature sensor
■ Analog Comparators
– Three independent integrated analog comparators
26
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
– Configurable for output to: drive an output pin, generate an interrupt, or initiate an ADC sample
sequence
– Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage reference
■ I2C
2
– Two I C modules
– Master and slave receive and transmit operation with transmission speed up to 100 Kbps in
Standard mode and 400 Kbps in Fast mode
– Interrupt generation
– Master with arbitration and clock synchronization, multimaster support, and 7-bit addressing
mode
■ PWM
– Three PWM generator blocks, each with one 16-bit counter, two comparators, a PWM
generator, and a dead-band generator
– One 16-bit counter
•
Runs in Down or Up/Down mode
•
Output frequency controlled by a 16-bit load value
•
Load value updates can be synchronized
•
Produces output signals at zero and load value
– Two PWM comparators
•
Comparator value updates can be synchronized
•
Produces output signals on match
– PWM generator
•
Output PWM signal is constructed based on actions taken as a result of the counter and
PWM comparator output signals
•
Produces two independent PWM signals
– Dead-band generator
•
Produces two PWM signals with programmable dead-band delays suitable for driving a
half-H bridge
•
Can be bypassed, leaving input PWM signals unmodified
– Flexible output control block with PWM output enable of each PWM signal
•
PWM output enable of each PWM signal
November 30, 2007
27
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
•
Optional output inversion of each PWM signal (polarity control)
•
Optional fault handling for each PWM signal
•
Synchronization of timers in the PWM generator blocks
•
Synchronization of timer/comparator updates across the PWM generator blocks
•
Interrupt status summary of the PWM generator blocks
– Can initiate an ADC sample sequence
■ QEI
– Two QEI modules
– Hardware position integrator tracks the encoder position
– Velocity capture using built-in timer
– Interrupt generation on index pulse, velocity-timer expiration, direction change, and quadrature
error detection
■ GPIOs
– 3-56 GPIOs, depending on configuration
– 5-V-tolerant input/outputs
– Programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive
– Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
– Can initiate an ADC sample sequence
– Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration:
•
Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
•
2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive
•
Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
•
Open drain enables
•
Digital input enables
■ Power
– On-chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) voltage regulator, with programmable output user-adjustable
from 2.25 V to 2.75 V
– Hibernation module handles the power-up/down 3.3 V sequencing and control for the core
digital logic and analog circuits
– Low-power options on controller: Sleep and Deep-sleep modes
28
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
– Low-power options for peripherals: software controls shutdown of individual peripherals
– User-enabled LDO unregulated voltage detection and automatic reset
– 3.3-V supply brown-out detection and reporting via interrupt or reset
■ Flexible Reset Sources
– Power-on reset (POR)
– Reset pin assertion
– Brown-out (BOR) detector alerts to system power drops
– Software reset
– Watchdog timer reset
– Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated
■ Additional Features
– Six reset sources
– Programmable clock source control
– Clock gating to individual peripherals for power savings
– IEEE 1149.1-1990 compliant Test Access Port (TAP) controller
– Debug access via JTAG and Serial Wire interfaces
– Full JTAG boundary scan
■ Industrial-range 100-pin RoHS-compliant LQFP package
1.2
Target Applications
■ Remote monitoring
■ Electronic point-of-sale (POS) machines
■ Test and measurement equipment
■ Network appliances and switches
■ Factory automation
■ HVAC and building control
■ Gaming equipment
■ Motion control
■ Medical instrumentation
■ Fire and security
November 30, 2007
29
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
■ Power and energy
■ Transportation
1.3
High-Level Block Diagram
®
Figure 1-1 on page 30 represents the full set of features in the Stellaris 2000 series of devices;
not all features may be available on the LM3S2965 microcontroller.
®
Figure 1-1. Stellaris 2000 Series High-Level Block Diagram
30
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
1.4
Functional Overview
The following sections provide an overview of the features of the LM3S2965 microcontroller. The
page number in parenthesis indicates where that feature is discussed in detail. Ordering and support
information can be found in “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 573.
1.4.1
ARM Cortex™-M3
1.4.1.1
Processor Core (see page 38)
®
All members of the Stellaris product family, including the LM3S2965 microcontroller, are designed
around an ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core. The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for
a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation,
reduced pin count, and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational
performance and exceptional system response to interrupts.
“ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core” on page 38 provides an overview of the ARM core; the core is
detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
1.4.1.2
System Timer (SysTick)
Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit
clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter
can be used in several different ways, for example:
■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a
SysTick routine.
■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock.
■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock
used and the dynamic range of the counter.
■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used.
■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field
in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set
duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop.
1.4.1.3
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
The LM3S2965 controller includes the ARM Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) on the
ARM Cortex-M3 core. The NVIC and Cortex-M3 prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions
are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an
exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine
(ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry.
The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without
the overhead of state saving and restoration. Software can set eight priority levels on 7 exceptions
(system handlers) and 42 interrupts.
“Interrupts” on page 46 provides an overview of the NVIC controller and the interrupt map. Exceptions
and interrupts are detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
1.4.2
Motor Control Peripherals
To enhance motor control, the LM3S2965 controller features Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) outputs
and the Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI).
November 30, 2007
31
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
1.4.2.1
PWM
Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels.
High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square
wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies
and motor control.
On the LM3S2965, PWM motion control functionality can be achieved through:
■ Dedicated, flexible motion control hardware using the PWM pins
■ The motion control features of the general-purpose timers using the CCP pins
PWM Pins (see page 464)
The LM3S2965 PWM module consists of three PWM generator blocks and a control block. Each
PWM generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two comparators, a
PWM signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt/ADC-trigger selector. The control
block determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins.
Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals or
a single pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM
generation blocks are managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins.
CCP Pins (see page 211)
The General-Purpose Timer Module's CCP (Capture Compare PWM) pins are software programmable
to support a simple PWM mode with a software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal.
1.4.2.2
QEI (see page 500)
A quadrature encoder, also known as a 2-channel incremental encoder, converts linear displacement
into a pulse signal. By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals,
you can track the position, direction of rotation, and speed. In addition, a third channel, or index
signal, can be used to reset the position counter.
The Stellaris quadrature encoder with index (QEI) module interprets the code produced by a
quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over time and determine direction of rotation. In
addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity of the encoder wheel. The LM3S2965
microcontroller includes two QEI modules, which enables control of two motors at the same time.
1.4.3
Analog Peripherals
To handle analog signals, the LM3S2965 microcontroller offers an Analog-to-Digital Converter
(ADC).
For support of analog signals, the LM3S2965 microcontroller offers three analog comparators.
1.4.3.1
ADC (see page 264)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
discrete digital number.
The LM3S2965 ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports four input channels,
plus an internal temperature sensor. Four buffered sample sequences allow rapid sampling of up
to eight analog input sources without controller intervention. Each sample sequence provides flexible
programming with fully configurable input source, trigger events, interrupt generation, and sequence
priority.
32
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
1.4.3.2
Analog Comparators (see page 451)
An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical
output that signals the comparison result.
The LM3S2965 microcontroller provides three independent integrated analog comparators that can
be configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt or ADC event.
A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages:
■ An individual external reference voltage
■ A shared single external reference voltage
■ A shared internal reference voltage
The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog
comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts or triggers to the
ADC to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. The interrupt generation and ADC triggering
logic is separate. This means, for example, that an interrupt can be generated on a rising edge and
the ADC triggered on a falling edge.
1.4.4
Serial Communications Peripherals
The LM3S2965 controller supports both asynchronous and synchronous serial communications
with:
■ Three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs
■ Two SSI modules
■ Two I2C modules
■ Two CAN units
1.4.4.1
UART (see page 297)
A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is an integrated circuit used for RS-232C
serial communications, containing a transmitter (parallel-to-serial converter) and a receiver
(serial-to-parallel converter), each clocked separately.
The LM3S2965 controller includes three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs that support data
transfer speeds up to 460.8 Kbps. (Although similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, it is not
register-compatible.) In addition, each UART is capable of supporting IrDA.
Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs reduce CPU interrupt service loading.
The UART can generate individually masked interrupts from the RX, TX, modem status, and error
conditions. The module provides a single combined interrupt when any of the interrupts are asserted
and are unmasked.
1.4.4.2
SSI (see page 338)
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a four-wire bi-directional communications interface.
The LM3S2965 controller includes two SSI modules that provide the functionality for synchronous
serial communications with peripheral devices, and can be configured to use the Freescale SPI,
MICROWIRE, or TI synchronous serial interface frame formats. The size of the data frame is also
configurable, and can be set between 4 and 16 bits, inclusive.
November 30, 2007
33
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
Each SSI module performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device,
and parallel-to-serial conversion on data transmitted to a peripheral device. The TX and RX paths
are buffered with internal FIFOs, allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently.
Each SSI module can be configured as either a master or slave device. As a slave device, the SSI
module can also be configured to disable its output, which allows a master device to be coupled
with multiple slave devices.
Each SSI module also includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the
output serial clock derived from the SSI module's input clock. Bit rates are generated based on the
input clock and the maximum bit rate is determined by the connected peripheral.
1.4.4.3
I2C (see page 375)
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design
(a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL).
The I2C bus interfaces to external I2C devices such as serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking
devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I2C bus may also be used for system testing and
diagnostic purposes in product development and manufacture.
The LM3S2965 controller includes two I2C modules that provide the ability to communicate to other
IC devices over an I2C bus. The I2C bus supports devices that can both transmit and receive (write
and read) data.
Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. Each I2C module supports
both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave, and also supports the simultaneous
operation as both a master and a slave. The four I2C modes are: Master Transmit, Master Receive,
Slave Transmit, and Slave Receive.
®
A Stellaris I2C module can operate at two speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps).
Both the I2C master and slave can generate interrupts. The I2C master generates interrupts when
a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error). The I2C slave generates
interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master.
1.4.4.4
Controller Area Network (see page 410)
Controller Area Network (CAN) is a multicast shared serial-bus standard for connecting electronic
control units (ECUs). CAN was specifically designed to be robust in electromagnetically noisy
environments and can utilize a differential balanced line like RS-485 or a more robust twisted-pair
wire. Originally created for automotive purposes, now it is used in many embedded control
applications (for example, industrial or medical). Bit rates up to 1Mb/s are possible at network lengths
below 40 meters. Decreased bit rates allow longer network distances (for example, 125 Kb/s at
500m).
A transmitter sends a message to all CAN nodes (broadcasting). Each node decides on the basis
of the identifier received whether it should process the message. The identifier also determines the
priority that the message enjoys in competition for bus access. Each CAN message can transmit
from 0 to 8 bytes of user information. The LM3S2965 includes two CAN units.
1.4.5
System Peripherals
1.4.5.1
Programmable GPIOs (see page 164)
General-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins offer flexibility for a variety of connections.
34
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
®
The Stellaris GPIO module is composed of eight physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an
individual GPIO port. The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant (compliant to the ARM Foundation IP
for Real-Time Microcontrollers specification) and supports 3-56 programmable input/output pins.
The number of GPIOs available depends on the peripherals being used (see “Signal Tables” on page
518 for the signals available to each GPIO pin).
The GPIO module features programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or
level-sensitive on all pins, programmable control for GPIO pad configuration, and bit masking in
both read and write operations through address lines.
1.4.5.2
Four Programmable Timers (see page 205)
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
®
The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks. Each GPTM
block provides two 16-bit timers/counters that can be configured to operate independently as timers
or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC).
Timers can also be used to trigger analog-to-digital (ADC) conversions.
When configured in 32-bit mode, a timer can run as a Real-Time Clock (RTC), one-shot timer or
periodic timer. When in 16-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer or periodic timer, and can
extend its precision by using an 8-bit prescaler. A 16-bit timer can also be configured for event
capture or Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) generation.
1.4.5.3
Watchdog Timer (see page 241)
A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is
reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software
error or to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way.
®
The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load
register, interrupt generation logic, and a locking register.
The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out,
and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured,
the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered.
1.4.6
Memory Peripherals
The LM3S2965 controller offers both single-cycle SRAM and single-cycle Flash memory.
1.4.6.1
SRAM (see page 140)
The LM3S2965 static random access memory (SRAM) controller supports 64 KB SRAM. The internal
®
SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at offset 0x0000.0000 of the device memory map. To
reduce the number of time-consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has introduced
bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain
regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access
individual bits in a single, atomic operation.
1.4.6.2
Flash (see page 141)
The LM3S2965 Flash controller supports 256 KB of flash memory. The flash is organized as a set
of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the
block to be reset to all 1s. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually
protected. The blocks can be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code
protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those
blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only
November 30, 2007
35
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from
being read by either the controller or by a debugger.
1.4.7
Additional Features
1.4.7.1
Memory Map (see page 44)
A memory map lists the location of instructions and data in memory. The memory map for the
LM3S2965 controller can be found in “Memory Map” on page 44. Register addresses are given as
a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module's base address as shown in the memory map.
The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual provides further information on the memory
map.
1.4.7.2
JTAG TAP Controller (see page 49)
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the
Test Access Port (TAP) and associated test logic. The TAP, JTAG instruction register, and JTAG
data registers can be used to test the interconnects of assembled printed circuit boards, obtain
manufacturing information on the components, and observe and/or control the inputs and outputs
of the controller during normal operation. The JTAG port provides a high degree of testability and
chip-level access at a low cost.
The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is
transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of
this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the
operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test
Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture.
The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3
core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG
instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary
Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has
comprehensive programming for the ARM, Luminary Micro, and unimplemented JTAG instructions.
1.4.7.3
System Control and Clocks (see page 60)
System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the
device, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection
and reporting.
1.4.7.4
Hibernation Module (see page 121)
The Hibernation module provides logic to switch power off to the main processor and peripherals,
and to wake on external or time-based events. The Hibernation module includes power-sequencing
logic, a real-time clock with a pair of match registers, low-battery detection circuitry, and interrupt
signalling to the processor. It also includes 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory that can be used
for saving state during hibernation.
1.4.8
Hardware Details
Details on the pins and package can be found in the following sections:
■ “Pin Diagram” on page 517
■ “Signal Tables” on page 518
36
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
■ “Operating Characteristics” on page 533
■ “Electrical Characteristics” on page 534
■ “Package Information” on page 546
November 30, 2007
37
Preliminary
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that
meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low power consumption,
while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system response to
interrupts. Features include:
■ Compact core.
■ Thumb-2 instruction set, delivering the high-performance expected of an ARM core in the memory
size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in the range of a few kilobytes of
memory for microcontroller class applications.
■ Rapid application execution through Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for
instruction and data.
■ Exceptional interrupt handling, by implementing the register manipulations required for handling
an interrupt in hardware.
■ Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode of operation for complex applications.
■ Migration from the ARM7™ processor family for better performance and power efficiency.
■ Full-featured debug solution with a:
– Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP)
– Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints
– Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources,
and system profiling
– Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging
– Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer
®
The Stellaris family of microcontrollers builds on this core to bring high-performance 32-bit computing
to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications, such as factory automation and control,
industrial control power devices, building and home automation, and stepper motors.
For more information on the ARM Cortex-M3 processor core, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical
Reference Manual. For information on SWJ-DP, see the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference
Manual.
38
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
2.1
Block Diagram
Figure 2-1. CPU Block Diagram
Nested
Vectored
Interrupt
Controller
Interrupts
ARM
Cortex-M3
CM3 Core
Sleep
Debug
Instructions
Data
Trace
Port
Interface
Unit
Memory
Protection
Unit
Flash
Patch and
Breakpoint
2.2
Adv. HighPerf. Bus
Access Port
Private
Peripheral
Bus
(external)
Instrumentation
Data
Watchpoint Trace Macrocell
and Trace
ROM
Table
Private Peripheral
Bus
(internal)
Serial Wire JTAG
Debug Port
Serial
Wire
Output
Trace
Port
(SWO)
Adv. Peripheral
Bus
Bus
Matrix
I-code bus
D-code bus
System bus
Functional Description
Important: The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes all the features of an
ARM Cortex-M3 in detail. However, these features differ based on the implementation.
®
This section describes the Stellaris implementation.
Luminary Micro has implemented the ARM Cortex-M3 core as shown in Figure 2-1 on page 39. As
noted in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, several Cortex-M3 components are
flexible in their implementation: SW/JTAG-DP, ETM, TPIU, the ROM table, the MPU, and the Nested
Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). Each of these is addressed in the sections that follow.
2.2.1
Serial Wire and JTAG Debug
Luminary Micro has replaced the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM CoreSight™-compliant
Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. This means Chapter 12, “Debug Port,” of the
®
ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual does not apply to Stellaris devices.
The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and JTAG debug ports into one module. See the
CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual for details on SWJ-DP.
November 30, 2007
39
Preliminary
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
2.2.2
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM)
®
ETM was not implemented in the Stellaris devices. This means Chapters 15 and 16 of the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual can be ignored.
2.2.3
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
The TPIU acts as a bridge between the Cortex-M3 trace data from the ITM, and an off-chip Trace
®
Port Analyzer. The Stellaris devices have implemented TPIU as shown in Figure 2-2 on page 40.
This is similar to the non-ETM version described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference
Manual, however, SWJ-DP only provides SWV output for the TPIU.
Figure 2-2. TPIU Block Diagram
2.2.4
Debug
ATB
Slave
Port
ATB
Interface
APB
Slave
Port
APB
Interface
Asynchronous FIFO
Trace Out
(serializer)
Serial Wire
Trace Port
(SWO)
ROM Table
The default ROM table was implemented as described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical
Reference Manual.
2.2.5
Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) is included on the LM3S2965 controller and supports the standard
ARMv7 Protected Memory System Architecture (PMSA) model. The MPU provides full support for
protection regions, overlapping protection regions, access permissions, and exporting memory
attributes to the system.
2.2.6
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC):
■ Facilitates low-latency exception and interrupt handling
■ Controls power management
■ Implements system control registers
40
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
The NVIC supports up to 240 dynamically reprioritizable interrupts each with up to 256 levels of
priority. The NVIC and the processor core interface are closely coupled, which enables low latency
interrupt processing and efficient processing of late arriving interrupts. The NVIC maintains knowledge
of the stacked (nested) interrupts to enable tail-chaining of interrupts.
You can only fully access the NVIC from privileged mode, but you can pend interrupts in user-mode
if you enable the Configuration Control Register (see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference
Manual). Any other user-mode access causes a bus fault.
All NVIC registers are accessible using byte, halfword, and word unless otherwise stated.
All NVIC registers and system debug registers are little endian regardless of the endianness state
of the processor.
2.2.6.1
Interrupts
The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes the maximum number of interrupts
and interrupt priorities. The LM3S2965 microcontroller supports 42 interrupts with eight priority
levels.
2.2.6.2
System Timer (SysTick)
Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit
clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter
can be used in several different ways, for example:
■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a
SysTick routine.
■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock.
■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock
used and the dynamic range of the counter.
■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used.
■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field
in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set
duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop.
Functional Description
The timer consists of three registers:
■ A control and status counter to configure its clock, enable the counter, enable the SysTick
interrupt, and determine counter status.
■ The reload value for the counter, used to provide the counter's wrap value.
■ The current value of the counter.
®
A fourth register, the SysTick Calibration Value Register, is not implemented in the Stellaris devices.
When enabled, the timer counts down from the reload value to zero, reloads (wraps) to the value
in the SysTick Reload Value register on the next clock edge, then decrements on subsequent clocks.
Writing a value of zero to the Reload Value register disables the counter on the next wrap. When
the counter reaches zero, the COUNTFLAG status bit is set. The COUNTFLAG bit clears on reads.
November 30, 2007
41
Preliminary
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
Writing to the Current Value register clears the register and the COUNTFLAG status bit. The write
does not trigger the SysTick exception logic. On a read, the current value is the value of the register
at the time the register is accessed.
If the core is in debug state (halted), the counter will not decrement. The timer is clocked with respect
to a reference clock. The reference clock can be the core clock or an external clock source.
SysTick Control and Status Register
Use the SysTick Control and Status Register to enable the SysTick features. The reset is
0x0000.0000.
Bit/Field
Name
31:17
reserved
16
15:3
2
Type Reset Description
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with
future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a
read-modify-write operation.
COUNTFLAG R/W
0
Returns 1 if timer counted to 0 since last time this was read. Clears on read by
application. If read by the debugger using the DAP, this bit is cleared on read-only
if the MasterType bit in the AHB-AP Control Register is set to 0. Otherwise, the
COUNTFLAG bit is not changed by the debugger read.
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with
future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a
read-modify-write operation.
CLKSOURCE R/W
0
0 = external reference clock. (Not implemented for Stellaris microcontrollers.)
reserved
1 = core clock.
If no reference clock is provided, it is held at 1 and so gives the same time as the
core clock. The core clock must be at least 2.5 times faster than the reference clock.
If it is not, the count values are unpredictable.
1
TICKINT
R/W
0
1 = counting down to 0 pends the SysTick handler.
0 = counting down to 0 does not pend the SysTick handler. Software can use the
COUNTFLAG to determine if ever counted to 0.
0
ENABLE
R/W
0
1 = counter operates in a multi-shot way. That is, counter loads with the Reload
value and then begins counting down. On reaching 0, it sets the COUNTFLAG to
1 and optionally pends the SysTick handler, based on TICKINT. It then loads the
Reload value again, and begins counting.
0 = counter disabled.
SysTick Reload Value Register
Use the SysTick Reload Value Register to specify the start value to load into the current value
register when the counter reaches 0. It can be any value between 1 and 0x00FF.FFFF. A start value
of 0 is possible, but has no effect because the SysTick interrupt and COUNTFLAG are activated
when counting from 1 to 0.
Therefore, as a multi-shot timer, repeated over and over, it fires every N+1 clock pulse, where N is
any value from 1 to 0x00FF.FFFF. So, if the tick interrupt is required every 100 clock pulses, 99
must be written into the RELOAD. If a new value is written on each tick interrupt, so treated as single
shot, then the actual count down must be written. For example, if a tick is next required after 400
clock pulses, 400 must be written into the RELOAD.
Bit/Field
Name
31:24
reserved
Type Reset Description
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with
future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write
operation.
42
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
23:0
Name
Type Reset Description
RELOAD W1C
-
Value to load into the SysTick Current Value Register when the counter reaches 0.
SysTick Current Value Register
Use the SysTick Current Value Register to find the current value in the register.
Bit/Field
Name
31:24
reserved
23:0
Type Reset Description
RO
CURRENT W1C
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with
future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a
read-modify-write operation.
-
Current value at the time the register is accessed. No read-modify-write protection is
provided, so change with care.
This register is write-clear. Writing to it with any value clears the register to 0. Clearing
this register also clears the COUNTFLAG bit of the SysTick Control and Status Register.
SysTick Calibration Value Register
The SysTick Calibration Value register is not implemented.
November 30, 2007
43
Preliminary
Memory Map
3
Memory Map
The memory map for the LM3S2965 controller is provided in Table 3-1 on page 44.
In this manual, register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module’s
base address as shown in the memory map. See also Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Important: In Table 3-1 on page 44, addresses not listed are reserved.
a
Table 3-1. Memory Map
Start
End
Description
For details on
registers, see
page ...
0x0000.0000
0x0003.FFFF
On-chip flash
0x2000.0000
0x2000.FFFF
Bit-banded on-chip SRAM
144
0x2010.0000
0x21FF.FFFF
Reserved non-bit-banded SRAM space
-
0x2200.0000
0x23FF.FFFF
Bit-band alias of 0x2000.0000 through 0x200F.FFFF
140
0x2400.0000
0x3FFF.FFFF
Reserved non-bit-banded SRAM space
-
0x4000.0000
0x4000.0FFF
Watchdog timer
243
0x4000.4000
0x4000.4FFF
GPIO Port A
170
0x4000.5000
0x4000.5FFF
GPIO Port B
170
0x4000.6000
0x4000.6FFF
GPIO Port C
170
0x4000.7000
0x4000.7FFF
GPIO Port D
170
0x4000.8000
0x4000.8FFF
SSI0
349
0x4000.9000
0x4000.9FFF
SSI1
349
0x4000.C000
0x4000.CFFF
UART0
304
0x4000.D000
0x4000.DFFF
UART1
304
0x4000.E000
0x4000.EFFF
UART2
304
0x4002.0000
0x4002.07FF
I2C Master 0
388
0x4002.0800
0x4002.0FFF
I2C Slave 0
401
0x4002.1000
0x4002.17FF
I2C Master 1
388
0x4002.1800
0x4002.1FFF
I2C Slave 1
401
0x4002.4000
0x4002.4FFF
GPIO Port E
170
0x4002.5000
0x4002.5FFF
GPIO Port F
170
0x4002.6000
0x4002.6FFF
GPIO Port G
170
0x4002.7000
0x4002.7FFF
GPIO Port H
170
0x4002.8000
0x4002.8FFF
PWM
471
0x4002.C000
0x4002.CFFF
QEI0
504
0x4002.D000
0x4002.DFFF
QEI1
504
0x4003.0000
0x4003.0FFF
Timer0
216
0x4003.1000
0x4003.1FFF
Timer1
216
Memory
b
144
c
FiRM Peripherals
Peripherals
44
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Start
End
Description
For details on
registers, see
page ...
0x4003.2000
0x4003.2FFF
Timer2
216
0x4003.3000
0x4003.3FFF
Timer3
216
0x4003.8000
0x4003.8FFF
ADC
270
0x4003.C000
0x4003.CFFF
Analog Comparators
451
0x4004.0000
0x4004.0FFF
CAN0 Controller
423
0x4004.1000
0x4004.1FFF
CAN1 Controller
423
0x400F.C000
0x400F.CFFF
Hibernation Module
127
0x400F.D000
0x400F.DFFF
Flash control
144
0x400F.E000
0x400F.EFFF
System control
67
0x4200.0000
0x43FF.FFFF
Bit-banded alias of 0x4000.0000 through 0x400F.FFFF
-
0xE000.0000
0xE000.0FFF
Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
0xE000.1000
0xE000.1FFF
Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT)
0xE000.2000
0xE000.2FFF
Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB)
0xE000.3000
0xE000.DFFF
Reserved
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE000.E000
0xE000.EFFF
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
0xE000.F000
0xE003.FFFF
Reserved
0xE004.0000
0xE004.0FFF
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
0xE004.1000
0xE004.1FFF
Reserved
-
0xE004.2000
0xE00F.FFFF
Reserved
-
0xE010.0000
0xFFFF.FFFF
Reserved for vendor peripherals
-
Private Peripheral Bus
a. All reserved space returns a bus fault when read or written.
b. The unavailable flash will bus fault throughout this range.
c. The unavailable SRAM will bus fault throughout this range.
November 30, 2007
45
Preliminary
Interrupts
4
Interrupts
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) prioritize and
handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is
automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the
end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which
enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back
interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration.
Table 4-1 on page 46 lists all the exceptions. Software can set eight priority levels on seven of these
exceptions (system handlers) as well as on 42 interrupts (listed in Table 4-2 on page 47).
Priorities on the system handlers are set with the NVIC System Handler Priority registers. Interrupts
are enabled through the NVIC Interrupt Set Enable register and prioritized with the NVIC Interrupt
Priority registers. You can also group priorities by splitting priority levels into pre-emption priorities
and subpriorities. All the interrupt registers are described in Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt
Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Internally, the highest user-settable priority (0) is treated as fourth priority, after a Reset, NMI, and
a Hard Fault. Note that 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities.
If you assign the same priority level to two or more interrupts, their hardware priority (the lower the
position number) determines the order in which the processor activates them. For example, if both
GPIO Port A and GPIO Port B are priority level 1, then GPIO Port A has higher priority.
See Chapter 5, “Exceptions” and Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on exceptions and interrupts.
Note:
In Table 4-2 on page 47 interrupts not listed are reserved.
Table 4-1. Exception Types
Exception Type
Position
-
0
Reset
1
Non-Maskable
Interrupt (NMI)
2
a
Priority
Description
-
Stack top is loaded from first entry of vector table on reset.
-3 (highest) Invoked on power up and warm reset. On first instruction, drops to lowest
priority (and then is called the base level of activation). This is
asynchronous.
-2
Cannot be stopped or preempted by any exception but reset. This is
asynchronous.
An NMI is only producible by software, using the NVIC Interrupt Control
State register.
Hard Fault
3
-1
All classes of Fault, when the fault cannot activate due to priority or the
configurable fault handler has been disabled. This is synchronous.
Memory Management
4
settable
Bus Fault
5
settable
MPU mismatch, including access violation and no match. This is
synchronous.
The priority of this exception can be changed.
Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault, and other address/memory related
faults. This is synchronous when precise and asynchronous when
imprecise.
You can enable or disable this fault.
Usage Fault
SVCall
6
settable
7-10
-
11
settable
Usage fault, such as undefined instruction executed or illegal state
transition attempt. This is synchronous.
Reserved.
System service call with SVC instruction. This is synchronous.
46
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Exception Type
Position
a
Priority
Description
Debug Monitor
12
settable
-
13
-
PendSV
14
settable
Pendable request for system service. This is asynchronous and only
pended by software.
15
settable
System tick timer has fired. This is asynchronous.
16 and
above
settable
Asserted from outside the ARM Cortex-M3 core and fed through the NVIC
(prioritized). These are all asynchronous. Table 4-2 on page 47 lists the
interrupts on the LM3S2965 controller.
SysTick
Interrupts
Debug monitor (when not halting). This is synchronous, but only active
when enabled. It does not activate if lower priority than the current
activation.
Reserved.
a. 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities.
Table 4-2. Interrupts
Interrupt (Bit in Interrupt Registers) Description
0
GPIO Port A
1
GPIO Port B
2
GPIO Port C
3
GPIO Port D
4
GPIO Port E
5
UART0
6
UART1
7
SSI0
8
I2C0
9
PWM Fault
10
PWM Generator 0
11
PWM Generator 1
12
PWM Generator 2
13
QEI0
14
ADC Sequence 0
15
ADC Sequence 1
16
ADC Sequence 2
17
ADC Sequence 3
18
Watchdog timer
19
Timer0 A
20
Timer0 B
21
Timer1 A
22
Timer1 B
23
Timer2 A
24
Timer2 B
25
Analog Comparator 0
26
Analog Comparator 1
27
Analog Comparator 2
28
System Control
29
Flash Control
November 30, 2007
47
Preliminary
Interrupts
Interrupt (Bit in Interrupt Registers) Description
30
GPIO Port F
31
GPIO Port G
32
GPIO Port H
33
UART2
34
SSI1
35
Timer3 A
36
Timer3 B
37
I2C1
38
QEI1
39
CAN0
40
CAN1
43
Hibernation Module
48
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
5
JTAG Interface
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and
Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface
for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR)
can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing
information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling
design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging.
The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is
transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of
this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the
operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test
Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture.
The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3
core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG
instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary
Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has
comprehensive programming for the ARM, Luminary Micro, and unimplemented JTAG instructions.
The JTAG module has the following features:
■ IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller
■ Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions
■ IEEE standard instructions:
– BYPASS instruction
– IDCODE instruction
– SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction
– EXTEST instruction
– INTEST instruction
■ ARM additional instructions:
– APACC instruction
– DPACC instruction
– ABORT instruction
■ Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on the ARM JTAG
controller.
November 30, 2007
49
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
5.1
Block Diagram
Figure 5-1. JTAG Module Block Diagram
TRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
TAP Controller
Instruction Register (IR)
BYPASS Data Register
TDO
Boundary Scan Data Register
IDCODE Data Register
ABORT Data Register
DPACC Data Register
APACC Data Register
Cortex-M3
Debug
Port
5.2
Functional Description
A high-level conceptual drawing of the JTAG module is shown in Figure 5-1 on page 50. The JTAG
module is composed of the Test Access Port (TAP) controller and serial shift chains with parallel
update registers. The TAP controller is a simple state machine controlled by the TRST, TCK and
TMS inputs. The current state of the TAP controller depends on the current value of TRST and the
sequence of values captured on TMS at the rising edge of TCK. The TAP controller determines when
the serial shift chains capture new data, shift data from TDI towards TDO, and update the parallel
load registers. The current state of the TAP controller also determines whether the Instruction
Register (IR) chain or one of the Data Register (DR) chains is being accessed.
The serial shift chains with parallel load registers are comprised of a single Instruction Register (IR)
chain and multiple Data Register (DR) chains. The current instruction loaded in the parallel load
register determines which DR chain is captured, shifted, or updated during the sequencing of the
TAP controller.
Some instructions, like EXTEST and INTEST, operate on data currently in a DR chain and do not
capture, shift, or update any of the chains. Instructions that are not implemented decode to the
BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDI and TDO is always connected (see
Table 5-2 on page 56 for a list of implemented instructions).
See “JTAG and Boundary Scan” on page 542 for JTAG timing diagrams.
50
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
5.2.1
JTAG Interface Pins
The JTAG interface consists of five standard pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These pins and
their associated reset state are given in Table 5-1 on page 51. Detailed information on each pin
follows.
Table 5-1. JTAG Port Pins Reset State
5.2.1.1
Pin Name
Data Direction
Internal Pull-Up
Internal Pull-Down
Drive Strength
Drive Value
TRST
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TCK
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TMS
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TDI
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TDO
Output
Enabled
Disabled
2-mA driver
High-Z
Test Reset Input (TRST)
The TRST pin is an asynchronous active Low input signal for initializing and resetting the JTAG TAP
controller and associated JTAG circuitry. When TRST is asserted, the TAP controller resets to the
Test-Logic-Reset state and remains there while TRST is asserted. When the TAP controller enters
the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction,
IDCODE.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TRST pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up
resistor settings on GPIO Port B should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled
on PB7/TRST; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.2
Test Clock Input (TCK)
The TCK pin is the clock for the JTAG module. This clock is provided so the test logic can operate
independently of any other system clocks. In addition, it ensures that multiple JTAG TAP controllers
that are daisy-chained together can synchronously communicate serial test data between
components. During normal operation, TCK is driven by a free-running clock with a nominal 50%
duty cycle. When necessary, TCK can be stopped at 0 or 1 for extended periods of time. While TCK
is stopped at 0 or 1, the state of the TAP controller does not change and data in the JTAG Instruction
and Data Registers is not lost.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TCK pin is enabled after reset. This assures that no
clocking occurs if the pin is not driven from an external source. The internal pull-up and pull-down
resistors can be turned off to save internal power as long as the TCK pin is constantly being driven
by an external source.
5.2.1.3
Test Mode Select (TMS)
The TMS pin selects the next state of the JTAG TAP controller. TMS is sampled on the rising edge
of TCK. Depending on the current TAP state and the sampled value of TMS, the next state is entered.
Because the TMS pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the
value on TMS to change on the falling edge of TCK.
Holding TMS high for five consecutive TCK cycles drives the TAP controller state machine to the
Test-Logic-Reset state. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG
Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. Therefore, this sequence can
be used as a reset mechanism, similar to asserting TRST. The JTAG Test Access Port state machine
can be seen in its entirety in Figure 5-2 on page 53.
November 30, 2007
51
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TMS pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up
resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled
on PC1/TMS; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.4
Test Data Input (TDI)
The TDI pin provides a stream of serial information to the IR chain and the DR chains. TDI is
sampled on the rising edge of TCK and, depending on the current TAP state and the current
instruction, presents this data to the proper shift register chain. Because the TDI pin is sampled on
the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDI to change on the falling
edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDI pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up
resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled
on PC2/TDI; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.5
Test Data Output (TDO)
The TDO pin provides an output stream of serial information from the IR chain or the DR chains.
The value of TDO depends on the current TAP state, the current instruction, and the data in the
chain being accessed. In order to save power when the JTAG port is not being used, the TDO pin
is placed in an inactive drive state when not actively shifting out data. Because TDO can be connected
to the TDI of another controller in a daisy-chain configuration, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects
the value on TDO to change on the falling edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDO pin is enabled after reset. This assures that the
pin remains at a constant logic level when the JTAG port is not being used. The internal pull-up and
pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power if a High-Z output value is acceptable
during certain TAP controller states.
5.2.2
JTAG TAP Controller
The JTAG TAP controller state machine is shown in Figure 5-2 on page 53. The TAP controller
state machine is reset to the Test-Logic-Reset state on the assertion of a Power-On-Reset (POR)
or the assertion of TRST. Asserting the correct sequence on the TMS pin allows the JTAG module
to shift in new instructions, shift in data, or idle during extended testing sequences. For detailed
information on the function of the TAP controller and the operations that occur in each state, please
refer to IEEE Standard 1149.1.
52
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 5-2. Test Access Port State Machine
Test Logic Reset
1
0
Run Test Idle
0
Select DR Scan
1
Select IR Scan
1
0
1
0
Capture DR
1
Capture IR
0
0
Shift DR
Shift IR
0
1
Exit 1 DR
Exit 1 IR
1
Pause IR
0
1
Exit 2 DR
0
1
0
Exit 2 IR
1
1
Update DR
5.2.3
1
0
Pause DR
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
Update IR
1
0
Shift Registers
The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register. The serial shift
register chain samples specific information during the TAP controller’s CAPTURE states and allows
this information to be shifted out of TDO during the TAP controller’s SHIFT states. While the sampled
data is being shifted out of the chain on TDO, new data is being shifted into the serial shift register
on TDI. This new data is stored in the parallel load register during the TAP controller’s UPDATE
states. Each of the shift registers is discussed in detail in “Register Descriptions” on page 56.
5.2.4
Operational Considerations
There are certain operational considerations when using the JTAG module. Because the JTAG pins
can be programmed to be GPIOs, board configuration and reset conditions on these pins must be
considered. In addition, because the JTAG module has integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug, the
method for switching between these two operational modes is described below.
November 30, 2007
53
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
5.2.4.1
GPIO Functionality
When the controller is reset with either a POR or RST, the JTAG/SWD port pins default to their
JTAG/SWD configurations. The default configuration includes enabling digital functionality (setting
GPIODEN to 1), enabling the pull-up resistors (setting GPIOPUR to 1), and enabling the alternate
hardware function (setting GPIOAFSEL to 1) for the PB7 and PC[3:0] JTAG/SWD pins.
It is possible for software to configure these pins as GPIOs after reset by writing 0s to PB7 and
PC[3:0] in the GPIOAFSEL register. If the user does not require the JTAG/SWD port for debugging
or board-level testing, this provides five more GPIOs for use in the design.
Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down
resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the
controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors,
and apply RST or power-cycle the part.
In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to
the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG
pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the
controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This
can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software
trigger.
The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical
hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
register (see page 180) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
(see page 190) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 191) have been set to 1.
Recovering a "Locked" Device
If software configures any of the JTAG/SWD pins as GPIO and loses the ability to communicate
with the debugger, there is a debug sequence that can be used to recover the device. Performing
a total of ten JTAG-to-SWD and SWD-to-JTAG switch sequences while holding the device in reset
mass erases the flash memory. The sequence to recover the device is:
1. Assert and hold the RST signal.
2. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
3. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
4. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
5. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
6. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
7. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
8. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
9. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
10. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
11. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
54
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
12. Release the RST signal.
The JTAG-to-SWD and SWD-to-JTAG switch sequences are described in “ARM Serial Wire Debug
(SWD)” on page 55. When performing switch sequences for the purpose of recovering the debug
capabilities of the device, only steps 1 and 2 of the switch sequence need to be performed.
5.2.4.2
ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
In order to seamlessly integrate the ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) functionality, a serial-wire
debugger must be able to connect to the Cortex-M3 core without having to perform, or have any
knowledge of, JTAG cycles. This is accomplished with a SWD preamble that is issued before the
SWD session begins.
The preamble used to enable the SWD interface of the SWJ-DP module starts with the TAP controller
in the Test-Logic-Reset state. From here, the preamble sequences the TAP controller through the
following states: Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic Reset, Run Test
Idle, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic Reset, Run Test Idle, Run
Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, and Test Logic Reset states.
Stepping through this sequences of the TAP state machine enables the SWD interface and disables
the JTAG interface. For more information on this operation and the SWD interface, see the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual and the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual.
Because this sequence is a valid series of JTAG operations that could be issued, the ARM JTAG
TAP controller is not fully compliant to the IEEE Standard 1149.1. This is the only instance where
the ARM JTAG TAP controller does not meet full compliance with the specification. Due to the low
probability of this sequence occurring during normal operation of the TAP controller, it should not
affect normal performance of the JTAG interface.
JTAG-to-SWD Switching
To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from JTAG to SWD mode, the
external debug hardware must send a switch sequence to the device. The 16-bit switch sequence
for switching to SWD mode is defined as b1110011110011110, transmitted LSB first. This can also
be represented as 16'hE79E when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch sequence should
consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals:
1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that both JTAG and
SWD are in their reset/idle states.
2. Send the 16-bit JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence, 16'hE79E.
3. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that if SWJ-DP was
already in SWD mode, before sending the switch sequence, the SWD goes into the line reset
state.
SWD-to-JTAG Switching
To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from SWD to JTAG mode, the
external debug hardware must send a switch sequence to the device. The 16-bit switch sequence
for switching to JTAG mode is defined as b1110011110011110, transmitted LSB first. This can also
be represented as 16'hE73C when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch sequence should
consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals:
1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that both JTAG and
SWD are in their reset/idle states.
November 30, 2007
55
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
2. Send the 16-bit SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence, 16'hE73C.
3. Send at least 5 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that if SWJ-DP was
already in JTAG mode, before sending the switch sequence, the JTAG goes into the Test Logic
Reset state.
5.3
Initialization and Configuration
After a Power-On-Reset or an external reset (RST), the JTAG pins are automatically configured for
JTAG communication. No user-defined initialization or configuration is needed. However, if the user
application changes these pins to their GPIO function, they must be configured back to their JTAG
functionality before JTAG communication can be restored. This is done by enabling the five JTAG
pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]) for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register.
5.4
Register Descriptions
There are no APB-accessible registers in the JTAG TAP Controller or Shift Register chains. The
registers within the JTAG controller are all accessed serially through the TAP Controller. The registers
can be broken down into two main categories: Instruction Registers and Data Registers.
5.4.1
Instruction Register (IR)
The JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) is a four-bit serial scan chain with a parallel load register
connected between the JTAG TDI and TDO pins. When the TAP Controller is placed in the correct
states, bits can be shifted into the Instruction Register. Once these bits have been shifted into the
chain and updated, they are interpreted as the current instruction. The decode of the Instruction
Register bits is shown in Table 5-2 on page 56. A detailed explanation of each instruction, along
with its associated Data Register, follows.
Table 5-2. JTAG Instruction Register Commands
IR[3:0]
Instruction
0000
EXTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD
instruction onto the pads.
0001
INTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD
instruction into the controller.
0010
5.4.1.1
Description
SAMPLE / PRELOAD Captures the current I/O values and shifts the sampled values out of the Boundary Scan
Chain while new preload data is shifted in.
1000
ABORT
Shifts data into the ARM Debug Port Abort Register.
1010
DPACC
Shifts data into and out of the ARM DP Access Register.
1011
APACC
Shifts data into and out of the ARM AC Access Register.
1110
IDCODE
Loads manufacturing information defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 into the IDCODE
chain and shifts it out.
1111
BYPASS
Connects TDI to TDO through a single Shift Register chain.
All Others
Reserved
Defaults to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that TDI is always connected to TDO.
EXTEST Instruction
The EXTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The EXTEST instruction
uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register,
the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the outputs and output
enables are used to drive the GPIO pads rather than the signals coming from the core. This allows
56
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
tests to be developed that drive known values out of the controller, which can be used to verify
connectivity.
5.4.1.2
INTEST Instruction
The INTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The INTEST instruction
uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register,
the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the inputs are used to drive
the signals going into the core rather than the signals coming from the GPIO pads. This allows tests
to be developed that drive known values into the controller, which can be used for testing. It is
important to note that although the RST input pin is on the Boundary Scan Data Register chain, it
is only observable.
5.4.1.3
SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction
The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction connects the Boundary Scan Data Register chain between
TDI and TDO. This instruction samples the current state of the pad pins for observation and preloads
new test data. Each GPIO pad has an associated input, output, and output enable signal. When the
TAP controller enters the Capture DR state during this instruction, the input, output, and output-enable
signals to each of the GPIO pads are captured. These samples are serially shifted out of TDO while
the TAP controller is in the Shift DR state and can be used for observation or comparison in various
tests.
While these samples of the inputs, outputs, and output enables are being shifted out of the Boundary
Scan Data Register, new data is being shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register from TDI.
Once the new data has been shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register, the data is saved in the
parallel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state. This update of the
parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is associated with
each input, output, and output enable. This preloaded data can be used with the EXTEST and
INTEST instructions to drive data into or out of the controller. Please see “Boundary Scan Data
Register” on page 59 for more information.
5.4.1.4
ABORT Instruction
The ABORT instruction connects the associated ABORT Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the ABORT Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this Data Register clears various error bits or initiates
a DAP abort of a previous request. Please see the “ABORT Data Register” on page 59 for more
information.
5.4.1.5
DPACC Instruction
The DPACC instruction connects the associated DPACC Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the DPACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to the ARM debug and status registers. Please see “DPACC
Data Register” on page 59 for more information.
5.4.1.6
APACC Instruction
The APACC instruction connects the associated APACC Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the APACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to internal components and buses through the Debug Port.
Please see “APACC Data Register” on page 59 for more information.
November 30, 2007
57
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
5.4.1.7
IDCODE Instruction
The IDCODE instruction connects the associated IDCODE Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides information on the manufacturer, part number, and version of the
ARM core. This information can be used by testing equipment and debuggers to automatically
configure their input and output data streams. IDCODE is the default instruction that is loaded into
the JTAG Instruction Register when a power-on-reset (POR) is asserted, TRST is asserted, or the
Test-Logic-Reset state is entered. Please see “IDCODE Data Register” on page 58 for more
information.
5.4.1.8
BYPASS Instruction
The BYPASS instruction connects the associated BYPASS Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction is used to create a minimum length serial path between the TDI and TDO ports.
The BYPASS Data Register is a single-bit shift register. This instruction improves test efficiency by
allowing components that are not needed for a specific test to be bypassed in the JTAG scan chain
by loading them with the BYPASS instruction. Please see “BYPASS Data Register” on page 58 for
more information.
5.4.2
Data Registers
The JTAG module contains six Data Registers. These include: IDCODE, BYPASS, Boundary Scan,
APACC, DPACC, and ABORT serial Data Register chains. Each of these Data Registers is discussed
in the following sections.
5.4.2.1
IDCODE Data Register
The format for the 32-bit IDCODE Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-3 on page 58. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either
the IDCODE instruction or the BYPASS instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the IDCODE
Data Register is defined to be a 1 to distinguish it from the BYPASS instruction, which has an LSB
of 0. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction.
The major uses of the JTAG port are for manufacturer testing of component assembly, and program
development and debug. To facilitate the use of auto-configuration debug tools, the IDCODE
instruction outputs a value of 0x3BA00477. This value indicates an ARM Cortex-M3, Version 1
processor. This allows the debuggers to automatically configure themselves to work correctly with
the Cortex-M3 during debug.
Figure 5-3. IDCODE Register Format
5.4.2.2
BYPASS Data Register
The format for the 1-bit BYPASS Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-4 on page 59. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either
the BYPASS instruction or the IDCODE instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the BYPASS
Data Register is defined to be a 0 to distinguish it from the IDCODE instruction, which has an LSB
of 1. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction.
58
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 5-4. BYPASS Register Format
5.4.2.3
Boundary Scan Data Register
The format of the Boundary Scan Data Register is shown in Figure 5-5 on page 59. Each GPIO
pin, in a counter-clockwise direction from the JTAG port pins, is included in the Boundary Scan Data
Register. Each GPIO pin has three associated digital signals that are included in the chain. These
signals are input, output, and output enable, and are arranged in that order as can be seen in the
figure. In addition to the GPIO pins, the controller reset pin, RST, is included in the chain. Because
the reset pin is always an input, only the input signal is included in the Data Register chain.
When the Boundary Scan Data Register is accessed with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction, the
input, output, and output enable from each digital pad are sampled and then shifted out of the chain
to be verified. The sampling of these values occurs on the rising edge of TCK in the Capture DR
state of the TAP controller. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the Boundary Scan chain
in the Shift DR state of the TAP controller, new data can be preloaded into the chain for use with
the EXTEST and INTEST instructions. These instructions either force data out of the controller, with
the EXTEST instruction, or into the controller, with the INTEST instruction.
Figure 5-5. Boundary Scan Register Format
TDI
I
N
O
U
T
O
E
...
GPIO PB6
I
N
O
U
T
GPIO m
O
E
I
N
RST
I
N
O
U
T
GPIO m+1
O
E
...
I
N
O
U
T
O TDO
E
GPIO n
For detailed information on the order of the input, output, and output enable bits for each of the
®
GPIO ports, please refer to the Stellaris Family Boundary Scan Description Language (BSDL) files,
downloadable from www.luminarymicro.com.
5.4.2.4
APACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit APACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
5.4.2.5
DPACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit DPACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
5.4.2.6
ABORT Data Register
The format for the 35-bit ABORT Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
November 30, 2007
59
Preliminary
System Control
6
System Control
System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the
device, controls the clocking to the core and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection and
reporting.
6.1
Functional Description
The System Control module provides the following capabilities:
■ Device identification, see “Device Identification” on page 60
■ Local control, such as reset (see “Reset Control” on page 60), power (see “Power
Control” on page 63) and clock control (see “Clock Control” on page 63)
■ System control (Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep modes), see “System Control” on page 65
6.1.1
Device Identification
Seven read-only registers provide software with information on the microcontroller, such as version,
part number, SRAM size, flash size, and other features. See the DID0, DID1, and DC0-DC4 registers.
6.1.2
Reset Control
This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software
requirements following the reset sequence.
6.1.2.1
CMOD0 and CMOD1 Test-Mode Control Pins
Two pins, CMOD0 and CMOD1, are defined for use by Luminary Micro for testing the devices during
manufacture. They have no end-user function and should not be used. The CMOD pins should be
connected to ground.
6.1.2.2
Reset Sources
The controller has five sources of reset:
1. External reset input pin (RST) assertion, see “RST Pin Assertion” on page 60.
2. Power-on reset (POR), see “Power-On Reset (POR)” on page 61.
3. Internal brown-out (BOR) detector, see “Brown-Out Reset (BOR)” on page 61.
4. Software-initiated reset (with the software reset registers), see “Software Reset” on page 62.
5. A watchdog timer reset condition violation, see “Watchdog Timer Reset” on page 62.
After a reset, the Reset Cause (RESC) register is set with the reset cause. The bits in this register
are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an internal POR
is the cause, and then all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared except for the POR indicator.
6.1.2.3
RST Pin Assertion
The external reset pin (RST) resets the controller. This resets the core and all the peripherals except
the JTAG TAP controller (see “JTAG Interface” on page 49). The external reset sequence is as
follows:
60
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
1. The external reset pin (RST) is asserted and then de-asserted.
2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial
program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution.
A few clocks cycles from RST de-assertion to the start of the reset sequence is necessary for
synchronization.
The external reset timing is shown in Figure 23-10 on page 544.
6.1.2.4
Power-On Reset (POR)
The Power-On Reset (POR) circuit monitors the power supply voltage (VDD). The POR circuit
generates a reset signal to the internal logic when the power supply ramp reaches a threshold value
(VTH). If the application only uses the POR circuit, the RST input needs to be connected to the power
supply (VDD) through a pull-up resistor (1K to 10K Ω).
The device must be operating within the specified operating parameters at the point when the on-chip
power-on reset pulse is complete. The 3.3-V power supply to the device must reach 3.0 V within
10 msec of it crossing 2.0 V to guarantee proper operation. For applications that require the use of
an external reset to hold the device in reset longer than the internal POR, the RST input may be
used with the circuit as shown in Figure 6-1 on page 61.
Figure 6-1. External Circuitry to Extend Reset
Stellaris
D1
R1
RST
C1
R2
The R1 and C1 components define the power-on delay. The R2 resistor mitigates any leakage from
the RST input. The diode (D1) discharges C1 rapidly when the power supply is turned off.
The Power-On Reset sequence is as follows:
1. The controller waits for the later of external reset (RST) or internal POR to go inactive.
2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial
program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution.
The internal POR is only active on the initial power-up of the controller. The Power-On Reset timing
is shown in Figure 23-11 on page 545.
Note:
6.1.2.5
The power-on reset also resets the JTAG controller. An external reset does not.
Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
A drop in the input voltage resulting in the assertion of the internal brown-out detector can be used
to reset the controller. This is initially disabled and may be enabled by software.
The system provides a brown-out detection circuit that triggers if the power supply (VDD) drops
below a brown-out threshold voltage (VBTH). If a brown-out condition is detected, the system may
generate a controller interrupt or a system reset.
November 30, 2007
61
Preliminary
System Control
Brown-out resets are controlled with the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL)
register. The BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register must be set for a brown-out condition to trigger
a reset.
The brown-out reset is equivelent to an assertion of the external RST input and the reset is held
active until the proper VDD level is restored. The RESC register can be examined in the reset interrupt
handler to determine if a Brown-Out condition was the cause of the reset, thus allowing software to
determine what actions are required to recover.
The internal Brown-Out Reset timing is shown in Figure 23-12 on page 545.
6.1.2.6
Software Reset
Software can reset a specific peripheral or generate a reset to the entire system .
Peripherals can be individually reset by software via three registers that control reset signals to each
peripheral (see the SRCRn registers). If the bit position corresponding to a peripheral is set and
subsequently cleared, the peripheral is reset. The encoding of the reset registers is consistent with
the encoding of the clock gating control for peripherals and on-chip functions (see “System
Control” on page 65). Note that all reset signals for all clocks of the specified unit are asserted as
a result of a software-initiated reset.
The entire system can be reset by software by setting the SYSRESETREQ bit in the Cortex-M3
Application Interrupt and Reset Control register resets the entire system including the core. The
software-initiated system reset sequence is as follows:
1. A software system reset is initiated by writing the SYSRESETREQ bit in the ARM Cortex-M3
Application Interrupt and Reset Control register.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is deasserted and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer,
the initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and
then begins execution.
The software-initiated system reset timing is shown in Figure 23-13 on page 545.
6.1.2.7
Watchdog Timer Reset
The watchdog timer module's function is to prevent system hangs. The watchdog timer can be
configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset
signal on its second time-out.
After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is reloaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer
Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. If the timer counts
down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal has
been enabled, the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. The watchdog timer reset
sequence is as follows:
1. The watchdog timer times out for the second time without being serviced.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is released and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins
execution.
62
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
The watchdog reset timing is shown in Figure 23-14 on page 545.
6.1.3
Power Control
®
The Stellaris microcontroller provides an integrated LDO regulator that may be used to provide
power to the majority of the controller's internal logic. The LDO regulator provides software a
mechanism to adjust the regulated value, in small increments (VSTEP), over the range of 2.25 V
to 2.75 V (inclusive)—or 2.5 V ± 10%. The adjustment is made by changing the value of the VADJ
field in the LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) register.
Note:
6.1.4
The use of the LDO is optional. The internal logic may be supplied by the on-chip LDO or
by an external regulator. If the LDO is used, the LDO output pin is connected to the VDD25
pins on the printed circuit board. The LDO requires decoupling capacitors on the printed
circuit board. If an external regulator is used, it is strongly recommended that the external
regulator supply the controller only and not be shared with other devices on the printed
circuit board.
Clock Control
System control determines the control of clocks in this part.
6.1.4.1
Fundamental Clock Sources
There are four clock sources for use in the device:
■ Internal Oscillator (IOSC): The internal oscillator is an on-chip clock source. It does not require
the use of any external components. The frequency of the internal oscillator is 12 MHz ± 30%.
Applications that do not depend on accurate clock sources may use this clock source to reduce
system cost. The internal oscillator is the clock source the device uses during and following POR.
If the main oscillator is required, software must enable the main oscillator following reset and
allow the main oscillator to stabilize before changing the clock reference.
■ Main Oscillator: The main oscillator provides a frequency-accurate clock source by one of two
means: an external single-ended clock source is connected to the OSC0 input pin, or an external
crystal is connected across the OSC0 input and OSC1 output pins. The crystal value allowed
depends on whether the main oscillator is used as the clock reference source to the PLL. If so,
the crystal must be one of the supported frequencies between 3.579545 MHz through 8.192
MHz (inclusive). If the PLL is not being used, the crystal may be any one of the supported
frequencies between 1 MHz and 8.192 MHz. The single-ended clock source range is from DC
through the specified speed of the device. The supported crystals are listed in the XTAL bit in
the RCC register (see page 76).
■ Internal 30-kHz Oscillator: The internal 30-kHz oscillator is similar to the internal oscillator,
except that it provides an operational frequency of 30 kHz ± 30%. It is intended for use during
Deep-Sleep power-saving modes. This power-savings mode benefits from reduced internal
switching and also allows the main oscillator to be powered down.
■ External Real-Time Oscillator: The external real-time oscillator provides a low-frequency,
accurate clock reference. It is intended to provide the system with a real-time clock source. The
real-time oscillator is part of the Hibernation Module (“Hibernation Module” on page 121) and may
also provide an accurate source of Deep-Sleep or Hibernate mode power savings.
The internal system clock (sysclk), is derived from any of the four sources plus two others: the output
of the internal PLL, and the internal oscillator divided by four (3 MHz ± 30%). The frequency of the
PLL clock reference must be in the range of 3.579545 MHz to 8.192 MHz (inclusive).
November 30, 2007
63
Preliminary
System Control
The Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) and Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2)
registers provide control for the system clock. The RCC2 register is provided to extend fields that
offer additional encodings over the RCC register. When used, the RCC2 register field values are
used by the logic over the corresponding field in the RCC register. In particular, RCC2 provides for
a larger assortment of clock configuration options.
6.1.4.2
Crystal Configuration for the Main Oscillator (MOSC)
The main oscillator supports the use of a select number of crystals. If the main oscillator is used by
the PLL as a reference clock, the supported range of crystals is 3.579545 to 8.192 MHz, otherwise,
the range of supported crystals is 1 to 8.192 MHz.
The XTAL bit in the RCC register (see page 76) describes the available crystal choices and default
programming values.
Software configures the RCC register XTAL field with the crystal number. If the PLL is used in the
design, the XTAL field value is internally translated to the PLL settings.
6.1.4.3
PLL Frequency Configuration
The PLL is disabled by default during power-on reset and is enabled later by software if required.
Software configures the PLL input reference clock source, specifies the output divisor to set the
system clock frequency, and enables the PLL to drive the output.
If the main oscillator provides the clock reference to the PLL, the translation provided by hardware
and used to program the PLL is available for software in the XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG)
register (see page 80). The internal translation provides a translation within ± 1% of the targeted
PLL VCO frequency.
The Crystal Value field (XTAL) on page 76 describes the available crystal choices and default
programming of the PLLCFG register. The crystal number is written into the XTAL field of the
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. Any time the XTAL field changes, the new settings
are translated and the internal PLL settings are updated.
6.1.4.4
PLL Modes
The PLL has two modes of operation: Normal and Power-Down
■ Normal: The PLL multiplies the input clock reference and drives the output.
■ Power-Down: Most of the PLL internal circuitry is disabled and the PLL does not drive the output.
The modes are programmed using the RCC/RCC2 register fields (see page 76 and page 81).
6.1.4.5
PLL Operation
If the PLL configuration is changed, the PLL output frequency is unstable until it reconverges (relocks)
to the new setting. The time between the configuration change and relock is TREADY (see Table
23-6 on page 537). During this time, the PLL is not usable as a clock reference.
The PLL is changed by one of the following:
■ Change to the XTAL value in the RCC register—writes of the same value do not cause a relock.
■ Change in the PLL from Power-Down to Normal mode.
A counter is defined to measure the TREADY requirement. The counter is clocked by the main
oscillator. The range of the main oscillator has been taken into account and the down counter is set
64
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
to 0x1200 (that is, ~600 μs at an 8.192 MHz external oscillator clock). . Hardware is provided to
keep the PLL from being used as a system clock until the TREADY condition is met after one of the
two changes above. It is the user's responsibility to have a stable clock source (like the main oscillator)
before the RCC/RCC2 register is switched to use the PLL.
6.1.5
System Control
For power-savings purposes, the RCGCn , SCGCn , and DCGCn registers control the clock gating
logic for each peripheral or block in the system while the controller is in Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep
mode, respectively.
In Run mode, the processor executes code. In Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active
peripherals is unchanged, but the processor is not clocked and therefore no longer executes code.
In Deep-Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals may change (depending on the
Run mode clock configuration) in addition to the processor clock being stopped. An interrupt returns
the device to Run mode from one of the sleep modes; the sleep modes are entered on request from
the code. Each mode is described in more detail below.
There are four levels of operation for the device defined as:
■ Run Mode. Run mode provides normal operation of the processor and all of the peripherals that
are currently enabled by the RCGCn registers. The system clock can be any of the available
clock sources including the PLL.
■ Sleep Mode. Sleep mode is entered by the Cortex-M3 core executing a WFI (Wait for
Interrupt) instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the
processor back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference Manual for more details.
In Sleep mode, the Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked.
Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the SCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled
(see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when the auto-clock gating is disabled. The system
clock has the same source and frequency as that during Run mode.
■ Deep-Sleep Mode. Deep-Sleep mode is entered by first writing the Deep Sleep Enable bit in
the ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC system control register and then executing a WFI instruction. Any
properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the processor back into Run mode.
See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
for more details.
The Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are
clocked that are enabled in the DCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC
register) or the RCGCn register when auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock source is
the main oscillator by default or the internal oscillator specified in the DSLPCLKCFG register if
one is enabled. When the DSLPCLKCFG register is used, the internal oscillator is powered up,
if necessary, and the main oscillator is powered down. If the PLL is running at the time of the
WFI instruction, hardware will power the PLL down and override the SYSDIV field of the active
RCC/RCC2 register to be /16 or /64, respectively. When the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs,
hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset of
Deep-Sleep mode before enabling the clocks that had been stopped during the Deep-Sleep
duration.
■ Hibernate Mode. In this mode, the power supplies are turned off to the main part of the device
and only the Hibernation module's circuitry is active. An external wake event or RTC event is
required to bring the device back to Run mode. The Cortex-M3 processor and peripherals outside
November 30, 2007
65
Preliminary
System Control
of the Hibernation module see a normal "power on" sequence and the processor starts running
code. It can determine that it has been restarted from Hibernate mode by inspecting the
Hibernation module registers.
6.2
Initialization and Configuration
The PLL is configured using direct register writes to the RCC/RCC2 register. If the RCC2 register
is being used, the USERCC2 bit must be set and the appropriate RCC2 bit/field is used. The steps
required to successfully change the PLL-based system clock are:
1. Bypass the PLL and system clock divider by setting the BYPASS bit and clearing the USESYS
bit in the RCC register. This configures the system to run off a “raw” clock source (using the
main oscillator or internal oscillator) and allows for the new PLL configuration to be validated
before switching the system clock to the PLL.
2. Select the crystal value (XTAL) and oscillator source (OSCSRC), and clear the PWRDN bit in
RCC/RCC2. Setting the XTAL field automatically pulls valid PLL configuration data for the
appropriate crystal, and clearing the PWRDN bit powers and enables the PLL and its output.
3. Select the desired system divider (SYSDIV) in RCC/RCC2 and set the USESYS bit in RCC. The
SYSDIV field determines the system frequency for the microcontroller.
4. Wait for the PLL to lock by polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register.
5. Enable use of the PLL by clearing the BYPASS bit in RCC/RCC2.
6.3
Register Map
Table 6-1 on page 66 lists the System Control registers, grouped by function. The offset listed is a
hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the System Control base address of
0x400F.E000.
Note:
Spaces in the System Control register space that are not used are reserved for future or
internal use by Luminary Micro, Inc. Software should not modify any reserved memory
address.
Table 6-1. System Control Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
DID0
RO
-
Device Identification 0
68
0x004
DID1
RO
-
Device Identification 1
84
0x008
DC0
RO
0x00FF.007F
Device Capabilities 0
86
0x010
DC1
RO
0x0311.33FF
Device Capabilities 1
87
0x014
DC2
RO
0x070F.5337
Device Capabilities 2
89
0x018
DC3
RO
0x3F0F.B7FF
Device Capabilities 3
91
0x01C
DC4
RO
0x0000.00FF
Device Capabilities 4
94
0x030
PBORCTL
R/W
0x0000.7FFD
Brown-Out Reset Control
70
0x034
LDOPCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
LDO Power Control
71
66
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Name
Type
Reset
0x040
SRCR0
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 0
116
0x044
SRCR1
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 1
118
0x048
SRCR2
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 2
120
0x050
RIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Raw Interrupt Status
72
0x054
IMC
R/W
0x0000.0000
Interrupt Mask Control
73
0x058
MISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
74
0x05C
RESC
R/W
-
Reset Cause
75
0x060
RCC
R/W
0x07AE.3AD1
Run-Mode Clock Configuration
76
0x064
PLLCFG
RO
-
XTAL to PLL Translation
80
0x070
RCC2
R/W
0x0780.2800
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2
81
0x100
RCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
95
0x104
RCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
101
0x108
RCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
110
0x110
SCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
97
0x114
SCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
104
0x118
SCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
112
0x120
DCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
99
0x124
DCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
107
0x128
DCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
114
0x144
DSLPCLKCFG
R/W
0x0780.0000
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration
83
6.4
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
All addresses given are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000.
November 30, 2007
67
Preliminary
System Control
Register 1: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000
This register identifies the version of the device.
Device Identification 0 (DID0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x000
Type RO, reset 31
30
reserved
Type
Reset
29
28
27
26
VER
25
24
23
22
21
20
reserved
18
17
16
CLASS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
MAJOR
Type
Reset
19
MINOR
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
reserved
RO
0
30:28
VER
RO
0x1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
DID0 Version
This field defines the DID0 register format version. The version number
is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows:
Value Description
0x1
First revision of the DID0 register format, for Stellaris®
Fury-class devices .
27:24
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
23:16
CLASS
RO
0x1
Device Class
The CLASS field value identifies the internal design from which all mask
sets are generated for all devices in a particular product line. The CLASS
field value is changed for new product lines, for changes in fab process
(for example, a remap or shrink), or any case where the MAJOR or MINOR
fields require differentiation from prior devices. The value of the CLASS
field is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x0
Stellaris® Sandstorm-class devices.
0x1
Stellaris® Fury-class devices.
68
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
15:8
MAJOR
RO
-
Description
Major Revision
This field specifies the major revision number of the device. The major
revision reflects changes to base layers of the design. The major revision
number is indicated in the part number as a letter (A for first revision, B
for second, and so on). This field is encoded as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Revision A (initial device)
0x1
Revision B (first base layer revision)
0x2
Revision C (second base layer revision)
and so on.
7:0
MINOR
RO
-
Minor Revision
This field specifies the minor revision number of the device. The minor
revision reflects changes to the metal layers of the design. The MINOR
field value is reset when the MAJOR field is changed. This field is numeric
and is encoded as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Initial device, or a major revision update.
0x1
First metal layer change.
0x2
Second metal layer change.
and so on.
November 30, 2007
69
Preliminary
System Control
Register 2: Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030
This register is responsible for controlling reset conditions after initial power-on reset.
Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFD
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
BORIOR
R/W
0
BORIOR reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
BOR Interrupt or Reset
This bit controls how a BOR event is signaled to the controller. If set, a
reset is signaled. Otherwise, an interrupt is signaled.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
70
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034
The VADJ field in this register adjusts the on-chip output voltage (VOUT).
LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x034
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
VADJ
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:6
reserved
RO
0
5:0
VADJ
R/W
0x0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
LDO Output Voltage
This field sets the on-chip output voltage. The programming values for
the VADJ field are provided below.
Value
VOUT (V)
0x00
2.50
0x01
2.45
0x02
2.40
0x03
2.35
0x04
2.30
0x05
2.25
0x06-0x3F Reserved
0x1B
2.75
0x1C
2.70
0x1D
2.65
0x1E
2.60
0x1F
2.55
November 30, 2007
71
Preliminary
System Control
Register 4: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050
Central location for system control raw interrupts. These are set and cleared by hardware.
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x050
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
PLLLRIS
RO
0
reserved
BORRIS reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
PLLLRIS
RO
0
PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set when the PLL TREADY Timer asserts.
5:2
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
BORRIS
RO
0
Brown-Out Reset Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is the raw interrupt status for any brown-out conditions. If set,
a brown-out condition is currently active. This is an unregistered signal
from the brown-out detection circuit. An interrupt is reported if the BORIM
bit in the IMC register is set and the BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register
is cleared.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
72
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054
Central location for system control interrupt masks.
Interrupt Mask Control (IMC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x054
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORIM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
PLLLIM
R/W
0
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
PLLLIM
R/W
0
PLL Lock Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a current limit detection is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if PLLLRIS in RIS
is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated.
5:2
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
BORIM
R/W
0
Brown-Out Reset Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a brown-out condition is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if BORRIS is set;
otherwise, an interrupt is not generated.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
73
Preliminary
System Control
Register 6: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058
Central location for system control result of RIS AND IMC to generate an interrupt to the controller.
All of the bits are R/W1C and this action also clears the corresponding raw interrupt bit in the RIS
register (see page 72).
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x058
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
PLLLMIS
R/W1C
0
reserved
BORMIS reserved
R/W1C
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
PLLLMIS
R/W1C
0
PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set when the PLL TREADY timer asserts. The interrupt is cleared
by writing a 1 to this bit.
5:2
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
BORMIS
R/W1C
0
BOR Masked Interrupt Status
The BORMIS is simply the BORRIS ANDed with the mask value, BORIM.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
74
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C
This register is set with the reset cause after reset. The bits in this register are sticky and maintain
their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an external reset is the cause, and then
all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared.
Reset Cause (RESC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x05C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LDO
SW
WDT
BOR
POR
EXT
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
LDO
R/W
-
LDO Reset
When set, indicates the LDO circuit has lost regulation and has
generated a reset event.
4
SW
R/W
-
Software Reset
When set, indicates a software reset is the cause of the reset event.
3
WDT
R/W
-
Watchdog Timer Reset
When set, indicates a watchdog reset is the cause of the reset event.
2
BOR
R/W
-
Brown-Out Reset
When set, indicates a brown-out reset is the cause of the reset event.
1
POR
R/W
-
Power-On Reset
When set, indicates a power-on reset is the cause of the reset event.
0
EXT
R/W
-
External Reset
When set, indicates an external reset (RST assertion) is the cause of
the reset event.
November 30, 2007
75
Preliminary
System Control
Register 8: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060
This register is defined to provide source control and frequency speed.
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x060
Type R/W, reset 0x07AE.3AD1
31
30
29
28
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
27
26
25
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
ACG
24
SYSDIV
RO
1
R/W
1
RO
0
22
USESYSDIV
PWRDN reserved BYPASS reserved
R/W
1
23
XTAL
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:28
reserved
RO
0x0
27
ACG
R/W
0
21
20
19
reserved USEPWMDIV
OSCSRC
R/W
1
18
17
PWMDIV
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
16
reserved
IOSCDIS MOSCDIS
R/W
0
R/W
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Auto Clock Gating
This bit specifies whether the system uses the Sleep-Mode Clock
Gating Control (SCGCn) registers and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock
Gating Control (DCGCn) registers if the controller enters a Sleep or
Deep-Sleep mode (respectively). If set, the SCGCn or DCGCn registers
are used to control the clocks distributed to the peripherals when the
controller is in a sleep mode. Otherwise, the Run-Mode Clock Gating
Control (RCGCn) registers are used when the controller enters a sleep
mode.
The RCGCn registers are always used to control the clocks in Run
mode.
This allows peripherals to consume less power when the controller is
in a sleep mode and the peripheral is unused.
76
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
26:23
SYSDIV
R/W
0xF
Description
System Clock Divisor
Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from the
PLL output.
The PLL VCO frequency is 400 MHz.
Value Divisor (BYPASS=1) Frequency (BYPASS=0)
0x0
reserved
reserved
0x1
/2
reserved
0x2
/3
reserved
0x3
/4
50 MHz
0x4
/5
40 MHz
0x5
/6
33.33 MHz
0x6
/7
28.57 MHz
0x7
/8
25 MHz
0x8
/9
22.22 MHz
0x9
/10
20 MHz
0xA
/11
18.18 MHz
0xB
/12
16.67 MHz
0xC
/13
15.38 MHz
0xD
/14
14.29 MHz
0xE
/15
13.33 MHz
0xF
/16
12.5 MHz (default)
When reading the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see
page 76), the SYSDIV value is MINSYSDIV if a lower divider was
requested and the PLL is being used. This lower value is allowed to
divide a non-PLL source.
22
USESYSDIV
R/W
0
Enable System Clock Divider
Use the system clock divider as the source for the system clock. The
system clock divider is forced to be used when the PLL is selected as
the source.
21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
USEPWMDIV
R/W
0
Enable PWM Clock Divisor
Use the PWM clock divider as the source for the PWM clock.
November 30, 2007
77
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
19:17
PWMDIV
R/W
0x7
Description
PWM Unit Clock Divisor
This field specifies the binary divisor used to predivide the system clock
down for use as the timing reference for the PWM module. This clock
is only power 2 divide and rising edge is synchronous without phase
shift from the system clock.
Value Divisor
0x0
/2
0x1
/4
0x2
/8
0x3
/16
0x4
/32
0x5
/64
0x6
/64
0x7
/64 (default)
16:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
PWRDN
R/W
1
PLL Power Down
This bit connects to the PLL PWRDN input. The reset value of 1 powers
down the PLL.
12
reserved
RO
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
BYPASS
R/W
1
PLL Bypass
Chooses whether the system clock is derived from the PLL output or
the OSC source. If set, the clock that drives the system is the OSC
source. Otherwise, the clock that drives the system is the PLL output
clock divided by the system divider.
Note:
10
reserved
RO
0
The ADC must be clocked from the PLL or directly from a
14-MHz to 18-MHz clock source to operate properly. While
the ADC works in a 14-18 MHz range, to maintain a 1 M
sample/second rate, the ADC must be provided a 16-MHz
clock source.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
78
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9:6
XTAL
R/W
0xB
Description
Crystal Value
This field specifies the crystal value attached to the main oscillator. The
encoding for this field is provided below.
Value
5:4
OSCSRC
R/W
0x1
Crystal Frequency (MHz)
Not Using the PLL
Crystal Frequency (MHz)
Using the PLL
0x0
1.000
reserved
0x1
1.8432
reserved
0x2
2.000
reserved
0x3
2.4576
reserved
0x4
3.579545 MHz
0x5
3.6864 MHz
0x6
4 MHz
0x7
4.096 MHz
0x8
4.9152 MHz
0x9
5 MHz
0xA
5.12 MHz
0xB
6 MHz (reset value)
0xC
6.144 MHz
0xD
7.3728 MHz
0xE
8 MHz
0xF
8.192 MHz
Oscillator Source
Picks among the four input sources for the OSC. The values are:
Value Input Source
3:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
IOSCDIS
R/W
0
0x0
Main oscillator (default)
0x1
Internal oscillator (default)
0x2
Internal oscillator / 4 (this is necessary if used as input to PLL)
0x3
reserved
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Internal Oscillator Disable
0: Internal oscillator (IOSC) is enabled.
1: Internal oscillator is disabled.
0
MOSCDIS
R/W
1
Main Oscillator Disable
0: Main oscillator is enabled.
1: Main oscillator is disabled (default).
November 30, 2007
79
Preliminary
System Control
Register 9: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064
This register provides a means of translating external crystal frequencies into the appropriate PLL
settings. This register is initialized during the reset sequence and updated anytime that the XTAL
field changes in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 76).
The PLL frequency is calculated using the PLLCFG field values, as follows:
PLLFreq = OSCFreq * F / (R + 1)
XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x064
Type RO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
F
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:14
reserved
RO
0x0
13:5
F
RO
-
R
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PLL F Value
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s F input.
4:0
R
RO
-
PLL R Value
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s R input.
80
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070
This register overrides the RCC equivalent register fields when the USERCC2 bit is set. This allows
RCC2 to be used to extend the capabilities, while also providing a means to be backward-compatible
to previous parts. The fields within the RCC2 register occupy the same bit positions as they do
within the RCC register as LSB-justified.
The SYSDIV2 field is wider so that additional larger divisors are possible. This allows a lower system
clock frequency for improved Deep Sleep power consumption.
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x070
Type R/W, reset 0x0780.2800
31
30
USERCC2
Type
Reset
29
R/W
0
RO
0
15
14
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
28
27
reserved
26
25
23
22
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
R/W
1
21
20
RO
0
R/W
1
reserved
RO
0
19
18
17
16
reserved
RO
0
PWRDN2 reserved BYPASS2
RO
0
24
SYSDIV2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
OSCSRC2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
USERCC2
R/W
0
Use RCC2
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
When set, overrides the RCC register fields.
30:29
reserved
RO
0x0
28:23
SYSDIV2
R/W
0x0F
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
System Clock Divisor
Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from the
PLL output.
The PLL VCO frequency is 400 MHz.
This field is wider than the RCC register SYSDIV field in order to provide
additional divisor values. This permits the system clock to be run at
much lower frequencies during Deep Sleep mode. For example, where
the RCC register SYSDIV encoding of 1111 provides /16, the RCC2
register SYSDIV2 encoding of 111111 provides /64.
22:14
reserved
RO
0x0
13
PWRDN2
R/W
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Power-Down PLL
When set, powers down the PLL.
12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
BYPASS2
R/W
1
Bypass PLL
When set, bypasses the PLL for the clock source.
November 30, 2007
81
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
10:7
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6:4
OSCSRC2
R/W
0x0
System Clock Source
Value Description
3:0
reserved
RO
0
0x0
Main oscillator (MOSC)
0x1
Internal oscillator (IOSC)
0x2
Internal oscillator / 4
0x3
30 kHz internal oscillator
0x7
32 kHz external oscillator
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
82
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 11: Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144
This register provides configuration information for the hardware control of Deep Sleep Mode.
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x144
Type R/W, reset 0x0780.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
reserved
Type
Reset
25
24
23
22
21
20
DSDIVORIDE
18
17
16
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
19
RO
0
DSOSCSRC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:29
reserved
RO
0x0
28:23
DSDIVORIDE
R/W
0x0F
R/W
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Divider Field Override
6-bit system divider field to override when Deep-Sleep occurs with PLL
running.
22:7
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6:4
DSOSCSRC
R/W
0x0
Clock Source
When set, forces IOSC to be clock source during Deep Sleep mode.
Value Name
3:0
reserved
RO
0x0
Description
0x0
NOORIDE No override to the oscillator clock source is done
0x1
IOSC
Use internal 12 MHz oscillator as source
0x3
30kHz
Use 30 kHz internal oscillator
0x7
32kHz
Use 32 kHz external oscillator
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
83
Preliminary
System Control
Register 12: Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004
This register identifies the device family, part number, temperature range, pin count, and package
type.
Device Identification 1 (DID1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
RO
0
15
25
24
23
22
21
20
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
VER
Type
Reset
FAM
PINCOUNT
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
1
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
3
2
1
0
PARTNO
reserved
RO
0
19
TEMP
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:28
VER
RO
0x1
RO
0
PKG
ROHS
RO
1
RO
1
QUAL
RO
-
RO
-
Description
DID1 Version
This field defines the DID1 register format version. The version number
is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows (all other
encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x1
27:24
FAM
RO
0x0
First revision of the DID1 register format, indicating a Stellaris
Fury-class device.
Family
This field provides the family identification of the device within the
Luminary Micro product portfolio. The value is encoded as follows (all
other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x0
23:16
PARTNO
RO
0x55
Stellaris family of microcontollers, that is, all devices with
external part numbers starting with LM3S.
Part Number
This field provides the part number of the device within the family. The
value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x55 LM3S2965
15:13
PINCOUNT
RO
0x2
Package Pin Count
This field specifies the number of pins on the device package. The value
is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x2
100-pin package
84
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
12:8
reserved
RO
0
7:5
TEMP
RO
0x1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Temperature Range
This field specifies the temperature rating of the device. The value is
encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x1
4:3
PKG
RO
0x1
Industrial temperature range (-40°C to 85°C)
Package Type
This field specifies the package type. The value is encoded as follows
(all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x1
2
ROHS
RO
1
LQFP package
RoHS-Compliance
This bit specifies whether the device is RoHS-compliant. A 1 indicates
the part is RoHS-compliant.
1:0
QUAL
RO
-
Qualification Status
This field specifies the qualification status of the device. The value is
encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x0
Engineering Sample (unqualified)
0x1
Pilot Production (unqualified)
0x2
Fully Qualified
November 30, 2007
85
Preliminary
System Control
Register 13: Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 0 (DC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x008
Type RO, reset 0x00FF.007F
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
SRAMSZ
Type
Reset
FLASHSZ
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
SRAMSZ
RO
0x00FF
SRAM Size
Indicates the size of the on-chip SRAM memory.
Value
Description
0x00FF 64 KB of SRAM
15:0
FLASHSZ
RO
0x007F
Flash Size
Indicates the size of the on-chip flash memory.
Value
Description
0x007F 256 KB of Flash
86
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010
This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register
format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: CANs, PWM,
ADC, Watchdog timer, Hibernation module, and debug capabilities. This register also indicates the
maximum clock frequency and maximum ADC sample rate. The format of this register is consistent
with the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0 clock control registers and the SRCR0 software reset control
register.
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0311.33FF
31
30
29
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
RO
0
RO
0
28
27
26
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
12
11
10
RO
1
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
MINSYSDIV
Type
Reset
RO
1
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MPU
HIB
TEMPSNS
PLL
WDT
SWO
SWD
JTAG
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
MAXADCSPD
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
23
22
21
reserved
20
19
PWM
18
17
reserved
16
ADC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
RO
1
CAN Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that CAN unit 1 is present.
24
CAN0
RO
1
CAN Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that CAN unit 0 is present.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
RO
1
PWM Module Present
When set, indicates that the PWM module is present.
19:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
ADC
RO
1
ADC Module Present
When set, indicates that the ADC module is present.
15:12
MINSYSDIV
RO
0x3
System Clock Divider
Minimum 4-bit divider value for system clock. The reset value is
hardware-dependent. See the RCC register for how to change the
system clock divisor using the SYSDIV bit.
Value Description
0x3
Specifies a 50-MHz CPU clock with a PLL divider of 4.
November 30, 2007
87
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
11:8
MAXADCSPD
RO
0x3
Description
Max ADC Speed
Indicates the maximum rate at which the ADC samples data.
Value Description
0x3
7
MPU
RO
1
1M samples/second
MPU Present
When set, indicates that the Cortex-M3 Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
module is present. See the ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual
for details on the MPU.
6
HIB
RO
1
Hibernation Module Present
When set, indicates that the Hibernation module is present.
5
TEMPSNS
RO
1
Temp Sensor Present
When set, indicates that the on-chip temperature sensor is present.
4
PLL
RO
1
PLL Present
When set, indicates that the on-chip Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is
present.
3
WDT
RO
1
Watchdog Timer Present
When set, indicates that a watchdog timer is present.
2
SWO
RO
1
SWO Trace Port Present
When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Output (SWO) trace port is
present.
1
SWD
RO
1
SWD Present
When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Debugger (SWD) is present.
0
JTAG
RO
1
JTAG Present
When set, indicates that the JTAG debugger interface is present.
88
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 15: Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014
This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register
format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: Analog
Comparators, General-Purpose Timers, I2Cs, QEIs, SSIs, and UARTs. The format of this register
is consistent with the RCGC1, SCGC1, and DCGC1 clock control registers and the SRCR1 software
reset control register.
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x070F.5337
31
30
RO
0
RO
0
15
29
28
27
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
14
13
12
11
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
26
25
24
COMP2
COMP1
COMP0
RO
1
RO
1
10
reserved
RO
0
23
22
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
6
5
QEI1
QEI0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
21
20
19
18
17
16
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
4
3
2
1
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:27
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
26
COMP2
RO
1
Analog Comparator 2 Present
When set, indicates that analog comparator 2 is present.
25
COMP1
RO
1
Analog Comparator 1 Present
When set, indicates that analog comparator 1 is present.
24
COMP0
RO
1
Analog Comparator 0 Present
When set, indicates that analog comparator 0 is present.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
RO
1
Timer 3 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 3 is present.
18
TIMER2
RO
1
Timer 2 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 2 is present.
17
TIMER1
RO
1
Timer 1 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 1 is present.
16
TIMER0
RO
1
Timer 0 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 0 is present.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
89
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
14
I2C1
RO
1
Description
I2C Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that I2C module 1 is present.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
RO
1
I2C Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that I2C module 0 is present.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
RO
1
QEI1 Present
When set, indicates that QEI module 1 is present.
8
QEI0
RO
1
QEI0 Present
When set, indicates that QEI module 0 is present.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
RO
1
SSI1 Present
When set, indicates that SSI module 1 is present.
4
SSI0
RO
1
SSI0 Present
When set, indicates that SSI module 0 is present.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
RO
1
UART2 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 2 is present.
1
UART1
RO
1
UART1 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 1 is present.
0
UART0
RO
1
UART0 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 0 is present.
90
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018
This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register
format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: Analog
Comparator I/Os, CCP I/Os, ADC I/Os, and PWM I/Os.
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x3F0F.B7FF
31
30
reserved
Type
Reset
29
28
27
26
25
24
22
21
20
18
17
16
CCP5
CCP4
CCP3
CCP2
CCP1
CCP0
ADC3
ADC2
ADC1
ADC0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWM5
PWM4
PWM3
PWM2
PWM1
PWM0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
C0O
RO
1
reserved
19
RO
0
PWMFAULT reserved C2PLUS C2MINUS reserved C1PLUS C1MINUS
Type
Reset
23
C0PLUS C0MINUS
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:30
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
29
CCP5
RO
1
CCP5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 5 is present.
28
CCP4
RO
1
CCP4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 4 is present.
27
CCP3
RO
1
CCP3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 3 is present.
26
CCP2
RO
1
CCP2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 2 is present.
25
CCP1
RO
1
CCP1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 1 is present.
24
CCP0
RO
1
CCP0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 0 is present.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
ADC3
RO
1
ADC3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC pin 3 is present.
18
ADC2
RO
1
ADC2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC pin 2 is present.
November 30, 2007
91
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
17
ADC1
RO
1
Description
ADC1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC pin 1 is present.
16
ADC0
RO
1
ADC0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC pin 0 is present.
15
PWMFAULT
RO
1
PWM Fault Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM Fault pin is present.
14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
C2PLUS
RO
1
C2+ Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (+) input pin is present.
12
C2MINUS
RO
1
C2- Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (-) input pin is present.
11
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
C1PLUS
RO
1
C1+ Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (+) input pin is present.
9
C1MINUS
RO
1
C1- Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (-) input pin is present.
8
C0O
RO
1
C0o Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 output pin is present.
7
C0PLUS
RO
1
C0+ Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (+) input pin is present.
6
C0MINUS
RO
1
C0- Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (-) input pin is present.
5
PWM5
RO
1
PWM5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 5 is present.
4
PWM4
RO
1
PWM4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 4 is present.
3
PWM3
RO
1
PWM3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 3 is present.
2
PWM2
RO
1
PWM2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 2 is present.
92
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
PWM1
RO
1
Description
PWM1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 1 is present.
0
PWM0
RO
1
PWM0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 0 is present.
November 30, 2007
93
Preliminary
System Control
Register 17: Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C
This register provides a list of features available in the system. The Stellaris family uses this register
format to indicate the availability of the following family features in the specific device: Ethernet MAC
and PHY, GPIOs, and CCP I/Os. The format of this register is consistent with the RCGC2, SCGC2,
and DCGC2 clock control registers and the SRCR2 software reset control register.
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00FF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
GPIOH
RO
1
GPIO Port H Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port H is present.
6
GPIOG
RO
1
GPIO Port G Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port G is present.
5
GPIOF
RO
1
GPIO Port F Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port F is present.
4
GPIOE
RO
1
GPIO Port E Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port E is present.
3
GPIOD
RO
1
GPIO Port D Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port D is present.
2
GPIOC
RO
1
GPIO Port C Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port C is present.
1
GPIOB
RO
1
GPIO Port B Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port B is present.
0
GPIOA
RO
1
GPIO Port A Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port A is present.
94
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x100
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
RO
0
RO
0
28
27
26
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
12
11
10
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MAXADCSPD
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
reserved
reserved
HIB
RO
0
R/W
0
20
19
PWM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
17
reserved
WDT
R/W
0
16
ADC
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
19:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
95
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
ADC
R/W
0
Description
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SAR ADC module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:8
MAXADCSPD
R/W
0
ADC Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which the ADC samples data. You cannot set
the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate by
setting the MAXADCSPD bit as follows:
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
0
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT
R/W
0
WDT Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
96
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 19: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset
0x110
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x110
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
MAXADCSPD
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
reserved
RO
0
20
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
5
4
7
6
reserved
HIB
RO
0
R/W
0
19
PWM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
17
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
WDT
R/W
0
16
ADC
RO
0
R/W
0
1
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
19:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
97
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
ADC
R/W
0
Description
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SAR ADC module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:8
MAXADCSPD
R/W
0
ADC Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which the ADC samples data. You cannot set
the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate by
setting the MAXADCSPD bit as follows:
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
0
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT
R/W
0
WDT Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
98
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 20: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0),
offset 0x120
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x120
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
MAXADCSPD
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
reserved
RO
0
20
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
5
4
7
6
reserved
HIB
RO
0
R/W
0
19
PWM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
17
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
WDT
R/W
0
16
ADC
RO
0
R/W
0
1
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN unit 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
19:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
99
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
ADC
R/W
0
Description
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SAR ADC module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:8
MAXADCSPD
R/W
0
ADC Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which the ADC samples data. You cannot set
the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate by
setting the MAXADCSPD bit as follows:
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
0
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT
R/W
0
WDT Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates
a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
100
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 21: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x104
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
RO
0
RO
0
15
29
28
27
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
14
13
12
11
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
26
25
24
COMP2
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
10
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:27
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
26
COMP2
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
101
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Description
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
R/W
0
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
102
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
8
QEI0
R/W
0
Description
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
103
Preliminary
System Control
Register 22: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset
0x114
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x114
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
11
10
15
14
13
12
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Type
Reset
26
COMP2
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
19
18
17
16
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:27
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
26
COMP2
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
104
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Description
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
R/W
0
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
105
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
8
QEI0
R/W
0
Description
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
106
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 23: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1),
offset 0x124
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x124
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
11
10
15
14
13
12
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Type
Reset
26
COMP2
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
19
18
17
16
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:27
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
26
COMP2
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 2 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
107
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Description
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the
unit will generate a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
R/W
0
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
108
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
8
QEI0
R/W
0
Description
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate
a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
109
Preliminary
System Control
Register 24: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x108
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
110
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Description
Port D Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
111
Preliminary
System Control
Register 25: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset
0x118
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x118
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
112
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Description
Port D Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
113
Preliminary
System Control
Register 26: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2),
offset 0x128
This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface,
function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and
disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are
disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note
that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control.
This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the
clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for
Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register
specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x128
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
114
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Description
Port D Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If
the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
November 30, 2007
115
Preliminary
System Control
Register 27: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) register.
Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CAN1
CAN0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
23
RO
0
21
reserved
reserved
Type
Reset
22
HIB
20
19
PWM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
17
reserved
WDT
R/W
0
16
ADC
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Reset Control
Reset control for CAN unit 1.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Reset Control
Reset control for CAN unit 0.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Reset Control
Reset control for PWM module.
19:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
ADC
R/W
0
ADC0 Reset Control
Reset control for SAR ADC module 0.
15:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
0
HIB Reset Control
Reset control for the Hibernation module.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT
R/W
0
WDT Reset Control
Reset control for Watchdog unit.
116
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
117
Preliminary
System Control
Register 28: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) register.
Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
RO
0
RO
0
15
29
28
27
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
14
13
12
11
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
26
25
24
COMP2
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
10
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:27
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
26
COMP2
R/W
0
Analog Comp 2 Reset Control
Reset control for analog comparator 2.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comp 1 Reset Control
Reset control for analog comparator 1.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comp 0 Reset Control
Reset control for analog comparator 0.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Timer 3 Reset Control
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Reset Control
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Reset Control
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Reset Control
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Reset Control
Reset control for I2C unit 1.
118
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Reset Control
Reset control for I2C unit 0.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
R/W
0
QEI1 Reset Control
Reset control for QEI unit 1.
8
QEI0
R/W
0
QEI0 Reset Control
Reset control for QEI unit 0.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Reset Control
Reset control for SSI unit 1.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Reset Control
Reset control for SSI unit 0.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Reset Control
Reset control for UART unit 2.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Reset Control
Reset control for UART unit 1.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Reset Control
Reset control for UART unit 0.
November 30, 2007
119
Preliminary
System Control
Register 29: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) register.
Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x048
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port H.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port G.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port F.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port E.
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Port D Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port D.
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Port C Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port C.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port B.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Reset Control
Reset control for GPIO Port A.
120
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
7
Hibernation Module
The Hibernation Module manages removal and restoration of power to the rest of the microcontroller
to provide a means for reducing power consumption. When the processor and peripherals are idle,
power can be completely removed with only the Hibernation Module remaining powered. Power
can be restored based on an external signal, or at a certain time using the built-in real-time clock
(RTC). The Hibernation module can be independently supplied from a battery or an auxiliary power
supply.
The Hibernation module has the following features:
■ Power-switching logic to discrete external regulator
■ Dedicated pin for waking from an external signal
■ Low-battery detection, signaling, and interrupt generation
■ 32-bit real-time counter (RTC)
■ Two 32-bit RTC match registers for timed wake-up and interrupt generation
■ Clock source from a 32.768-kHz external oscillator or a 4.194304-MHz crystal
■ RTC predivider trim for making fine adjustments to the clock rate
■ 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory
■ Programmable interrupts for RTC match, external wake, and low battery events
November 30, 2007
121
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
7.1
Block Diagram
Figure 7-1. Hibernation Module Block Diagram
HIBCTL.CLK32EN
XOSC0
XOSC1
Interrupts
HIBIM
HIBRIS
HIBMIS
HIBIC
Pre-Divider
/128
HIBRTCT
HIBCTL.CLKSEL
Non-Volatile
Memory
HIBDATA
RTC
HIBRTCC
HIBRTCLD
HIBRTCM0
HIBRTCM1
WAKE
MATCH0/1
LOWBAT
VDD
Low Battery
Detect
VBAT
HIBCTL.LOWBATEN
7.2
Interrupts
to CPU
Power
Sequence
Logic
HIB
HIBCTL.PWRCUT
HIBCTL.RTCWEN
HIBCTL.EXTWEN
HIBCTL.VABORT
Functional Description
The Hibernation module controls the power to the processor with an enable signal (HIB) that signals
an external voltage regulator to turn off. The Hibernation module power is determined dynamically.
The supply voltage of the Hibernation module is the larger of the main voltage source (VDD) or the
battery/auxilliary voltage source (VBAT). A voting circuit indicates the larger and an internal power
switch selects the appropriate voltage source. The Hibernation module also has a separate clock
source to maintain a real-time clock (RTC). Once in hibernation, the module signals an external
voltage regulator to turn back on the power when an external pin (WAKE) is asserted, or when the
internal RTC reaches a certain value. The Hibernation module can also detect when the battery
voltage is low, and optionally prevent hibernation when this occurs.
Power-up from a power cut to code execution is defined as the regulator turn-on time (specifed at
tHIB_TO_VDD maximum) plus the normal chip POR (see “Hibernation Module” on page 540).
7.2.1
Register Access Timing
Because the Hibernation module has an independent clocking domain, certain registers must be
written only with a timing gap between accesses. The delay time is tHIB_REG_WRITE, therefore software
must guarantee that a delay of tHIB_REG_WRITE is inserted between back-to-back writes to certain
Hibernation registers, or between a write followed by a read to those same registers. There is no
122
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
restriction on timing for back-to-back reads from the Hibernation module. Refer to “Register
Descriptions” on page 127 for details about which registers are subject to this timing restriction.
7.2.2
Clock Source
The Hibernation module must be clocked by an external source, even if the RTC feature will not be
used. An external oscillator or crystal can be used for this purpose. To use a crystal, a 4.194304-MHz
crystal is connected to the XOSC0 and XOSC1 pins. This clock signal is divided by 128 internally to
produce the 32.768-kHz clock reference. To use a more precise clock source, a 32.768-kHz oscillator
can be connected to the XOSC0 pin.
The clock source is enabled by setting the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register. The type of clock
source is selected by setting the CLKSEL bit to 0 for a 4.194304-MHz clock source, and to 1 for a
32.768-kHz clock source. If the bit is set to 0, the input clock is divided by 128, resulting in a
32.768-kHz clock source. If a crystal is used for the clock source, the software must leave a delay
of tXOSC_SETTLE after setting the CLK32EN bit and before any other accesses to the Hibernation
module registers. The delay allows the crystal to power up and stabilize. If an oscillator is used for
the clock source, no delay is needed.
7.2.3
Battery Management
The Hibernation module can be independently powered by a battery or an auxiliary power source.
The module can monitor the voltage level of the battery and detect when the voltage becomes too
low. When this happens, an interrupt can be generated. The module can also be configured so that
it will not go into Hibernate mode if the battery voltage is too low.
Note that the Hibernation module draws power from whichever source (VBAT or VDD) has the higher
voltage. Therefore, it is important to design the circuit to ensure that VDD is higher that VBAT under
nominal conditions or else the Hibernation module draws power from the battery even when VDD
is available.
The Hibernation module can be configured to detect a low battery condition by setting the LOWBATEN
bit of the HIBCTL register. In this configuration, the LOWBAT bit of the HIBRIS register will be set
when the battery level is low. If the VABORT bit is also set, then the module is prevented from entering
Hibernation mode when a low battery is detected. The module can also be configured to generate
an interrupt for the low-battery condition (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 124).
7.2.4
Real-Time Clock
The Hibernation module includes a 32-bit counter that increments once per second with a proper
clock source and configuration (see “Clock Source” on page 123). The 32.768-kHz clock signal is
fed into a predivider register which counts down the 32.768-kHz clock ticks to achieve a once per
second clock rate for the RTC. The rate can be adjusted to compensate for inaccuracies in the clock
source by using the predivider trim register. This register has a nominal value of 0x7FFF, and is
used for one second out of every 64 seconds to divide the input clock. This allows the software to
make fine corrections to the clock rate by adjusting the predivider trim register up or down from
0x7FFF. The predivider trim should be adjusted up from 0x7FFF in order to slow down the RTC
rate, and down from 0x7FFF in order to speed up the RTC rate.
The Hibernation module includes two 32-bit match registers that are compared to the value of the
RTC counter. The match registers can be used to wake the processor from hibernation mode, or
to generate an interrupt to the processor if it is not in hibernation.
The RTC must be enabled with the RTCEN bit of the HIBCTL register. The value of the RTC can be
set at any time by writing to the HIBRTCLD register. The predivider trim can be adjusted by reading
and writing the HIBRTCT register. The predivider uses this register once every 64 seconds to adjust
November 30, 2007
123
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
the clock rate. The two match registers can be set by writing to the HIBRTCM0 and HIBRTCM1
registers. The RTC can be configured to generate interrupts by using the interrupt registers (see
“Interrupts and Status” on page 124).
7.2.5
Non-Volatile Memory
The Hibernation module contains 64 32-bit words of memory which are retained during hibernation.
This memory is powered from the battery or auxiliary power supply during hibernation. The processor
software can save state information in this memory prior to hibernation, and can then recover the
state upon waking. The non-volatile memory can be accessed through the HIBDATA registers.
7.2.6
Power Control
The Hibernation module controls power to the processor through the use of the HIB pin, which is
intended to be connected to the enable signal of the external regulator(s) providing 3.3 V and/or
2.5 V to the microcontroller. When the HIB signal is asserted by the Hibernation module, the external
regulator is turned off and no longer powers the microcontroller. The Hibernation module remains
powered from the VBAT supply, which could be a battery or an auxiliary power source. Hibernation
mode is initiated by the microcontroller setting the HIBREQ bit of the HIBCTL register. Prior to doing
this, a wake-up condition must be configured, either from the external WAKE pin, or by using an RTC
match.
The Hibernation module is configured to wake from the external WAKE pin by setting the PINWEN
bit of the HIBCTL register. It is configured to wake from RTC match by setting the RTCWEN bit. Either
one or both of these bits can be set prior to going into hibernation. The WAKE pin includes a weak
internal pull-up. Note that both the HIB and WAKE pins use the Hibernation module's internal power
supply as the logic 1 reference.
When the Hibernation module wakes, the microcontroller will see a normal power-on reset. It can
detect that the power-on was due to a wake from hibernation by examining the raw interrupt status
register (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 124) and by looking for state data in the non-volatile
memory (see “Non-Volatile Memory” on page 124).
When the HIB signal deasserts, enabling the external regulator, the external regulator must reach
the operating voltage within tHIB_TO_VDD.
7.2.7
Interrupts and Status
The Hibernation module can generate interrupts when the following conditions occur:
■ Assertion of WAKE pin
■ RTC match
■ Low battery detected
All of the interrupts are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the Hibernate
module can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. The software
interrupt handler can service multiple interrupt events by reading the HIBMIS register. Software can
also read the status of the Hibernation module at any time by reading the HIBRIS register which
shows all of the pending events. This register can be used at power-on to see if a wake condition
is pending, which indicates to the software that a hibernation wake occurred.
The events that can trigger an interrupt are configured by setting the appropriate bits in the HIBIM
register. Pending interrupts can be cleared by writing the corresponding bit in the HIBIC register.
124
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
7.3
Initialization and Configuration
The Hibernation module can be configured in several different combinations. The following sections
show the recommended programming sequence for various scenarios. The examples below assume
that a 32.768-kHz oscillator is used, and thus always show bit 2 (CLKSEL) of the HIBCTL register
set to 1. If a 4.194304-MHz crystal is used instead, then the CLKSEL bit remains cleared. Because
the Hibernation module runs at 32 kHz and is asynchronous to the rest of the system, software must
allow a delay of tHIB_REG_WRITE after writes to certain registers (see “Register Access
Timing” on page 122). The registers that require a delay are denoted with a footnote in
Table 7-1 on page 126.
7.3.1
Initialization
The clock source must be enabled first, even if the RTC will not be used. If a 4.194304-MHz crystal
is used, perform the following steps:
1. Write 0x40 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the crystal and select the divide-by-128
input path.
2. Wait for a time of tXOSC_SETTLE for the crystal to power up and stabilize before performing any
other operations with the Hibernation module.
If a 32.678-kHz oscillator is used, then perform the following steps:
1. Write 0x44 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the oscillator input.
2. No delay is necessary.
The above is only necessary when the entire system is initialized for the first time. If the processor
is powered due to a wake from hibernation, then the Hibernation module has already been powered
up and the above steps are not necessary. The software can detect that the Hibernation module
and clock are already powered by examining the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register.
7.3.2
RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation)
The following steps are needed to use the RTC match functionality of the Hibernation module:
1. Write the required RTC match value to one of the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Set the required RTC match interrupt mask in the RTCALT0 and RTCALT1 bits (bits 1:0) in the
HIBIM register at offset 0x014.
4. Write 0x0000.0041 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010 to enable the RTC to begin counting.
7.3.3
RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation
The following steps are needed to use the RTC match and wake-up functionality of the Hibernation
module:
1. Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
November 30, 2007
125
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
4. Set the RTC Match Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.004F to the
HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
7.3.4
External Wake-Up from Hibernation
The following steps are needed to use the Hibernation module with the external WAKE pin as the
wake-up source for the microcontroller:
1. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
2. Enable the external wake and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.0056 to the
HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
7.3.5
RTC/External Wake-Up from Hibernation
1. Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
4. Set the RTC Match/External Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.005F
to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
7.4
Register Map
Table 7-1 on page 126 lists the Hibernation registers. All addresses given are relative to the Hibernation
Module base address at 0x400F.C000.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and require a delay of tHIB_REG_WRITE between write
accesses. See “Register Access Timing” on page 122.
Table 7-1. Hibernation Module Register Map
Offset
Name
0x000
Description
See
page
Type
Reset
HIBRTCC
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation RTC Counter
128
0x004
HIBRTCM0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Match 0
129
0x008
HIBRTCM1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Match 1
130
0x00C
HIBRTCLD
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Load
131
0x010
HIBCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Control
132
0x014
HIBIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Interrupt Mask
134
0x018
HIBRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status
135
0x01C
HIBMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status
136
0x020
HIBIC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Interrupt Clear
137
0x024
HIBRTCT
R/W
0x0000.7FFF
Hibernation RTC Trim
138
0x0300x12C
HIBDATA
R/W
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Data
139
126
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
7.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Hibernation module registers, in numerical
order by address offset.
November 30, 2007
127
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 1: Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000
This register is the current 32-bit value of the RTC counter.
Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x000
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RTCC
Type
Reset
RTCC
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCC
RO
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 RTC Counter
A read returns the 32-bit counter value. This register is read-only. To
change the value, use the HIBRTCLD register.
128
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 2: Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004
This register is the 32-bit match 0 register for the RTC counter.
Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCM0
Type
Reset
RTCM0
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCM0
R/W
Reset
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 0
A write loads the value into the RTC match register.
A read returns the current match value.
November 30, 2007
129
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 3: Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008
This register is the 32-bit match 1 register for the RTC counter.
Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCM1
Type
Reset
RTCM1
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCM1
R/W
Reset
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 1
A write loads the value into the RTC match register.
A read returns the current match value.
130
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C
This register is the 32-bit value loaded into the RTC counter.
Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCLD
Type
Reset
RTCLD
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCLD
R/W
Reset
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Load
A write loads the current value into the RTC counter (RTCC).
A read returns the 32-bit load value.
November 30, 2007
131
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 5: Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010
This register is the control register for the Hibernation module.
Hibernation Control (HIBCTL)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
VABORT CLK32EN LOWBATEN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL HIBREQ
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RTCEN
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
VABORT
R/W
0
Power Cut Abort Enable
0: Power cut occurs during a low-battery alert
1: Power cut is aborted
6
CLK32EN
R/W
0
32-kHz Oscillator Enable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
This bit must be enabled to use the Hibernation module. If a crystal is
used, then software should wait 20 ms after setting this bit to allow the
crystal to power up and stabilize.
5
LOWBATEN
R/W
0
Low Battery Monitoring Enable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
When set, low battery voltage detection is enabled.
4
PINWEN
R/W
0
External WAKE Pin Enable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
When set, an external event on the WAKE pin will re-power the device.
3
RTCWEN
R/W
0
RTC Wake-up Enable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
When set, an RTC match event (RTCM0 or RTCM1) will re-power the
device based on the RTC counter value matching the corresponding
match register 0 or 1.
132
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
CLKSEL
R/W
0
Description
Hibernation Module Clock Select
0: Use Divide by 128 output. Use this value for a 4-MHz crystal.
1: Use raw output. Use this value for a 32-kHz oscillator.
1
HIBREQ
R/W
0
Hibernation Request
0: Disabled
1: Hibernation initiated
After a wake-up event, this bit is cleared by hardware.
0
RTCEN
R/W
0
RTC Timer Enable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
November 30, 2007
133
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 6: Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014
This register is the interrupt mask register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources.
Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x000.0000
3
EXTW
R/W
0
R/W
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Interrupt Mask
0: Masked
1: Unmasked
2
LOWBAT
R/W
0
Low Battery Voltage Interrupt Mask
0: Masked
1: Unmasked
1
RTCALT1
R/W
0
RTC Alert1 Interrupt Mask
0: Masked
1: Unmasked
0
RTCALT0
R/W
0
RTC Alert0 Interrupt Mask
0: Masked
1: Unmasked
134
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7: Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018
This register is the raw interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources.
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x000.0000
3
EXTW
RO
0
External Wake-Up Raw Interrupt Status
2
LOWBAT
RO
0
Low Battery Voltage Raw Interrupt Status
1
RTCALT1
RO
0
RTC Alert1 Raw Interrupt Status
0
RTCALT0
RO
0
RTC Alert0 Raw Interrupt Status
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
135
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 8: Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C
This register is the masked interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources.
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x000.0000
3
EXTW
RO
0
External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Status
2
LOWBAT
RO
0
Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Status
1
RTCALT1
RO
0
RTC Alert1 Masked Interrupt Status
0
RTCALT0
RO
0
RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Status
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
136
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 9: Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020
This register is the interrupt write-one-to-clear register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources.
Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x000.0000
3
EXTW
R/W1C
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Clear
Reads return an indeterminate value.
2
LOWBAT
R/W1C
0
Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Clear
Reads return an indeterminate value.
1
RTCALT1
R/W1C
0
RTC Alert1 Masked Interrupt Clear
Reads return an indeterminate value.
0
RTCALT0
R/W1C
0
RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Clear
Reads return an indeterminate value.
November 30, 2007
137
Preliminary
Hibernation Module
Register 10: Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024
This register contains the value that is used to trim the RTC clock predivider. It represents the
computed underflow value that is used during the trim cycle. It is represented as 0x7FFF ± N clock
cycles.
Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x024
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
TRIM
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TRIM
R/W
0x7FFF
RTC Trim Value
This value is loaded into the RTC predivider every 64 seconds. It is used
to adjust the RTC rate to account for drift and inaccuracy in the clock
source. The compensation is made by software by adjusting the default
value of 0x7FFF up or down.
138
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 11: Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C
This address space is implemented as a 64x32-bit memory (256 bytes). It can be loaded by the
system processor in order to store any non-volatile state data and will not lose power during a power
cut operation.
Hibernation Data (HIBDATA)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x030-0x12C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RTD
Type
Reset
RTD
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTD
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Hibernation Module NV Registers[63:0]
November 30, 2007
139
Preliminary
Internal Memory
8
Internal Memory
The LM3S2965 microcontroller comes with 64 KB of bit-banded SRAM and 256 KB of flash memory.
The flash controller provides a user-friendly interface, making flash programming a simple task.
Flash protection can be applied to the flash memory on a 2-KB block basis.
8.1
Block Diagram
Figure 8-1. Flash Block Diagram
Flash Timing
USECRL
Flash Control
ICode
Cortex-M3
DCode
FMA
Flash Array
FMD
FMC
System Bus
FCRIS
FCIM
FCMISC
Bridge
APB
Flash Protection
User Registers
USER_DBG
SRAM Array
8.2
FMPREn
USER_REG0
FMPPEn
USER_REG1
Functional Description
This section describes the functionality of both the flash and SRAM memories.
8.2.1
SRAM Memory
®
The internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x2000.0000 of the device memory
map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has
introduced bit-banding technology in the Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor,
certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access
individual bits in a single, atomic operation.
The bit-band alias is calculated by using the formula:
140
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
bit-band alias = bit-band base + (byte offset * 32) + (bit number * 4)
For example, if bit 3 at address 0x2000.1000 is to be modified, the bit-band alias is calculated as:
0x2200.0000 + (0x1000 * 32) + (3 * 4) = 0x2202.000C
With the alias address calculated, an instruction performing a read/write to address 0x2202.000C
allows direct access to only bit 3 of the byte at address 0x2000.1000.
For details about bit-banding, please refer to Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference Manual.
8.2.2
Flash Memory
The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block
causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. An individual 32-bit word can be
programmed to change bits that are currently 1 to a 0. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB
blocks that can be individually protected. The protection allows blocks to be marked as read-only
or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased
or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks
cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism,
protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger.
See also “Serial Flash Loader” on page 548 for a preprogrammed flash-resident utility used to
download code to the flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface.
8.2.2.1
Flash Memory Timing
The timing for the flash is automatically handled by the flash controller. However, in order to do so,
it must know the clock rate of the system in order to time its internal signals properly. The number
of clock cycles per microsecond must be provided to the flash controller for it to accomplish this
timing. It is software's responsibility to keep the flash controller updated with this information via the
USec Reload (USECRL) register.
On reset, the USECRL register is loaded with a value that configures the flash timing so that it works
with the maximum clock rate of the part. If software changes the system operating frequency, the
new operating frequency minus 1 (in MHz) must be loaded into USECRL before any flash
modifications are attempted. For example, if the device is operating at a speed of 20 MHz, a value
of 0x13 (20-1) must be written to the USECRL register.
8.2.2.2
Flash Memory Protection
The user is provided two forms of flash protection per 2-KB flash blocks in four pairs of 32-bit wide
registers. The protection policy for each form is controlled by individual bits (per policy per block)
in the FMPPEn and FMPREn registers.
■ Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn): If set, the block may be programmed
(written) or erased. If cleared, the block may not be changed.
■ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn): If set, the block may be executed or read
by software or debuggers. If cleared, the block may only be executed. The contents of the memory
block are prohibited from being accessed as data and traversing the DCode bus.
The policies may be combined as shown in Table 8-1 on page 142.
November 30, 2007
141
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Table 8-1. Flash Protection Policy Combinations
FMPPEn FMPREn Protection
0
0
Execute-only protection. The block may only be executed and may not be written or erased. This mode
is used to protect code.
1
0
The block may be written, erased or executed, but not read. This combination is unlikely to be used.
0
1
Read-only protection. The block may be read or executed but may not be written or erased. This mode
is used to lock the block from further modification while allowing any read or execute access.
1
1
No protection. The block may be written, erased, executed or read.
An access that attempts to program or erase a PE-protected block is prohibited. A controller interrupt
may be optionally generated (by setting the AMASK bit in the FIM register) to alert software developers
of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases.
An access that attempts to read an RE-protected block is prohibited. Such accesses return data
filled with all 0s. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated to alert software developers of
poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases.
The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented
banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be
changed by writing the specific register bit. The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. Details on
programming these bits are discussed in “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page 143.
8.3
Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration
8.3.1
Flash Programming
®
The Stellaris devices provide a user-friendly interface for flash programming. All erase/program
operations are handled via three registers: FMA, FMD, and FMC.
8.3.1.1
To program a 32-bit word
1. Write source data to the FMD register.
2. Write the target address to the FMA register.
3. Write the flash write key and the WRITE bit (a value of 0xA442.0001) to the FMC register.
4. Poll the FMC register until the WRITE bit is cleared.
8.3.1.2
To perform an erase of a 1-KB page
1. Write the page address to the FMA register.
2. Write the flash write key and the ERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0002) to the FMC register.
3. Poll the FMC register until the ERASE bit is cleared.
8.3.1.3
To perform a mass erase of the flash
1. Write the flash write key and the MERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0004) to the FMC register.
2. Poll the FMC register until the MERASE bit is cleared.
142
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
8.3.2
Nonvolatile Register Programming
This section discusses how to update registers that are resident within the flash memory itself.
These registers exist in a separate space from the main flash array and are not affected by an
ERASE or MASS ERASE operation. These nonvolatile registers are updated by using the COMT bit
in the FMC register to activate a write operation. For the USER_DBG register, the data to be written
must be loaded into the FMD register before it is "committed". All other registers are R/W and can
have their operation tried before committing them to nonvolatile memory.
Important: These registers can only have bits changed from 1 to 0 by the user and there is no
mechanism for the user to erase them back to a 1 value.
In addition, the USER_REG0, USER_REG1, and USER_DBG use bit 31 (NW) of their respective
registers to indicate that they are available for user write. These three registers can only be written
once whereas the flash protection registers may be written multiple times. Table 8-2 on page 143
provides the FMA address required for commitment of each of the registers and the source of the
data to be written when the COMT bit of the FMC register is written with a value of 0xA442.0008.
After writing the COMT bit, the user may poll the FMC register to wait for the commit operation to
complete.
a
Table 8-2. Flash Resident Registers
Register to be Committed FMA Value
Data Source
FMPRE0
0x0000.0000 FMPRE0
FMPRE1
0x0000.0002 FMPRE1
FMPRE2
0x0000.0004 FMPRE2
FMPRE3
0x0000.0008 FMPRE3
FMPPE0
0x0000.0001 FMPPE0
FMPPE1
0x0000.0003 FMPPE1
FMPPE2
0x0000.0005 FMPPE2
FMPPE3
0x0000.0007 FMPPE3
USER_REG0
0x8000.0000 USER_REG0
USER_REG1
0x8000.0001 USER_REG1
USER_DBG
0x7510.0000 FMD
®
a. Which FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are available depend on the flash size of your particular Stellaris device.
8.4
Register Map
Table 8-3 on page 143 lists the Flash memory and control registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal
increment to the register's address. The FMA, FMD, FMC, FCRIS, FCIM, and FCMISC registers
are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000. The FMPREn, FMPPEn, USECRL,
USER_DBG, and USER_REGn registers are relative to the System Control base address of
0x400F.E000.
Table 8-3. Flash Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
R/W
0x0000.0000
Description
See
page
Flash Control Offset
0x000
FMA
Flash Memory Address
November 30, 2007
145
143
Preliminary
Internal Memory
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
0x004
FMD
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Data
146
0x008
FMC
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Control
147
0x00C
FCRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status
149
0x010
FCIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask
150
0x014
FCMISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
151
System Control Offset
0x130
FMPRE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0
153
0x200
FMPRE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0
153
0x134
FMPPE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0
154
0x400
FMPPE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0
154
0x140
USECRL
R/W
0x31
USec Reload
152
0x1D0
USER_DBG
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFE
User Debug
155
0x1E0
USER_REG0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 0
156
0x1E4
USER_REG1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 1
157
0x204
FMPRE1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1
158
0x208
FMPRE2
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2
159
0x20C
FMPRE3
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3
160
0x404
FMPPE1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1
161
0x408
FMPPE2
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2
162
0x40C
FMPPE3
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3
163
8.5
Flash Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset)
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by
address offset. Registers in this section are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000.
144
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000
During a write operation, this register contains a 4-byte-aligned address and specifies where the
data is written. During erase operations, this register contains a 1 KB-aligned address and specifies
which page is erased. Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or the results
of the operation are unpredictable.
Flash Memory Address (FMA)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
16
OFFSET
OFFSET
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:18
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17:0
OFFSET
R/W
0x0
Address Offset
Address offset in flash where operation is performed, except for
nonvolatile registers (see “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page
143 for details on values for this field).
November 30, 2007
145
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 2: Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004
This register contains the data to be written during the programming cycle or read during the read
cycle. Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute-only
block. This register is not used during the erase cycles.
Flash Memory Data (FMD)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
DATA
Type
Reset
DATA
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
DATA
R/W
0x0
Data Value
Data value for write operation.
146
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008
When this register is written, the flash controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for the location
specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 145). If the access is a write
access, the data contained in the Flash Memory Data (FMD) register (see page 146) is written.
This is the final register written and initiates the memory operation. There are four control bits in the
lower byte of this register that, when set, initiate the memory operation. The most used of these
register bits are the ERASE and WRITE bits.
It is a programming error to write multiple control bits and the results of such an operation are
unpredictable.
Flash Memory Control (FMC)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WRKEY
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
WRKEY
WO
0x0
COMT
R/W
0
MERASE ERASE
R/W
0
R/W
0
WRITE
R/W
0
Description
Flash Write Key
This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the incidence
of accidental flash writes. The value 0xA442 must be written into this
field for a write to occur. Writes to the FMC register without this WRKEY
value are ignored. A read of this field returns the value 0.
15:4
reserved
RO
0x0
3
COMT
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Commit Register Value
Commit (write) of register value to nonvolatile storage. A write of 0 has
no effect on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous commit access is provided. If the
previous commit access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the
commit access is not complete, a 1 is returned.
This can take up to 50 μs.
2
MERASE
R/W
0
Mass Erase Flash Memory
If this bit is set, the flash main memory of the device is all erased. A
write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous mass erase access is provided. If the
previous mass erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if
the previous mass erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned.
This can take up to 250 ms.
November 30, 2007
147
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
ERASE
R/W
0
Description
Erase a Page of Flash Memory
If this bit is set, the page of flash main memory as specified by the
contents of FMA is erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this
bit.
If read, the state of the previous erase access is provided. If the previous
erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous
erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned.
This can take up to 25 ms.
0
WRITE
R/W
0
Write a Word into Flash Memory
If this bit is set, the data stored in FMD is written into the location as
specified by the contents of FMA. A write of 0 has no effect on the state
of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous write update is provided. If the previous
write access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the write access
is not complete, a 1 is returned.
This can take up to 50 µs.
148
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C
This register indicates that the flash controller has an interrupt condition. An interrupt is only signaled
if the corresponding FCIM register bit is set.
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x00C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRIS
ARIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
PRIS
RO
0
Programming Raw Interrupt Status
This bit indicates the current state of the programming cycle. If set, the
programming cycle completed; if cleared, the programming cycle has
not completed. Programming cycles are either write or erase actions
generated through the Flash Memory Control (FMC) register bits (see
page 147).
0
ARIS
RO
0
Access Raw Interrupt Status
This bit indicates if the flash was improperly accessed. If set, the program
tried to access the flash counter to the policy as set in the Flash Memory
Protection Read Enable (FMPREn) and Flash Memory Protection
Program Enable (FMPPEn) registers. Otherwise, no access has tried
to improperly access the flash.
November 30, 2007
149
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 5: Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010
This register controls whether the flash controller generates interrupts to the controller.
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PMASK
AMASK
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
PMASK
R/W
0
Programming Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the programming raw interrupt status
to the controller. If set, a programming-generated interrupt is promoted
to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from
the controller.
0
AMASK
R/W
0
Access Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the access raw interrupt status to the
controller. If set, an access-generated interrupt is promoted to the
controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from the
controller.
150
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC),
offset 0x014
This register provides two functions. First, it reports the cause of an interrupt by indicating which
interrupt source or sources are signalling the interrupt. Second, it serves as the method to clear the
interrupt reporting.
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
PMISC
AMISC
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
PMISC
R/W1C
0
Programming Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because a
programming cycle completed and was not masked. This bit is cleared
by writing a 1. The PRIS bit in the FCRIS register (see page 149) is also
cleared when the PMISC bit is cleared.
0
AMISC
R/W1C
0
Access Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because an improper
access was attempted and was not masked. This bit is cleared by writing
a 1. The ARIS bit in the FCRIS register is also cleared when the AMISC
bit is cleared.
8.6
Flash Register Descriptions (System Control Offset)
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by
address offset. Registers in this section are relative to the System Control base address of
0x400F.E000.
November 30, 2007
151
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 7: USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400F.E000
This register is provided as a means of creating a 1-μs tick divider reload value for the flash controller.
The internal flash has specific minimum and maximum requirements on the length of time the high
voltage write pulse can be applied. It is required that this register contain the operating frequency
(in MHz -1) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. The user is required to change this
value if the clocking conditions are changed for a flash erase/program operation.
USec Reload (USECRL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x140
Type R/W, reset 0x31
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
USEC
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
USEC
R/W
0x31
Microsecond Reload Value
MHz -1 of the controller clock when the flash is being erased or
programmed.
USEC should be set to 0x31 (50 MHz) whenever the flash is being erased
or programmed.
152
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130
and 0x200
Note:
This register is aliased for backwards compatability.
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x130 and 0x200
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
November 30, 2007
153
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 9: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset
0x134 and 0x400
Note:
This register is aliased for backwards compatability.
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x134 and 0x400
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be execute only. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
154
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: User Debug (USER_DBG), offset 0x1D0
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides a write-once mechanism to disable external debugger access to the device
in addition to 27 additional bits of user-defined data. The DBG0 bit (bit 0) is set to 0 from the factory
and the DBG1 bit (bit 1) is set to 1, which enables external debuggers. Changing the DBG1 bit to 0
disables any external debugger access to the device permanently, starting with the next power-up
cycle of the device. The NOTWRITTEN bit (bit 31) indicates that the register is available to be written
and is controlled through hardware to ensure that the register is only written once.
User Debug (USER_DBG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1D0
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFE
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
NW
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
1
0
DBG1
DBG0
R/W
1
R/W
0
Description
User Debug Not Written
Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written.
30:2
DATA
R/W
0x1FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be written once.
1
DBG1
R/W
1
Debug Control 1
The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available.
0
DBG0
R/W
0
Debug Control 0
The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available.
November 30, 2007
155
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 11: User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once.
Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to
ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful
for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and
would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device.
User Register 0 (USER_REG0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1E0
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be written once.
156
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once.
Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to
ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful
for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and
would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device.
User Register 1 (USER_REG1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1E4
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be written once.
November 30, 2007
157
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 13: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x204
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
158
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x208
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
November 30, 2007
159
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 15: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x20C
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
160
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset
0x404
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x404
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be execute only. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
November 30, 2007
161
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 17: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset
0x408
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x408
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be execute only. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
162
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset
0x40C
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings
for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves
a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the
specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from
a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional
information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x40C
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be execute only. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash.
November 30, 2007
163
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
9
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
The GPIO module is composed of eight physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual
GPIO port (Port A, Port B, Port C, Port D, Port E, Port F, Port G, and Port H). The GPIO module is
FiRM-compliant and supports 3-56 programmable input/output pins, depending on the peripherals
being used.
The GPIO module has the following features:
■ Programmable control for GPIO interrupts
– Interrupt generation masking
– Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both
– Level-sensitive on High or Low values
■ 5-V-tolerant input/outputs
■ Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
■ Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration
– Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
– 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive
– Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
– Open drain enables
– Digital input enables
9.1
Functional Description
Important: All GPIO pins are tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0,
and GPIOPUR=0), with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]).
The JTAG/SWD pins default to their JTAG/SWD functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1,
GPIODEN=1 and GPIOPUR=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts both
groups of pins back to their default state.
Each GPIO port is a separate hardware instantiation of the same physical block (see Figure
9-1 on page 165). The LM3S2965 microcontroller contains eight ports and thus eight of these physical
GPIO blocks.
164
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 9-1. GPIO Port Block Diagram
Commit
Control
Mode
Control
GPIOLOCK
GPIOCR
GPIOAFSEL
DEMUX
Alternate Input
Alternate Output
Pad Input
Alternate Output Enable
Pad Output
MUX
Pad Output Enable
Digital
I/O Pad
Package I/O Pin
GPIO Output
GPIODATA
GPIODIR
Interrupt
MUX
GPIO Input
Data
Control
GPIO Output Enable
Interrupt
Control
Pad
Control
GPIOIS
GPIOIBE
GPIOIEV
GPIOIM
GPIORIS
GPIOMIS
GPIOICR
GPIODR2R
GPIODR4R
GPIODR8R
GPIOSLR
GPIOPUR
GPIOPDR
GPIOODR
GPIODEN
Identification Registers
GPIOPeriphID0
GPIOPeriphID1
GPIOPeriphID2
GPIOPeriphID3
9.1.1
GPIOPeriphID4
GPIOPeriphID5
GPIOPeriphID6
GPIOPeriphID7
GPIOPCellID0
GPIOPCellID1
GPIOPCellID2
GPIOPCellID3
Data Control
The data control registers allow software to configure the operational modes of the GPIOs. The data
direction register configures the GPIO as an input or an output while the data register either captures
incoming data or drives it out to the pads.
9.1.1.1
Data Direction Operation
The GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 172) is used to configure each individual pin as
an input or output. When the data direction bit is set to 0, the GPIO is configured as an input and
the corresponding data register bit will capture and store the value on the GPIO port. When the data
direction bit is set to 1, the GPIO is configured as an output and the corresponding data register bit
will be driven out on the GPIO port.
9.1.1.2
Data Register Operation
To aid in the efficiency of software, the GPIO ports allow for the modification of individual bits in the
GPIO Data (GPIODATA) register (see page 171) by using bits [9:2] of the address bus as a mask.
This allows software drivers to modify individual GPIO pins in a single instruction, without affecting
the state of the other pins. This is in contrast to the "typical" method of doing a read-modify-write
operation to set or clear an individual GPIO pin. To accommodate this feature, the GPIODATA
register covers 256 locations in the memory map.
During a write, if the address bit associated with that data bit is set to 1, the value of the GPIODATA
register is altered. If it is cleared to 0, it is left unchanged.
November 30, 2007
165
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
For example, writing a value of 0xEB to the address GPIODATA + 0x098 would yield as shown in
Figure 9-2 on page 166, where u is data unchanged by the write.
Figure 9-2. GPIODATA Write Example
ADDR[9:2]
0x098
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0xEB
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
GPIODATA
u
u
1
u
u
0
1
u
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
During a read, if the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 1, the value is read. If the
address bit associated with the data bit is set to 0, it is read as a zero, regardless of its actual value.
For example, reading address GPIODATA + 0x0C4 yields as shown in Figure 9-3 on page 166.
Figure 9-3. GPIODATA Read Example
9.1.2
ADDR[9:2]
0x0C4
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
GPIODATA
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
Returned Value
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Interrupt Control
The interrupt capabilities of each GPIO port are controlled by a set of seven registers. With these
registers, it is possible to select the source of the interrupt, its polarity, and the edge properties.
When one or more GPIO inputs cause an interrupt, a single interrupt output is sent to the interrupt
controller for the entire GPIO port. For edge-triggered interrupts, software must clear the interrupt
to enable any further interrupts. For a level-sensitive interrupt, it is assumed that the external source
holds the level constant for the interrupt to be recognized by the controller.
Three registers are required to define the edge or sense that causes interrupts:
■ GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 173)
■ GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) register (see page 174)
■ GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 175)
Interrupts are enabled/disabled via the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 176).
When an interrupt condition occurs, the state of the interrupt signal can be viewed in two locations:
the GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) and GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) registers
(see page 177 and page 178). As the name implies, the GPIOMIS register only shows interrupt
conditions that are allowed to be passed to the controller. The GPIORIS register indicates that a
GPIO pin meets the conditions for an interrupt, but has not necessarily been sent to the controller.
166
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4 can also be used as an external trigger for the ADC.
If PB4 is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (GPIOIM is set to 1), not only is an interrupt for
PortB generated, but an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event Multiplexer
Select (ADCEMUX) register is configured to use the external trigger, an ADC conversion is initiated.
If no other PortB pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the PortB interrupts
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the PortB interrupt
handler needs to ignore and clear interrupts on B4, and wait for the ADC interrupt or the ADC
interrupt needs to be disabled in the SETNA register and the PortB interrupt handler polls the ADC
registers until the conversion is completed.
Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) register (see page 179).
When programming the following interrupt control registers, the interrupts should be masked (GPIOIM
set to 0). Writing any value to an interrupt control register (GPIOIS, GPIOIBE, or GPIOIEV) can
generate a spurious interrupt if the corresponding bits are enabled.
9.1.3
Mode Control
The GPIO pins can be controlled by either hardware or software. When hardware control is enabled
via the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 180), the pin state is
controlled by its alternate function (that is, the peripheral). Software control corresponds to GPIO
mode, where the GPIODATA register is used to read/write the corresponding pins.
9.1.4
Commit Control
The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical
hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
register (see page 180) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
(see page 190) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 191) have been set to 1.
9.1.5
Pad Control
The pad control registers allow for GPIO pad configuration by software based on the application
requirements. The pad control registers include the GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, GPIOODR,
GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, GPIOSLR, and GPIODEN registers.
9.1.6
Identification
The identification registers configured at reset allow software to detect and identify the module as
a GPIO block. The identification registers include the GPIOPeriphID0-GPIOPeriphID7 registers as
well as the GPIOPCellID0-GPIOPCellID3 registers.
9.2
Initialization and Configuration
To use the GPIO, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the appropriate GPIO Port bit
field (GPIOn) in the RCGC2 register.
On reset, all GPIO pins (except for the five JTAG pins) are configured out of reset to be undriven
(tristate): GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, and GPIOPUR=0. Table 9-1 on page 168
shows all possible configurations of the GPIO pads and the control register settings required to
achieve them. Table 9-2 on page 168 shows how a rising edge interrupt would be configured for pin
2 of a GPIO port.
November 30, 2007
167
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Table 9-1. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples
a
Configuration
GPIO Register Bit Value
AFSEL
DIR
ODR
DEN
PUR
PDR
?
?
DR2R
DR4R
DR8R
X
X
X
SLR
Digital Input (GPIO)
0
0
0
1
X
Digital Output (GPIO)
0
1
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Open Drain Input
(GPIO)
0
0
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
Open Drain Output
(GPIO)
0
1
1
1
X
X
?
?
?
?
Open Drain
Input/Output (I2C)
1
X
1
1
X
X
?
?
?
?
Digital Input (Timer
CCP)
1
X
0
1
?
?
X
X
X
X
Digital Input (QEI)
1
X
0
1
?
?
X
X
X
X
Digital Output (PWM)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Output (Timer
PWM)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Input/Output
(SSI)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Input/Output
(UART)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Analog Input
(Comparator)
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
Digital Output
(Comparator)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
?=Can be either 0 or 1, depending on the configuration
Table 9-2. GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example
Register
Desired
Interrupt
Event
Trigger
GPIOIS
0=edge
GPIOIBE
0=single
edge
a
Pin 2 Bit Value
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1=level
1=both
edges
GPIOIEV
0=Low level,
or negative
edge
1=High level,
or positive
edge
GPIOIM
0=masked
1=not
masked
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
168
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
9.3
Register Map
Table 9-3 on page 169 lists the GPIO registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that GPIO port’s base address:
■ GPIO Port A: 0x4000.4000
■ GPIO Port B: 0x4000.5000
■ GPIO Port C: 0x4000.6000
■ GPIO Port D: 0x4000.7000
■ GPIO Port E: 0x4002.4000
■ GPIO Port F: 0x4002.5000
■ GPIO Port G: 0x4002.6000
■ GPIO Port H: 0x4002.7000
Important: The GPIO registers in this chapter are duplicated in each GPIO block, however,
depending on the block, all eight bits may not be connected to a GPIO pad. In those
cases, writing to those unconnected bits has no effect and reading those unconnected
bits returns no meaningful data.
Note:
The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are
0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and
PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this, the default
reset value of these registers for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value
for Port C is 0x0000.000F.
The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for all GPIO pins, with the exception
of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are currently the only
GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR register. Because of this, the register type for
GPIO Port B7 and GPIO Port C[3:0] is R/W.
The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is 0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the
exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To ensure that the JTAG port
is not accidentally programmed as a GPIO, these five pins default to non-commitable.
Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOCR for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.007F while
the default reset value of GPIOCR for Port C is 0x0000.00F0.
Table 9-3. GPIO Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
GPIODATA
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Data
171
0x400
GPIODIR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Direction
172
0x404
GPIOIS
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Sense
173
0x408
GPIOIBE
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges
174
0x40C
GPIOIEV
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Event
175
November 30, 2007
169
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Name
Type
Reset
0x410
GPIOIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Mask
176
0x414
GPIORIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status
177
0x418
GPIOMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status
178
0x41C
GPIOICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Clear
179
0x420
GPIOAFSEL
R/W
-
GPIO Alternate Function Select
180
0x500
GPIODR2R
R/W
0x0000.00FF
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select
182
0x504
GPIODR4R
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select
183
0x508
GPIODR8R
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select
184
0x50C
GPIOODR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Open Drain Select
185
0x510
GPIOPUR
R/W
-
GPIO Pull-Up Select
186
0x514
GPIOPDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Pull-Down Select
187
0x518
GPIOSLR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select
188
0x51C
GPIODEN
R/W
-
GPIO Digital Enable
189
0x520
GPIOLOCK
R/W
0x0000.0001
GPIO Lock
190
0x524
GPIOCR
-
-
GPIO Commit
191
0xFD0
GPIOPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4
193
0xFD4
GPIOPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5
194
0xFD8
GPIOPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6
195
0xFDC
GPIOPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7
196
0xFE0
GPIOPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0061
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0
197
0xFE4
GPIOPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1
198
0xFE8
GPIOPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2
199
0xFEC
GPIOPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3
200
0xFF0
GPIOPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0
201
0xFF4
GPIOPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1
202
0xFF8
GPIOPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2
203
0xFFC
GPIOPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3
204
9.4
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPIO registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
170
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000
The GPIODATA register is the data register. In software control mode, values written in the
GPIODATA register are transferred onto the GPIO port pins if the respective pins have been
configured as outputs through the GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 172).
In order to write to GPIODATA, the corresponding bits in the mask, resulting from the address bus
bits [9:2], must be High. Otherwise, the bit values remain unchanged by the write.
Similarly, the values read from this register are determined for each bit by the mask bit derived from
the address used to access the data register, bits [9:2]. Bits that are 1 in the address mask cause
the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read, and bits that are 0 in the address mask cause the
corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0, regardless of their value.
A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are configured as
outputs, or it returns the value on the corresponding input pin when these are configured as inputs.
All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Data (GPIODATA)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
DATA
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DATA
R/W
0x00
GPIO Data
This register is virtually mapped to 256 locations in the address space.
To facilitate the reading and writing of data to these registers by
independent drivers, the data read from and the data written to the
registers are masked by the eight address lines ipaddr[9:2]. Reads
from this register return its current state. Writes to this register only affect
bits that are not masked by ipaddr[9:2] and are configured as
outputs. See “Data Register Operation” on page 165 for examples of
reads and writes.
November 30, 2007
171
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 2: GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400
The GPIODIR register is the data direction register. Bits set to 1 in the GPIODIR register configure
the corresponding pin to be an output, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to be inputs. All bits are
cleared by a reset, meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default.
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x400
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DIR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DIR
R/W
0x00
GPIO Data Direction
The DIR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Pins are inputs.
1
Pins are outputs.
172
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404
The GPIOIS register is the interrupt sense register. Bits set to 1 in GPIOIS configure the
corresponding pins to detect levels, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to detect edges. All bits
are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x404
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
IS
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Sense
The IS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Edge on corresponding pin is detected (edge-sensitive).
1
Level on corresponding pin is detected (level-sensitive).
November 30, 2007
173
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 4: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408
The GPIOIBE register is the interrupt both-edges register. When the corresponding bit in the GPIO
Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 173) is set to detect edges, bits set to High in GPIOIBE
configure the corresponding pin to detect both rising and falling edges, regardless of the
corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 175). Clearing a bit
configures the pin to be controlled by GPIOIEV. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x408
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IBE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
IBE
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges
The IBE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt generation is controlled by the GPIO Interrupt Event
(GPIOIEV) register (see page 175).
1
Both edges on the corresponding pin trigger an interrupt.
Note:
174
Single edge is determined by the corresponding bit
in GPIOIEV.
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C
The GPIOIEV register is the interrupt event register. Bits set to High in GPIOIEV configure the
corresponding pin to detect rising edges or high levels, depending on the corresponding bit value
in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 173). Clearing a bit configures the pin to
detect falling edges or low levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in GPIOIS. All bits are
cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x40C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IEV
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
IEV
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Event
The IEV values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Falling edge or Low levels on corresponding pins trigger
interrupts.
1
Rising edge or High levels on corresponding pins trigger
interrupts.
November 30, 2007
175
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 6: GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410
The GPIOIM register is the interrupt mask register. Bits set to High in GPIOIM allow the corresponding
pins to trigger their individual interrupts and the combined GPIOINTR line. Clearing a bit disables
interrupt triggering on that pin. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x410
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IME
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
IME
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Mask Enable
The IME values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Corresponding pin interrupt is masked.
1
Corresponding pin interrupt is not masked.
176
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7: GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414
The GPIORIS register is the raw interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIORIS reflect the
status of interrupt trigger conditions detected (raw, prior to masking), indicating that all the
requirements have been met, before they are finally allowed to trigger by the GPIO Interrupt Mask
(GPIOIM) register (see page 176). Bits read as zero indicate that corresponding input pins have not
initiated an interrupt. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x414
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
RIS
RO
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Raw Status
Reflects the status of interrupt trigger condition detection on pins (raw,
prior to masking).
The RIS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Corresponding pin interrupt requirements not met.
1
Corresponding pin interrupt has met requirements.
November 30, 2007
177
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 8: GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418
The GPIOMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIOMIS reflect
the status of input lines triggering an interrupt. Bits read as Low indicate that either no interrupt has
been generated, or the interrupt is masked.
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4 can also be used as an external trigger for the ADC.
If PB4 is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (GPIOIM is set to 1), not only is an interrupt for
PortB generated, but an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event Multiplexer
Select (ADCEMUX) register is configured to use the external trigger, an ADC conversion is initiated.
If no other PortB pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the PortB interrupts
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the PortB interrupt
handler needs to ignore and clear interrupts on B4, and wait for the ADC interrupt or the ADC
interrupt needs to be disabled in the SETNA register and the PortB interrupt handler polls the ADC
registers until the conversion is completed.
GPIOMIS is the state of the interrupt after masking.
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x418
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
MIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
MIS
RO
0x00
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status
Masked value of interrupt due to corresponding pin.
The MIS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Corresponding GPIO line interrupt not active.
1
Corresponding GPIO line asserting interrupt.
178
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 9: GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C
The GPIOICR register is the interrupt clear register. Writing a 1 to a bit in this register clears the
corresponding interrupt edge detection logic register. Writing a 0 has no effect.
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x41C
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IC
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
IC
W1C
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Clear
The IC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Corresponding interrupt is unaffected.
1
Corresponding interrupt is cleared.
November 30, 2007
179
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420
The GPIOAFSEL register is the mode control select register. Writing a 1 to any bit in this register
selects the hardware control for the corresponding GPIO line. All bits are cleared by a reset, therefore
no GPIO line is set to hardware control by default.
The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical
hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
register (see page 180) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
(see page 190) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 191) have been set to 1.
Important: All GPIO pins are tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0,
and GPIOPUR=0), with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]).
The JTAG/SWD pins default to their JTAG/SWD functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1,
GPIODEN=1 and GPIOPUR=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts both
groups of pins back to their default state.
Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down
resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the
controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors,
and apply RST or power-cycle the part.
In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to
the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG
pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the
controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This
can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software
trigger.
GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x420
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
AFSEL
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
180
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7:0
AFSEL
R/W
-
Description
GPIO Alternate Function Select
The AFSEL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Software control of corresponding GPIO line (GPIO mode).
1
Hardware control of corresponding GPIO line (alternate
hardware function).
Note:
November 30, 2007
The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL,
GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000
for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five
JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins
default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this,
the default reset value of these registers for GPIO
Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value
for Port C is 0x0000.000F.
181
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500
The GPIODR2R register is the 2-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port
to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing a DRV2 bit for a GPIO
signal, the corresponding DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R
register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x500
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DRV2
R/W
0xFF
Output Pad 2-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR4[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the
corresponding 2-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second
clock cycle after the write.
182
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504
The GPIODR4R register is the 4-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port
to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV4 bit for a GPIO
signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R
register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x504
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DRV4
R/W
0x00
Output Pad 4-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the
corresponding 4-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second
clock cycle after the write.
November 30, 2007
183
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508
The GPIODR8R register is the 8-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port
to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV8 bit for a GPIO
signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R
register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x508
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DRV8
R/W
0x00
Output Pad 8-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR4[n] clears the
corresponding 8-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second
clock cycle after the write.
184
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C
The GPIOODR register is the open drain control register. Setting a bit in this register enables the
open drain configuration of the corresponding GPIO pad. When open drain mode is enabled, the
corresponding bit should also be set in the GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN) register (see
page 189). Corresponding bits in the drive strength registers (GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R,
and GPIOSLR ) can be set to achieve the desired rise and fall times. The GPIO acts as an open
drain input if the corresponding bit in the GPIODIR register is set to 0; and as an open drain output
when set to 1.
When using the I2C module, the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register bit for
PB2 and PB3 should be set to 1 (see examples in “Initialization and Configuration” on page 167).
GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x50C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
ODE
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
ODE
R/W
0x00
Output Pad Open Drain Enable
The ODE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Open drain configuration is disabled.
1
Open drain configuration is enabled.
November 30, 2007
185
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510
The GPIOPUR register is the pull-up control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak pull-up
resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPUR automatically clears the
corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 187).
GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x510
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PUE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PUE
R/W
-
Pad Weak Pull-Up Enable
A write of 1 to GPIOPDR[n] clears the corresponding GPIOPUR[n]
enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the
write.
Note:
186
The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and
GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with
the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]).
These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because
of this, the default reset value of these registers for GPIO Port
B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is
0x0000.000F.
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514
The GPIOPDR register is the pull-down control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak
pull-down resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPDR automatically clears
the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 186).
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x514
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PDE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PDE
R/W
0x00
Pad Weak Pull-Down Enable
A write of 1 to GPIOPUR[n] clears the corresponding GPIOPDR[n]
enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the
write.
November 30, 2007
187
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518
The GPIOSLR register is the slew rate control register. Slew rate control is only available when
using the 8-mA drive strength option via the GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) register (see
page 184).
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x518
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
SRL
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
SRL
R/W
0x00
Slew Rate Limit Enable (8-mA drive only)
The SRL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Slew rate control disabled.
1
Slew rate control enabled.
188
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C
The GPIODEN register is the digital enable register. By default, with the exception of the GPIO
signals used for JTAG/SWD function, all other GPIO signals are configured out of reset to be undriven
(tristate). Their digital function is disabled; they do not drive a logic value on the pin and they do not
allow the pin voltage into the GPIO receiver. To use the pin in a digital function (either GPIO or
alternate function), the corresponding GPIODEN bit must be set.
GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x51C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DEN
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DEN
R/W
-
Digital Enable
The DEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Digital functions disabled.
1
Digital functions enabled.
Note:
November 30, 2007
The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL,
GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000
for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five
JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins
default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this,
the default reset value of these registers for GPIO
Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value
for Port C is 0x0000.000F.
189
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 19: GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520
The GPIOLOCK register enables write access to the GPIOCR register (see page 191). Writing
0x1ACCE551 to the GPIOLOCK register will unlock the GPIOCR register. Writing any other value
to the GPIOLOCK register re-enables the locked state. Reading the GPIOLOCK register returns
the lock status rather than the 32-bit value that was previously written. Therefore, when write accesses
are disabled, or locked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000001. When write accesses
are enabled, or unlocked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000000.
GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x520
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
LOCK
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
LOCK
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
LOCK
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
Reset
R/W
0
Description
0x0000.0001 GPIO Lock
A write of the value 0x1ACCE551 unlocks the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR)
register for write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock,
preventing any register updates. A read of this register returns the
following values:
Value
Description
0x0000.0001 locked
0x0000.0000 unlocked
190
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 20: GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524
The GPIOCR register is the commit register. The value of the GPIOCR register determines which
bits of the GPIOAFSEL register will be committed when a write to the GPIOAFSEL register is
performed. If a bit in the GPIOCR register is a zero, the data being written to the corresponding bit
in the GPIOAFSEL register will not be committed and will retain its previous value. If a bit in the
GPIOCR register is a one, the data being written to the corresponding bit of the GPIOAFSEL register
will be committed to the register and will reflect the new value.
The contents of the GPIOCR register can only be modified if the GPIOLOCK register is unlocked.
Writes to the GPIOCR register will be ignored if the GPIOLOCK register is locked.
Important: This register is designed to prevent accidental programming of the GPIOAFSEL registers
that control connectivity to the JTAG/SWD debug hardware. By initializing the bits of
the GPIOCR register to 0 for PB7 and PC[3:0], the JTAG/SWD debug port can only
be converted to GPIOs through a deliberate set of writes to the GPIOLOCK, GPIOCR,
and GPIOAFSEL registers.
Because this protection is currently only implemented on the JTAG/SWD pins on PB7
and PC[3:0], all of the other bits in the GPIOCR registers cannot be written with 0x0.
These bits are hardwired to 0x1, ensuring that it is always possible to commit new
values to the GPIOAFSEL register bits of these other pins.
GPIO Commit (GPIOCR)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0x524
Type -, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CR
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
191
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7:0
CR
-
-
Description
GPIO Commit
On a bit-wise basis, any bit set allows the corresponding GPIOAFSEL
bit to be set to its alternate function.
Note:
The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for
all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins
(PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are currently the only
GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR register. Because
of this, the register type for GPIO Port B7 and GPIO Port
C[3:0] is R/W.
The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is
0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five
JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To ensure that the
JTAG port is not accidentally programmed as a GPIO, these
five pins default to non-commitable. Because of this, the
default reset value of GPIOCR for GPIO Port B is
0x0000.007F while the default reset value of GPIOCR for Port
C is 0x0000.00F0.
192
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 21: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
November 30, 2007
193
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 22: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID5
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
194
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID6
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
November 30, 2007
195
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID7
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
196
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0061
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x61
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
197
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
198
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 27: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
199
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 28: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
200
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 29: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
201
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 30: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
202
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 31: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
203
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 32: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
204
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
10
General-Purpose Timers
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
®
The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks (Timer0, Timer1,
Timer 2, and Timer 3). Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timers/counters (referred to as TimerA
and TimerB) that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or
configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). Timers can also be
used to trigger analog-to-digital (ADC) conversions. The trigger signals from all of the general-purpose
timers are ORed together before reaching the ADC module, so only one timer should be used to
trigger ADC events.
Note:
Timer2 is an internal timer and can only be used to generate internal interrupts or trigger
ADC events.
®
The General-Purpose Timer Module is one timing resource available on the Stellaris microcontrollers.
Other timer resources include the System Timer (SysTick) (see “System Timer (SysTick)” on page 41)
and the PWM timer in the PWM module (see “PWM Timer” on page 464).
The following modes are supported:
■ 32-bit Timer modes
– Programmable one-shot timer
– Programmable periodic timer
– Real-Time Clock using 32.768-KHz input clock
– Software-controlled event stalling (excluding RTC mode)
■ 16-bit Timer modes
– General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler (for one-shot and periodic modes only)
– Programmable one-shot timer
– Programmable periodic timer
– Software-controlled event stalling
■ 16-bit Input Capture modes
– Input edge count capture
– Input edge time capture
■ 16-bit PWM mode
– Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
10.1
Block Diagram
Note:
®
In Figure 10-1 on page 206, the specific CCP pins available depend on the Stellaris device.
See Table 10-1 on page 206 for the available CCPs.
November 30, 2007
205
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Figure 10-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes)
TimerA Control
GPTMTAPMR
TA Comparator
GPTMTAPR
Clock / Edge
Detect
GPTMTAMATCHR
Interrupt / Config
TimerA
Interrupt
GPTMTAILR
GPTMAR
En
GPTMTAMR
GPTMCFG
GPTMCTL
GPTMIMR
TimerB
Interrupt
32 KHz or
Even CCP Pin
RTC Divider
GPTMRIS
GPTMMIS
TimerB Control
GPTMICR
GPTMTBR En
GPTMTBPMR
Clock / Edge
Detect
GPTMTBPR
GPTMTBMATCHR
Odd CCP Pin
TB Comparator
GPTMTBILR
GPTMTBMR
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes)
System
Clock
Table 10-1. Available CCP Pins
Timer
16-Bit Up/Down Counter Even CCP Pin Odd CCP Pin
Timer 0 TimerA
TimerB
Timer 1 TimerA
TimerB
Timer 2 TimerA
10.2
CCP0
-
-
CCP1
CCP2
-
-
CCP3
CCP4
-
TimerB
-
CCP5
Timer 3 TimerA
-
-
TimerB
-
-
Functional Description
The main components of each GPTM block are two free-running 16-bit up/down counters (referred
to as TimerA and TimerB), two 16-bit match registers, two prescaler match registers, and two 16-bit
load/initialization registers and their associated control functions. The exact functionality of each
GPTM is controlled by software and configured through the register interface.
Software configures the GPTM using the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 217),
the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 218), and the GPTM TimerB Mode
(GPTMTBMR) register (see page 220). When in one of the 32-bit modes, the timer can only act as
a 32-bit timer. However, when configured in 16-bit mode, the GPTM can have its two 16-bit timers
configured in any combination of the 16-bit modes.
206
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
10.2.1
GPTM Reset Conditions
After reset has been applied to the GPTM module, the module is in an inactive state, and all control
registers are cleared and in their default states. Counters TimerA and TimerB are initialized to
0xFFFF, along with their corresponding load registers: the GPTM TimerA Interval Load
(GPTMTAILR) register (see page 231) and the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register
(see page 232). The prescale counters are initialized to 0x00: the GPTM TimerA Prescale
(GPTMTAPR) register (see page 235) and the GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR) register (see
page 236).
10.2.2
32-Bit Timer Operating Modes
This section describes the three GPTM 32-bit timer modes (One-Shot, Periodic, and RTC) and their
configuration.
The GPTM is placed into 32-bit mode by writing a 0 (One-Shot/Periodic 32-bit timer mode) or a 1
(RTC mode) to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register. In both configurations, certain GPTM
registers are concatenated to form pseudo 32-bit registers. These registers include:
■ GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register [15:0], see page 231
■ GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register [15:0], see page 232
■ GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) register [15:0], see page 239
■ GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) register [15:0], see page 240
In the 32-bit modes, the GPTM translates a 32-bit write access to GPTMTAILR into a write access
to both GPTMTAILR and GPTMTBILR. The resulting word ordering for such a write operation is:
GPTMTBILR[15:0]:GPTMTAILR[15:0]
Likewise, a read access to GPTMTAR returns the value:
GPTMTBR[15:0]:GPTMTAR[15:0]
10.2.2.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 32-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB
registers are configured as a 32-bit down-counter. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is
determined by the value written to the TAMR field of the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register
(see page 218), and there is no need to write to the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register.
When software writes the TAEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register (see page 222), the
timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000.0000 state is reached, the
timer reloads its start value from the concatenated GPTMTAILR on the next cycle. If configured to
be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If
configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting.
In addition to reloading the count value, the GPTM generates interrupts and output triggers when
it reaches the 0x0000000 state. The GPTM sets the TATORIS bit in the GPTM Raw Interrupt Status
(GPTMRIS) register (see page 227), and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTM Interrupt
Clear (GPTMICR) register (see page 229). If the time-out interrupt is enabled in the GPTM Interrupt
Mask (GPTIMR) register (see page 225), the GPTM also sets the TATOMIS bit in the GPTM Masked
Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS) register (see page 228).
November 30, 2007
207
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the 0x0000.0000
state, and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TAOTE bit in GPTMCTL,
and can trigger SoC-level events such as ADC conversions.
If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new
value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TASTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is asserted, the timer freezes counting until the signal
is deasserted.
10.2.2.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock Timer Mode
In Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers
are configured as a 32-bit up-counter. When RTC mode is selected for the first time, the counter is
loaded with a value of 0x0000.0001. All subsequent load values must be written to the GPTM TimerA
Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) register (see page 233) by the controller.
The input clock on the CCP0, CCP2, or CCP4 pins is required to be 32.768 KHz in RTC mode. The
clock signal is then divided down to a 1 Hz rate and is passed along to the input of the 32-bit counter.
When software writes the TAEN bit inthe GPTMCTL register, the counter starts counting up from its
preloaded value of 0x0000.0001. When the current count value matches the preloaded value in the
GPTMTAMATCHR register, it rolls over to a value of 0x0000.0000 and continues counting until
either a hardware reset, or it is disabled by software (clearing the TAEN bit). When a match occurs,
the GPTM asserts the RTCRIS bit in GPTMRIS. If the RTC interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the
GPTM also sets the RTCMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. The status flags
are cleared by writing the RTCCINT bit in GPTMICR.
If the TASTALL and/or TBSTALL bits in the GPTMCTL register are set, the timer does not freeze if
the RTCEN bit is set in GPTMCTL.
10.2.3
16-Bit Timer Operating Modes
The GPTM is placed into global 16-bit mode by writing a value of 0x4 to the GPTM Configuration
(GPTMCFG) register (see page 217). This section describes each of the GPTM 16-bit modes of
operation. TimerA and TimerB have identical modes, so a single description is given using an n to
reference both.
10.2.3.1 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 16-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the timer is configured as a 16-bit down-counter with
an optional 8-bit prescaler that effectively extends the counting range of the timer to 24 bits. The
selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TnMR field of the
GPTMTnMR register. The optional prescaler is loaded into the GPTM Timern Prescale (GPTMTnPR)
register.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer begins counting down from
its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from
GPTMTnILR and GPTMTnPR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops
counting and clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it
continues counting.
In addition to reloading the count value, the timer generates interrupts and output triggers when it
reaches the 0x0000 state. The GPTM sets the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register, and holds it
until it is cleared by writing the GPTMICR register. If the time-out interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR,
the GPTM also sets the TnTOMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt.
208
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the 0x0000 state,
and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TnOTE bit in the GPTMCTL
register, and can trigger SoC-level events such as ADC conversions.
If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new
value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TnSTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is enabled, the timer freezes counting until the signal
is deasserted.
The following example shows a variety of configurations for a 16-bit free running timer while using
the prescaler. All values assume a 50-MHz clock with Tc=20 ns (clock period).
Table 10-2. 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations
a
Prescale #Clock (T c) Max Time Units
00000000
1
1.3107
mS
00000001
2
2.6214
mS
00000010
3
3.9321
mS
------------
--
--
--
11111100
254
332.9229
mS
11111110
255
334.2336
mS
11111111
256
335.5443
mS
a. Tc is the clock period.
10.2.3.2 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode
In Edge Count mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter capable of capturing three types
of events: rising edge, falling edge, or both. To place the timer in Edge Count mode, the TnCMR bit
of the GPTMTnMR register must be set to 0. The type of edge that the timer counts is determined
by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCTL register. During initialization, the GPTM Timern Match
(GPTMTnMATCHR) register is configured so that the difference between the value in the
GPTMTnILR register and the GPTMTnMATCHR register equals the number of edge events that
must be counted.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register, the timer is enabled
for event capture. Each input event on the CCP pin decrements the counter by 1 until the event count
matches GPTMTnMATCHR. When the counts match, the GPTM asserts the CnMRIS bit in the
GPTMRIS register (and the CnMMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). The counter is then reloaded
using the value in GPTMTnILR, and stopped since the GPTM automatically clears the TnEN bit in
the GPTMCTL register. Once the event count has been reached, all further events are ignored until
TnEN is re-enabled by software.
Figure 10-2 on page 210 shows how input edge count mode works. In this case, the timer start value
is set to GPTMnILR =0x000A and the match value is set to GPTMnMATCHR =0x0006 so that four
edge events are counted. The counter is configured to detect both edges of the input signal.
Note that the last two edges are not counted since the timer automatically clears the TnEN bit after
the current count matches the value in the GPTMnMR register.
November 30, 2007
209
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Figure 10-2. 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example
Timer reload
on next cycle
Count
Ignored
Ignored
0x000A
0x0009
0x0008
0x0007
0x0006
Timer stops,
flags
asserted
Input Signal
10.2.3.3 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode
Note:
The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit Input Edge Time mode.
In Edge Time mode, the timer is configured as a free-running down-counter initialized to the value
loaded in the GPTMTnILR register (or 0xFFFF at reset). This mode allows for event capture of both
rising and falling edges. The timer is placed into Edge Time mode by setting the TnCMR bit in the
GPTMTnMR register, and the type of event that the timer captures is determined by the TnEVENT
fields of the GPTMCnTL register.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer is enabled for event capture.
When the selected input event is detected, the current Tn counter value is captured in the GPTMTnR
register and is available to be read by the controller. The GPTM then asserts the CnERIS bit (and
the CnEMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked).
After an event has been captured, the timer does not stop counting. It continues to count until the
TnEN bit is cleared. When the timer reaches the 0x0000 state, it is reloaded with the value from the
GPTMnILR register.
Figure 10-3 on page 211 shows how input edge timing mode works. In the diagram, it is assumed
that the start value of the timer is the default value of 0xFFFF, and the timer is configured to capture
rising edge events.
Each time a rising edge event is detected, the current count value is loaded into the GPTMTnR
register, and is held there until another rising edge is detected (at which point the new count value
is loaded into GPTMTnR).
210
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 10-3. 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example
Count
0xFFFF
GPTMTnR=X
GPTMTnR=Y
GPTMTnR=Z
Z
X
Y
Time
Input Signal
10.2.3.4 16-Bit PWM Mode
The GPTM supports a simple PWM generation mode. In PWM mode, the timer is configured as a
down-counter with a start value (and thus period) defined by GPTMTnILR. PWM mode is enabled
with the GPTMTnMR register by setting the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to 0x0, and the TnMR
field to 0x2.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter begins counting down
until it reaches the 0x0000 state. On the next counter cycle, the counter reloads its start value from
GPTMTnILR (and GPTMTnPR if using a prescaler) and continues counting until disabled by software
clearing the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. No interrupts or status bits are asserted in PWM
mode.
The output PWM signal asserts when the counter is at the value of the GPTMTnILR register (its
start state), and is deasserted when the counter value equals the value in the GPTM Timern Match
Register (GPTMnMATCHR). Software has the capability of inverting the output PWM signal by
setting the TnPWML bit in the GPTMCTL register.
Figure 10-4 on page 212 shows how to generate an output PWM with a 1-ms period and a 66% duty
cycle assuming a 50-MHz input clock and TnPWML =0 (duty cycle would be 33% for the TnPWML
=1 configuration). For this example, the start value is GPTMnIRL=0xC350 and the match value is
GPTMnMR=0x411A.
November 30, 2007
211
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Figure 10-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example
Count
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
0xC350
0x411A
Time
TnEN set
TnPWML = 0
Output
Signal
TnPWML = 1
10.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the general-purpose timers, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the TIMER0,
TIMER1, TIMER2, and TIMER3 bits in the RCGC1 register.
This section shows module initialization and configuration examples for each of the supported timer
modes.
10.3.1
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
The GPTM is configured for 32-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register is cleared) before making
any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0.
3. Set the TAMR field in the GPTM TimerA Mode Register (GPTMTAMR):
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
4. Load the start value into the GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register (GPTMTAILR).
5. If interrupts are required, set the TATOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR).
6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
212
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
7. Poll the TATORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINT bit of the GPTM
Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR).
In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 7 on page 213. To re-enable the timer, repeat
the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out.
10.3.2
32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode
To use the RTC mode, the timer must have a 32.768-KHz input signal on its CCP0, CCP2, or CCP4
pins. To enable the RTC feature, follow these steps:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x1.
3. Write the desired match value to the GPTM TimerA Match Register (GPTMTAMATCHR).
4. Set/clear the RTCEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) as desired.
5. If interrupts are required, set the RTCIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR).
6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
When the timer count equals the value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the counter is re-loaded
with 0x0000.0000 and begins counting. If an interrupt is enabled, it does not have to be cleared.
10.3.3
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
A timer is configured for 16-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x4.
3. Set the TnMR field in the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register:
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
4. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timern Prescale Register
(GPTMTnPR).
5. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer Interval Load Register (GPTMTnILR).
6. If interrupts are required, set the TnTOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR).
7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) to enable the timer and start
counting.
8. Poll the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TnTOCINT bit of the GPTM
Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR).
November 30, 2007
213
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 8 on page 213. To re-enable the timer, repeat
the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out.
10.3.4
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge Count mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x0 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
4. Configure the type of event(s) that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM
Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. Load the desired event count into the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register.
7. If interrupts are required, set the CnMIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and begin waiting for edge events.
9. Poll the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnMCINT bit of the GPTM
Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register.
In Input Edge Count Mode, the timer stops after the desired number of edge events has been
detected. To re-enable the timer, ensure that the TnEN bit is cleared and repeat step 4 on page 214
through step 9 on page 214.
10.3.5
16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge Timing mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x1 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
4. Configure the type of event that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM
Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. If interrupts are required, set the CnEIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and start counting.
8. Poll the CnERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnECINT bit of the GPTM
214
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. The time at which the event happened can be obtained
by reading the GPTM Timern (GPTMTnR) register.
In Input Edge Timing mode, the timer continues running after an edge event has been detected,
but the timer interval can be changed at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register. The change
takes effect at the next cycle after the write.
10.3.6
16-Bit PWM Mode
A timer is configured to PWM mode using the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, set the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to
0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2.
4. Configure the output state of the PWM signal (whether or not it is inverted) in the TnEVENT field
of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. Load the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register with the desired value.
7. If a prescaler is going to be used, configure the GPTM Timern Prescale (GPTMTnPR) register
and the GPTM Timern Prescale Match (GPTMTnPMR) register.
8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and begin
generation of the output PWM signal.
In PWM Timing mode, the timer continues running after the PWM signal has been generated. The
PWM period can be adjusted at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register, and the change takes
effect at the next cycle after the write.
10.4
Register Map
Table 10-3 on page 215 lists the GPTM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that timer’s base address:
■ Timer0: 0x4003.0000
■ Timer1: 0x4003.1000
■ Timer2: 0x4003.2000
■ Timer3: 0x4003.3000
Table 10-3. Timers Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
GPTMCFG
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Configuration
217
0x004
GPTMTAMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerA Mode
218
November 30, 2007
215
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x008
GPTMTBMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerB Mode
220
0x00C
GPTMCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Control
222
0x018
GPTMIMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Interrupt Mask
225
0x01C
GPTMRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status
227
0x020
GPTMMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status
228
0x024
GPTMICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
GPTM Interrupt Clear
229
0x028
GPTMTAILR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
(16-bit mode)
0xFFFF.FFFF
(32-bit mode)
GPTM TimerA Interval Load
231
0x02C
GPTMTBILR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM TimerB Interval Load
232
GPTM TimerA Match
233
0x030
GPTMTAMATCHR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
(16-bit mode)
0xFFFF.FFFF
(32-bit mode)
0x034
GPTMTBMATCHR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM TimerB Match
234
0x038
GPTMTAPR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerA Prescale
235
0x03C
GPTMTBPR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerB Prescale
236
0x040
GPTMTAPMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match
237
0x044
GPTMTBPMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match
238
GPTM TimerA
239
GPTM TimerB
240
0x048
GPTMTAR
RO
0x0000.FFFF
(16-bit mode)
0xFFFF.FFFF
(32-bit mode)
0x04C
GPTMTBR
RO
0x0000.FFFF
10.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPTM registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
216
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000
This register configures the global operation of the GPTM module. The value written to this register
determines whether the GPTM is in 32- or 16-bit mode.
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
GPTMCFG
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2:0
GPTMCFG
R/W
0x0
GPTM Configuration
The GPTMCFG values are defined as follows:
Value
Description
0x0
32-bit timer configuration.
0x1
32-bit real-time clock (RTC) counter configuration.
0x2
Reserved.
0x3
Reserved.
0x4-0x7 16-bit timer configuration, function is controlled by bits 1:0 of
GPTMTAMR and GPTMTBMR.
November 30, 2007
217
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 2: GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TAAMS bit to 0x1, the TACMR bit to 0x0, and the TAMR field to
0x2.
GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
TAAMS
TACMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
TAMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TAAMS
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA Alternate Mode Select
The TAAMS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Capture mode is enabled.
1
PWM mode is enabled.
Note:
2
TACMR
R/W
0
To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TACMR
bit and set the TAMR field to 0x2.
GPTM TimerA Capture Mode
The TACMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Edge-Count mode.
1
Edge-Time mode.
218
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1:0
TAMR
R/W
0x0
Description
GPTM TimerA Mode
The TAMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0 Reserved.
0x1 One-Shot Timer mode.
0x2 Periodic Timer mode.
0x3 Capture mode.
The Timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0
in the GPTMCFG register (16-or 32-bit).
In 16-bit timer configuration, TAMR controls the 16-bit timer modes for
TimerA.
In 32-bit timer configuration, this register controls the mode and the
contents of GPTMTBMR are ignored.
November 30, 2007
219
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 3: GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TBAMS bit to 0x1, the TBCMR bit to 0x0, and the TBMR field to
0x2.
GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
TBAMS
TBCMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
TBMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TBAMS
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB Alternate Mode Select
The TBAMS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Capture mode is enabled.
1
PWM mode is enabled.
Note:
2
TBCMR
R/W
0
To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TBCMR
bit and set the TBMR field to 0x2.
GPTM TimerB Capture Mode
The TBCMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Edge-Count mode.
1
Edge-Time mode.
220
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1:0
TBMR
R/W
0x0
Description
GPTM TimerB Mode
The TBMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0 Reserved.
0x1 One-Shot Timer mode.
0x2 Periodic Timer mode.
0x3 Capture mode.
The timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0
in the GPTMCFG register.
In 16-bit timer configuration, these bits control the 16-bit timer modes
for TimerB.
In 32-bit timer configuration, this register’s contents are ignored and
GPTMTAMR is used.
November 30, 2007
221
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 4: GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C
This register is used alongside the GPTMCFG and GMTMTnMR registers to fine-tune the timer
configuration, and to enable other features such as timer stall and the output trigger. The output
trigger can be used to initiate transfers on the ADC module.
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
reserved TBPWML TBOTE
Type
Reset
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
12
11
10
reserved
RO
0
TBEVENT
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
TBSTALL
TBEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved TAPWML
RO
0
R/W
0
5
4
TAOTE
RTCEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
TAEVENT
R/W
0
R/W
0
1
0
TASTALL
TAEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:15
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
TBPWML
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB PWM Output Level
The TBPWML values are defined as follows:
Value Description
13
TBOTE
R/W
0
0
Output is unaffected.
1
Output is inverted.
GPTM TimerB Output Trigger Enable
The TBOTE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
12
reserved
RO
0
0
The output TimerB trigger is disabled.
1
The output TimerB trigger is enabled.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
222
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
11:10
TBEVENT
R/W
0x0
Description
GPTM TimerB Event Mode
The TBEVENT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0 Positive edge.
0x1 Negative edge.
0x2 Reserved
0x3 Both edges.
9
TBSTALL
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB Stall Enable
The TBSTALL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
8
TBEN
R/W
0
0
TimerB stalling is disabled.
1
TimerB stalling is enabled.
GPTM TimerB Enable
The TBEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TimerB is disabled.
1
TimerB is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
TAPWML
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA PWM Output Level
The TAPWML values are defined as follows:
Value Description
5
TAOTE
R/W
0
0
Output is unaffected.
1
Output is inverted.
GPTM TimerA Output Trigger Enable
The TAOTE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
The output TimerA trigger is disabled.
1
The output TimerA trigger is enabled.
November 30, 2007
223
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
RTCEN
R/W
0
Description
GPTM RTC Enable
The RTCEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
3:2
TAEVENT
R/W
0x0
0
RTC counting is disabled.
1
RTC counting is enabled.
GPTM TimerA Event Mode
The TAEVENT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0 Positive edge.
0x1 Negative edge.
0x2 Reserved
0x3 Both edges.
1
TASTALL
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA Stall Enable
The TASTALL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TAEN
R/W
0
0
TimerA stalling is disabled.
1
TimerA stalling is enabled.
GPTM TimerA Enable
The TAEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TimerA is disabled.
1
TimerA is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
224
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018
This register allows software to enable/disable GPTM controller-level interrupts. Writing a 1 enables
the interrupt, while writing a 0 disables it.
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x018
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
10
9
8
CBEIM
CBMIM
TBTOIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RTCIM
CAEIM
CAMIM
TATOIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
CBEIM
R/W
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Mask
The CBEIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
9
CBMIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Mask
The CBMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
8
TBTOIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Mask
The TBTOIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
7:4
reserved
RO
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
225
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
RTCIM
R/W
0
Description
GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask
The RTCIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
CAEIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Mask
The CAEIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1
CAMIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM CaptureA Match Interrupt Mask
The CAMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TATOIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Interrupt Mask
The TATOIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
226
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C
This register shows the state of the GPTM's internal interrupt signal. These bits are set whether or
not the interrupt is masked in the GPTMIMR register. Each bit can be cleared by writing a 1 to its
corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
RTCRIS
RO
0
RO
0
CAERIS CAMRIS TATORIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
CBERIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureB Event interrupt status prior to masking.
9
CBMRIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureB Match interrupt status prior to masking.
8
TBTORIS
RO
0
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Raw Interrupt
This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status prior to masking.
7:4
reserved
RO
0x0
3
RTCRIS
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM RTC Raw Interrupt
This is the RTC Event interrupt status prior to masking.
2
CAERIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA Event interrupt status prior to masking.
1
CAMRIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA Match interrupt status prior to masking.
0
TATORIS
RO
0
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt
This the TimerA time-out interrupt status prior to masking.
November 30, 2007
227
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 7: GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020
This register show the state of the GPTM's controller-level interrupt. If an interrupt is unmasked in
GPTMIMR, and there is an event that causes the interrupt to be asserted, the corresponding bit is
set in this register. All bits are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x020
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RTCMIS CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
CBEMIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureB event interrupt status after masking.
9
CBMMIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureB match interrupt status after masking.
8
TBTOMIS
RO
0
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Masked Interrupt
This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status after masking.
7:4
reserved
RO
0x0
3
RTCMIS
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt
This is the RTC event interrupt status after masking.
2
CAEMIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureA event interrupt status after masking.
1
CAMMIS
RO
0
GPTM CaptureA Match Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking.
0
TATOMIS
RO
0
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Masked Interrupt
This is the TimerA time-out interrupt status after masking.
228
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024
This register is used to clear the status bits in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. Writing a 1
to a bit clears the corresponding bit in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers.
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x024
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
CBECINT
W1C
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Clear
The CBECINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
9
CBMCINT
W1C
0
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Clear
The CBMCINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
8
TBTOCINT
W1C
0
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Clear
The TBTOCINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
7:4
reserved
RO
0x0
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
229
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
RTCCINT
W1C
0
Description
GPTM RTC Interrupt Clear
The RTCCINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
CAECINT
W1C
0
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Clear
The CAECINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1
CAMCINT
W1C
0
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking.
0
TATOCINT
W1C
0
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt
The TATOCINT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
The interrupt is unaffected.
1
The interrupt is cleared.
230
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 9: GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028
This register is used to load the starting count value into the timer. When GPTM is configured to
one of the 32-bit modes, GPTMTAILR appears as a 32-bit register (the upper 16-bits correspond
to the contents of the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register). In 16-bit mode, the
upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s and have no effect on the state of GPTMTBILR.
GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x028
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAILRH
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TAILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:16
TAILRH
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register High
(32-bit mode)
0x0000 (16-bit When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register, the GPTM
TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register loads this value on a
mode)
write. A read returns the current value of GPTMTBILR.
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the
state of GPTMTBILR.
15:0
TAILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register Low
For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the counter for
TimerA. A read returns the current value of GPTMTAILR.
November 30, 2007
231
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 10: GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C
This register is used to load the starting count value into TimerB. When the GPTM is configured to
a 32-bit mode, GPTMTBILR returns the current value of TimerB and ignores writes.
GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x02C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TBILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB Interval Load Register
When the GPTM is not configured as a 32-bit timer, a write to this field
updates GPTMTBILR. In 32-bit mode, writes are ignored, and reads
return the current value of GPTMTBILR.
232
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 11: GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030
This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes.
GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAMRH
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TAMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:16
TAMRH
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Match Register High
(32-bit mode)
0x0000 (16-bit When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the
GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the upper half of
mode)
GPTMTAR, to determine match events.
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the
state of GPTMTBMATCHR.
15:0
TAMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Match Register Low
When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the
GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the lower half of
GPTMTAR, to determine match events.
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR,
determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal.
When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total
number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR
minus this value.
November 30, 2007
233
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 12: GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034
This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes.
GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x034
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TBMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB Match Register Low
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR,
determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal.
When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTBILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total
number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTBILR
minus this value.
234
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 13: GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or
periodic mode.
GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x038
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TAPSR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TAPSR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerA Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value
of the register.
Refer to Table 10-2 on page 209 for more details and an example.
November 30, 2007
235
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 14: GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or
periodic mode.
GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x03C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TBPSR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TBPSR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerB Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value
of this register.
Refer to Table 10-2 on page 209 for more details and an example.
236
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTAMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit
one-shot or periodic mode.
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TAPSMR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TAPSMR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTAMATCHR to detect timer match
events while using a prescaler.
November 30, 2007
237
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTBMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit
one-shot or periodic mode.
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TBPSMR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TBPSMR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTBMATCHR to detect timer match
events while using a prescaler.
238
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 17: GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048
This register shows the current value of the TimerA counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count
mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place.
GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x048
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
TARH
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TARL
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:16
TARH
RO
15:0
TARL
RO
RO
1
RO
1
Reset
RO
1
Description
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Register High
(32-bit mode)
0x0000 (16-bit If the GPTMCFG is in a 32-bit mode, TimerB value is read. If the
GPTMCFG is in a 16-bit mode, this is read as zero.
mode)
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Register Low
A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerA Count Register,
except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from
the last edge event.
November 30, 2007
239
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 18: GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C
This register shows the current value of the TimerB counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count
mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place.
GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x04C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TBRL
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBRL
RO
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB
A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerB Count Register,
except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from
the last edge event.
240
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
11
Watchdog Timer
A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is
reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software
error or due to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way.
®
The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load
register, interrupt generation logic, a locking register, and user-enabled stalling.
The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out,
and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured,
the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered.
11.1
Block Diagram
Figure 11-1. WDT Module Block Diagram
WDTLOAD
Control / Clock /
Interrupt
Generation
WDTCTL
WDTICR
Interrupt
WDTRIS
32-Bit Down
Counter
WDTMIS
0x00000000
WDTLOCK
System Clock
WDTTEST
Comparator
WDTVALUE
Identification Registers
11.2
WDTPCellID0
WDTPeriphID0
WDTPeriphID4
WDTPCellID1
WDTPeriphID1
WDTPeriphID5
WDTPCellID2
WDTPeriphID2
WDTPeriphID6
WDTPCellID3
WDTPeriphID3
WDTPeriphID7
Functional Description
The Watchdog Timer module generates the first time-out signal when the 32-bit counter reaches
the zero state after being enabled; enabling the counter also enables the watchdog timer interrupt.
After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is re-loaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer
Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. Once the
November 30, 2007
241
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Watchdog Timer has been configured, the Watchdog Timer Lock (WDTLOCK) register is written,
which prevents the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered by software.
If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the
reset signal has been enabled (via the WatchdogResetEnable function), the Watchdog timer
asserts its reset signal to the system. If the interrupt is cleared before the 32-bit counter reaches its
second time-out, the 32-bit counter is loaded with the value in the WDTLOAD register, and counting
resumes from that value.
If WDTLOAD is written with a new value while the Watchdog Timer counter is counting, then the
counter is loaded with the new value and continues counting.
Writing to WDTLOAD does not clear an active interrupt. An interrupt must be specifically cleared
by writing to the Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) register.
The Watchdog module interrupt and reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required. When
the interrupt is re-enabled, the 32-bit counter is preloaded with the load register value and not its
last state.
11.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the WDT, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the WDT bit in the RCGC0 register.
The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence:
1. Load the WDTLOAD register with the desired timer load value.
2. If the Watchdog is configured to trigger system resets, set the RESEN bit in the WDTCTL register.
3. Set the INTEN bit in the WDTCTL register to enable the Watchdog and lock the control register.
If software requires that all of the watchdog registers are locked, the Watchdog Timer module can
be fully locked by writing any value to the WDTLOCK register. To unlock the Watchdog Timer, write
a value of 0x1ACC.E551.
11.4
Register Map
Table 11-1 on page 242 lists the Watchdog registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment
to the register’s address, relative to the Watchdog Timer base address of 0x4000.0000.
Table 11-1. Watchdog Timer Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
WDTLOAD
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Watchdog Load
244
0x004
WDTVALUE
RO
0xFFFF.FFFF
Watchdog Value
245
0x008
WDTCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Control
246
0x00C
WDTICR
WO
-
Watchdog Interrupt Clear
247
0x010
WDTRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status
248
0x014
WDTMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status
249
0x418
WDTTEST
R/W
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Test
250
0xC00
WDTLOCK
R/W
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Lock
251
242
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Offset
Name
0xFD0
Reset
WDTPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4
252
0xFD4
WDTPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5
253
0xFD8
WDTPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6
254
0xFDC
WDTPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7
255
0xFE0
WDTPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0005
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0
256
0xFE4
WDTPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0018
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1
257
0xFE8
WDTPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2
258
0xFEC
WDTPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3
259
0xFF0
WDTPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0
260
0xFF4
WDTPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1
261
0xFF8
WDTPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2
262
0xFFC
WDTPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3
263
11.5
Description
See
page
Type
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the WDT registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
November 30, 2007
243
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000
This register is the 32-bit interval value used by the 32-bit counter. When this register is written, the
value is immediately loaded and the counter restarts counting down from the new value. If the
WDTLOAD register is loaded with 0x0000.0000, an interrupt is immediately generated.
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
WDTLoad
Type
Reset
WDTLoad
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WDTLoad
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Load Value
244
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 2: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004
This register contains the current count value of the timer.
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
WDTValue
Type
Reset
WDTValue
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WDTValue
RO
Reset
RO
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Value
Current value of the 32-bit down counter.
November 30, 2007
245
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 3: Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008
This register is the watchdog control register. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate a
reset signal (on second time-out) or an interrupt on time-out.
When the watchdog interrupt has been enabled, all subsequent writes to the control register are
ignored. The only mechanism that can re-enable writes is a hardware reset.
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
RESEN
INTEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
RESEN
R/W
0
Watchdog Reset Enable
The RESEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
INTEN
R/W
0
0
Disabled.
1
Enable the Watchdog module reset output.
Watchdog Interrupt Enable
The INTEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt event disabled (once this bit is set, it can only be
cleared by a hardware reset).
1
Interrupt event enabled. Once enabled, all writes are ignored.
246
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C
This register is the interrupt clear register. A write of any value to this register clears the Watchdog
interrupt and reloads the 32-bit counter from the WDTLOAD register. Value for a read or reset is
indeterminate.
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x00C
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WDTIntClr
Type
Reset
WDTIntClr
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
WDTIntClr
WO
-
WO
-
Description
Watchdog Interrupt Clear
November 30, 2007
247
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 5: Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010
This register is the raw interrupt status register. Watchdog interrupt events can be monitored via
this register if the controller interrupt is masked.
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
WDTRIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
WDTRIS
RO
0
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of WDTINTR.
248
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014
This register is the masked interrupt status register. The value of this register is the logical AND of
the raw interrupt bit and the Watchdog interrupt enable bit.
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
WDTMIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
WDTMIS
RO
0
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state (after masking) of the WDTINTR
interrupt.
November 30, 2007
249
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 7: Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418
This register provides user-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU halt flag
during debug.
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0x418
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
STALL
R/W
0
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:9
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
STALL
R/W
0
Watchdog Stall Enable
®
When set to 1, if the Stellaris microcontroller is stopped with a
debugger, the watchdog timer stops counting. Once the microcontroller
is restarted, the watchdog timer resumes counting.
7:0
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
250
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00
Writing 0x1ACC.E551 to the WDTLOCK register enables write access to all other registers. Writing
any other value to the WDTLOCK register re-enables the locked state for register writes to all the
other registers. Reading the WDTLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit value
written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, reading the WDTLOCK register returns
0x0000.0001 (when locked; otherwise, the returned value is 0x0000.0000 (unlocked)).
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xC00
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
WDTLock
Type
Reset
WDTLock
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
WDTLock
R/W
0x0000
R/W
0
Description
Watchdog Lock
A write of the value 0x1ACC.E551 unlocks the watchdog registers for
write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock, preventing
any register updates.
A read of this register returns the following values:
Value
Description
0x0000.0001 Locked
0x0000.0000 Unlocked
November 30, 2007
251
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 9: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID4
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
252
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset
0xFD4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID5
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
November 30, 2007
253
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset
0xFD8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID6
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
254
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset
0xFDC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID7
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
November 30, 2007
255
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset
0xFE0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x05
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
256
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset
0xFE4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x18
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
November 30, 2007
257
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset
0xFE8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
258
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset
0xFEC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
November 30, 2007
259
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
260
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
November 30, 2007
261
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
262
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3)
Base 0x4000.0000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
November 30, 2007
263
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
12
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
discrete digital number.
®
The Stellaris ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports four input channels,
plus an internal temperature sensor. The ADC module contains a programmable sequencer which
allows for the sampling of multiple analog input sources without controller intervention. Each sample
sequence provides flexible programming with fully configurable input source, trigger events, interrupt
generation, and sequence priority.
®
The Stellaris ADC provides the following features:
■ Four analog input channels
■ Single-ended and differential-input configurations
■ Internal temperature sensor
■ Sample rate of one million samples/second
■ Four programmable sample conversion sequences from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
■ Flexible trigger control
– Controller (software)
– Timers
– Analog Comparators
– PWM
– GPIO
■ Hardware averaging of up to 64 samples for improved accuracy
264
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
12.1
Block Diagram
Figure 12-1. ADC Module Block Diagram
Trigger Events
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
Analog Inputs
SS3
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
Control/Status
Sample
Sequencer 0
ADCACTSS
ADCSSMUX0
ADCOSTAT
ADCSSCTL0
ADCUSTAT
ADCSSFSTAT0
ADCSSPRI
SS2
Sample
Sequencer 1
ADCSSMUX1
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
ADCSSCTL1
SS1
ADCSSFSTAT1
Hardware Averager
ADCSAC
Sample
Sequencer 2
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
SS0
ADCSSMUX2
ADCSSCTL2
ADCSSFSTAT2
ADCEMUX
ADCPSSI
SS0 Interrupt
SS1 Interrupt
SS2 Interrupt
SS3 Interrupt
12.2
Analog-to-Digital
Converter
FIFO Block
ADCSSFIFO0
ADCSSFIFO1
Interrupt Control
Sample
Sequencer 3
ADCIM
ADCSSMUX3
ADCRIS
ADCSSCTL3
ADCISC
ADCSSFSTAT3
ADCSSFIFO2
ADCSSFIFO3
Functional Description
®
The Stellaris ADC collects sample data by using a programmable sequence-based approach
instead of the traditional single or double-sampling approach found on many ADC modules. Each
sample sequence is a fully programmed series of consecutive (back-to-back) samples, allowing the
ADC to collect data from multiple input sources without having to be re-configured or serviced by
the controller. The programming of each sample in the sample sequence includes parameters such
as the input source and mode (differential versus single-ended input), interrupt generation on sample
completion, and the indicator for the last sample in the sequence.
12.2.1
Sample Sequencers
The sampling control and data capture is handled by the Sample Sequencers. All of the sequencers
are identical in implementation except for the number of samples that can be captured and the depth
of the FIFO. Table 12-1 on page 265 shows the maximum number of samples that each Sequencer
can capture and its corresponding FIFO depth. In this implementation, each FIFO entry is a 32-bit
word, with the lower 10 bits containing the conversion result.
Table 12-1. Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers
Sequencer Number of Samples Depth of FIFO
SS3
1
1
SS2
4
4
SS1
4
4
SS0
8
8
November 30, 2007
265
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
For a given sample sequence, each sample is defined by two 4-bit nibbles in the ADC Sample
Sequence Input Multiplexer Select (ADCSSMUXn) and ADC Sample Sequence Control
(ADCSSCTLn) registers, where "n" corresponds to the sequence number. The ADCSSMUXn
nibbles select the input pin, while the ADCSSCTLn nibbles contain the sample control bits
corresponding to parameters such as temperature sensor selection, interrupt enable, end of
sequence, and differential input mode. Sample Sequencers are enabled by setting the respective
ASENn bit in the ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS) register, but can be configured
before being enabled.
When configuring a sample sequence, multiple uses of the same input pin within the same sequence
is allowed. In the ADCSSCTLn register, the Interrupt Enable (IE) bits can be set for any
combination of samples, allowing interrupts to be generated after every sample in the sequence if
necessary. Also, the END bit can be set at any point within a sample sequence. For example, if
Sequencer 0 is used, the END bit can be set in the nibble associated with the fifth sample, allowing
Sequencer 0 to complete execution of the sample sequence after the fifth sample.
After a sample sequence completes execution, the result data can be retrieved from the ADC
Sample Sequence Result FIFO (ADCSSFIFOn) registers. The FIFOs are simple circular buffers
that read a single address to "pop" result data. For software debug purposes, the positions of the
FIFO head and tail pointers are visible in the ADC Sample Sequence FIFO Status (ADCSSFSTATn)
registers along with FULL and EMPTY status flags. Overflow and underflow conditions are monitored
using the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
12.2.2
Module Control
Outside of the Sample Sequencers, the remainder of the control logic is responsible for tasks such
as interrupt generation, sequence prioritization, and trigger configuration.
Most of the ADC control logic runs at the ADC clock rate of 14-18 MHz. The internal ADC divider
is configured automatically by hardware when the system XTAL is selected. The automatic clock
®
divider configuration targets 16.667 MHz operation for all Stellaris devices.
12.2.2.1 Interrupts
The Sample Sequencers dictate the events that cause interrupts, but they don't have control over
whether the interrupt is actually sent to the interrupt controller. The ADC module's interrupt signal
is controlled by the state of the MASK bits in the ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM) register. Interrupt
status can be viewed at two locations: the ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS) register, which
shows the raw status of a Sample Sequencer's interrupt signal, and the ADC Interrupt Status and
Clear (ADCISC) register, which shows the logical AND of the ADCRIS register’s INR bit and the
ADCIM register’s MASK bits. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding IN bit in
ADCISC.
12.2.2.2 Prioritization
When sampling events (triggers) happen concurrently, they are prioritized for processing by the
values in the ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI) register. Valid priority values are in
the range of 0-3, with 0 being the highest priority and 3 being the lowest. Multiple active Sample
Sequencer units with the same priority do not provide consistent results, so software must ensure
that all active Sample Sequencer units have a unique priority value.
12.2.2.3 Sampling Events
Sample triggering for each Sample Sequencer is defined in the ADC Event Multiplexer Select
®
(ADCEMUX) register. The external peripheral triggering sources vary by Stellaris family member,
266
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
but all devices share the "Controller" and "Always" triggers. Software can initiate sampling by setting
the CH bits in the ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI) register.
When using the "Always" trigger, care must be taken. If a sequence's priority is too high, it is possible
to starve other lower priority sequences.
12.2.3
Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit
Higher precision results can be generated using the hardware averaging circuit, however, the
improved results are at the cost of throughput. Up to 64 samples can be accumulated and averaged
to form a single data entry in the sequencer FIFO. Throughput is decreased proportionally to the
number of samples in the averaging calculation. For example, if the averaging circuit is configured
to average 16 samples, the throughput is decreased by a factor of 16.
By default the averaging circuit is off and all data from the converter passes through to the sequencer
FIFO. The averaging hardware is controlled by the ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC)
register (see page 282). There is a single averaging circuit and all input channels receive the same
amount of averaging whether they are single-ended or differential.
12.2.4
Analog-to-Digital Converter
The converter itself generates a 10-bit output value for selected analog input. Special analog pads
are used to minimize the distortion on the input.
12.2.5
Test Modes
There is a user-available test mode that allows for loopback operation within the digital portion of
the ADC module. This can be useful for debugging software without having to provide actual analog
stimulus. This mode is available through the ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB) register (see
page 295).
12.2.6
Internal Temperature Sensor
The internal temperature sensor provides an analog temperature reading as well as a reference
voltage. The voltage at the output terminal SENSO is given by the following equation:
SENSO = 2.7 - ((T + 55) / 75)
This relation is shown in Figure 12-2 on page 268.
November 30, 2007
267
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 12-2. Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic
12.3
Initialization and Configuration
In order for the ADC module to be used, the PLL must be enabled and using a supported crystal
frequency (see the RCC register). Using unsupported frequencies can cause faulty operation in the
ADC module.
12.3.1
Module Initialization
Initialization of the ADC module is a simple process with very few steps. The main steps include
enabling the clock to the ADC and reconfiguring the Sample Sequencer priorities (if needed).
The initialization sequence for the ADC is as follows:
1. Enable the ADC clock by writing a value of 0x0001.0000 to the RCGC1 register (see page 101).
2. If required by the application, reconfigure the Sample Sequencer priorities in the ADCSSPRI
register. The default configuration has Sample Sequencer 0 with the highest priority, and Sample
Sequencer 3 as the lowest priority.
12.3.2
Sample Sequencer Configuration
Configuration of the Sample Sequencers is slightly more complex than the module initialization
since each sample sequence is completely programmable.
The configuration for each Sample Sequencer should be as follows:
1. Ensure that the Sample Sequencer is disabled by writing a 0 to the corresponding ASEN bit in
the ADCACTSS register. Programming of the Sample Sequencers is allowed without having
them enabled. Disabling the Sequencer during programming prevents erroneous execution if
a trigger event were to occur during the configuration process.
2. Configure the trigger event for the Sample Sequencer in the ADCEMUX register.
3. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the corresponding input source in the
ADCSSMUXn register.
268
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
4. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the sample control bits in the corresponding
nibble in the ADCSSCTLn register. When programming the last nibble, ensure that the END bit
is set. Failure to set the END bit causes unpredictable behavior.
5. If interrupts are to be used, write a 1 to the corresponding MASK bit in the ADCIM register.
6. Enable the Sample Sequencer logic by writing a 1 to the corresponding ASEN bit in the
ADCACTSS register.
12.4
Register Map
Table 12-2 on page 269 lists the ADC registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to the ADC base address of 0x4003.8000.
Table 12-2. ADC Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
ADCACTSS
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Active Sample Sequencer
271
0x004
ADCRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Raw Interrupt Status
272
0x008
ADCIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Interrupt Mask
273
0x00C
ADCISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear
274
0x010
ADCOSTAT
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Overflow Status
275
0x014
ADCEMUX
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Event Multiplexer Select
276
0x018
ADCUSTAT
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Underflow Status
279
0x020
ADCSSPRI
R/W
0x0000.3210
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority
280
0x028
ADCPSSI
WO
-
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate
281
0x030
ADCSAC
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Averaging Control
282
0x040
ADCSSMUX0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0
283
0x044
ADCSSCTL0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0
285
0x048
ADCSSFIFO0
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0
288
0x04C
ADCSSFSTAT0
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status
289
0x060
ADCSSMUX1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1
290
0x064
ADCSSCTL1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1
291
0x068
ADCSSFIFO1
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1
288
0x06C
ADCSSFSTAT1
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status
289
0x080
ADCSSMUX2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2
290
0x084
ADCSSCTL2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 2
291
0x088
ADCSSFIFO2
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2
288
0x08C
ADCSSFSTAT2
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status
289
0x0A0
ADCSSMUX3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3
293
November 30, 2007
269
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Name
Type
Reset
0x0A4
ADCSSCTL3
R/W
0x0000.0002
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3
294
0x0A8
ADCSSFIFO3
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3
288
0x0AC
ADCSSFSTAT3
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status
289
0x100
ADCTMLB
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Test Mode Loopback
295
12.5
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the ADC registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
270
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000
This register controls the activation of the Sample Sequencers. Each Sample Sequencer can be
enabled/disabled independently.
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASEN3
ASEN2
ASEN1
ASEN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
ASEN3
R/W
0
ADC SS3 Enable
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 3 is enabled. If set, the sample
sequence logic for Sequencer 3 is active. Otherwise, the Sequencer is
inactive.
2
ASEN2
R/W
0
ADC SS2 Enable
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 2 is enabled. If set, the sample
sequence logic for Sequencer 2 is active. Otherwise, the Sequencer is
inactive.
1
ASEN1
R/W
0
ADC SS1 Enable
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 1 is enabled. If set, the sample
sequence logic for Sequencer 1 is active. Otherwise, the Sequencer is
inactive.
0
ASEN0
R/W
0
ADC SS0 Enable
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 0 is enabled. If set, the sample
sequence logic for Sequencer 0 is active. Otherwise, the Sequencer is
inactive.
November 30, 2007
271
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 2: ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004
This register shows the status of the raw interrupt signal of each Sample Sequencer. These bits
may be polled by software to look for interrupt conditions without having to generate controller
interrupts.
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INR3
INR2
INR1
INR0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
INR3
RO
0
SS3 Raw Interrupt Status
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective ADCSSCTL3 IE bit
has completed conversion. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the
ADCISC IN3 bit.
2
INR2
RO
0
SS2 Raw Interrupt Status
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective ADCSSCTL2 IE bit
has completed conversion. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the
ADCISC IN2 bit.
1
INR1
RO
0
SS1 Raw Interrupt Status
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective ADCSSCTL1 IE bit
has completed conversion. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the
ADCISC IN1 bit.
0
INR0
RO
0
SS0 Raw Interrupt Status
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective ADCSSCTL0 IE bit
has completed conversion. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the
ADCISC IN0 bit.
272
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM), offset 0x008
This register controls whether the Sample Sequencer raw interrupt signals are promoted to controller
interrupts. The raw interrupt signal for each Sample Sequencer can be masked independently.
ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MASK3
MASK2
MASK1
MASK0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
MASK3
R/W
0
SS3 Interrupt Mask
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample Sequencer 3
(ADCRIS register INR3 bit) is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set,
the raw interrupt signal is promoted to a controller interrupt. Otherwise,
it is not.
2
MASK2
R/W
0
SS2 Interrupt Mask
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample Sequencer 2
(ADCRIS register INR2 bit) is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set,
the raw interrupt signal is promoted to a controller interrupt. Otherwise,
it is not.
1
MASK1
R/W
0
SS1 Interrupt Mask
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample Sequencer 1
(ADCRIS register INR1 bit) is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set,
the raw interrupt signal is promoted to a controller interrupt. Otherwise,
it is not.
0
MASK0
R/W
0
SS0 Interrupt Mask
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample Sequencer 0
(ADCRIS register INR0 bit) is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set,
the raw interrupt signal is promoted to a controller interrupt. Otherwise,
it is not.
November 30, 2007
273
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 4: ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC), offset 0x00C
This register provides the mechanism for clearing interrupt conditions, and shows the status of
controller interrupts generated by the Sample Sequencers. When read, each bit field is the logical
AND of the respective INR and MASK bits. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding
bit position. If software is polling the ADCRIS instead of generating interrupts, the INR bits are still
cleared via the ADCISC register, even if the IN bit is not set.
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
IN3
R/W1C
0
SS3 Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK3 and INR3 bits are both 1,
providing a level-based interrupt to the controller. It is cleared by writing
a 1, and also clears the INR3 bit.
2
IN2
R/W1C
0
SS2 Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK2 and INR2 bits are both 1,
providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is cleared by writing
a 1, and also clears the INR2 bit.
1
IN1
R/W1C
0
SS1 Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK1 and INR1 bits are both 1,
providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is cleared by writing
a 1, and also clears the INR1 bit.
0
IN0
R/W1C
0
SS0 Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK0 and INR0 bits are both 1,
providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is cleared by writing
a 1, and also clears the INR0 bit.
274
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT), offset 0x010
This register indicates overflow conditions in the Sample Sequencer FIFOs. Once the overflow
condition has been handled by software, the condition can be cleared by writing a 1 to the
corresponding bit position.
ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
OV3
OV2
OV1
OV0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
OV3
R/W1C
0
SS3 FIFO Overflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 3 has hit an
overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write was requested.
When an overflow is detected, the most recent write is dropped and this
bit is set by hardware to indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This
bit is cleared by writing a 1.
2
OV2
R/W1C
0
SS2 FIFO Overflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 2 has hit an
overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write was requested.
When an overflow is detected, the most recent write is dropped and this
bit is set by hardware to indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This
bit is cleared by writing a 1.
1
OV1
R/W1C
0
SS1 FIFO Overflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 1 has hit an
overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write was requested.
When an overflow is detected, the most recent write is dropped and this
bit is set by hardware to indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This
bit is cleared by writing a 1.
0
OV0
R/W1C
0
SS0 FIFO Overflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 0 has hit an
overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write was requested.
When an overflow is detected, the most recent write is dropped and this
bit is set by hardware to indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This
bit is cleared by writing a 1.
November 30, 2007
275
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 6: ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX), offset 0x014
The ADCEMUX selects the event (trigger) that initiates sampling for each Sample Sequencer. Each
Sample Sequencer can be configured with a unique trigger source.
ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
EM3
Type
Reset
EM2
EM1
EM0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:12
EM3
R/W
0x00
SS3 Trigger Select
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 3.
The valid configurations for this field are:
Value
Event
0x0
Controller (default)
0x1
Analog Comparator 0
0x2
Analog Comparator 1
0x3
Analog Comparator 2
0x4
External (GPIO PB4)
0x5
Timer
0x6
PWM0
0x7
PWM1
0x8
PWM2
0x9-0xE reserved
0xF
276
Always (continuously sample)
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
11:8
EM2
R/W
0x00
SS2 Trigger Select
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 2.
The valid configurations for this field are:
Value
Event
0x0
Controller (default)
0x1
Analog Comparator 0
0x2
Analog Comparator 1
0x3
Analog Comparator 2
0x4
External (GPIO PB4)
0x5
Timer
0x6
PWM0
0x7
PWM1
0x8
PWM2
0x9-0xE reserved
0xF
7:4
EM1
R/W
0x00
Always (continuously sample)
SS1 Trigger Select
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 1.
The valid configurations for this field are:
Value
Event
0x0
Controller (default)
0x1
Analog Comparator 0
0x2
Analog Comparator 1
0x3
Analog Comparator 2
0x4
External (GPIO PB4)
0x5
Timer
0x6
PWM0
0x7
PWM1
0x8
PWM2
0x9-0xE reserved
0xF
November 30, 2007
Always (continuously sample)
277
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
3:0
EM0
R/W
0x00
SS0 Trigger Select
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 0.
The valid configurations for this field are:
Value
Event
0x0
Controller (default)
0x1
Analog Comparator 0
0x2
Analog Comparator 1
0x3
Analog Comparator 2
0x4
External (GPIO PB4)
0x5
Timer
0x6
PWM0
0x7
PWM1
0x8
PWM2
0x9-0xE reserved
0xF
278
Always (continuously sample)
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7: ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT), offset 0x018
This register indicates underflow conditions in the Sample Sequencer FIFOs. The corresponding
underflow condition can be cleared by writing a 1 to the relevant bit position.
ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x018
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
UV3
UV2
UV1
UV0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
UV3
R/W1C
0
SS3 FIFO Underflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 3 has hit an
underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a read was requested.
The problematic read does not move the FIFO pointers, and 0s are
returned. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
2
UV2
R/W1C
0
SS2 FIFO Underflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 2 has hit an
underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a read was requested.
The problematic read does not move the FIFO pointers, and 0s are
returned. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
1
UV1
R/W1C
0
SS1 FIFO Underflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 1 has hit an
underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a read was requested.
The problematic read does not move the FIFO pointers, and 0s are
returned. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
0
UV0
R/W1C
0
SS0 FIFO Underflow
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 0 has hit an
underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a read was requested.
The problematic read does not move the FIFO pointers, and 0s are
returned. This bit is cleared by writing a 1.
November 30, 2007
279
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 8: ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI), offset 0x020
This register sets the priority for each of the Sample Sequencers. Out of reset, Sequencer 0 has
the highest priority, and sample sequence 3 has the lowest priority. When reconfiguring sequence
priorities, each sequence must have a unique priority or the ADC behavior is inconsistent.
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.3210
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
SS3
R/W
1
reserved
RO
0
SS2
R/W
1
reserved
SS1
reserved
SS0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:14
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13:12
SS3
R/W
0x3
SS3 Priority
The SS3 field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies the priority
encoding of Sample Sequencer 3. A priority encoding of 0 is highest
and 3 is lowest. The priorities assigned to the Sequencers must be
uniquely mapped. ADC behavior is not consistent if two or more fields
are equal.
11:10
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9:8
SS2
R/W
0x2
SS2 Priority
The SS2 field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies the priority
encoding of Sample Sequencer 2.
7:6
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:4
SS1
R/W
0x1
SS1 Priority
The SS1 field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies the priority
encoding of Sample Sequencer 1.
3:2
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1:0
SS0
R/W
0x0
SS0 Priority
The SS0 field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies the priority
encoding of Sample Sequencer 0.
280
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 9: ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI), offset 0x028
This register provides a mechanism for application software to initiate sampling in the Sample
Sequencers. Sample sequences can be initiated individually or in any combination. When multiple
sequences are triggered simultaneously, the priority encodings in ADCSSPRI dictate execution
order.
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x028
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
WO
-
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
SS3
WO
-
SS3 Initiate
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no
meaningful data. When set by software, sampling is triggered on Sample
Sequencer 3, assuming the Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS
register.
2
SS2
WO
-
SS2 Initiate
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no
meaningful data. When set by software, sampling is triggered on Sample
Sequencer 2, assuming the Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS
register.
1
SS1
WO
-
SS1 Initiate
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no
meaningful data. When set by software, sampling is triggered on Sample
Sequencer 1, assuming the Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS
register.
0
SS0
WO
-
SS0 Initiate
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no
meaningful data. When set by software, sampling is triggered on Sample
Sequencer 0, assuming the Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS
register.
November 30, 2007
281
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 10: ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC), offset 0x030
This register controls the amount of hardware averaging applied to conversion results. The final
conversion result stored in the FIFO is averaged from 2 AVG consecutive ADC samples at the specified
ADC speed. If AVG is 0, the sample is passed directly through without any averaging. If AVG=6,
then 64 consecutive ADC samples are averaged to generate one result in the sequencer FIFO. An
AVG = 7 provides unpredictable results.
ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
AVG
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2:0
AVG
R/W
0x0
Hardware Averaging Control
Specifies the amount of hardware averaging that will be applied to ADC
samples. The AVG field can be any value between 0 and 6. Entering a
value of 7 creates unpredictable results.
Value Description
0x0
No hardware oversampling
0x1
2x hardware oversampling
0x2
4x hardware oversampling
0x3
8x hardware oversampling
0x4
16x hardware oversampling
0x5
32x hardware oversampling
0x6
64x hardware oversampling
0x7
Reserved
282
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 11: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0),
offset 0x040
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 0.
This register is 32-bits wide and contains information for eight possible samples.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
27
MUX7
26
25
reserved
24
23
MUX6
22
21
reserved
20
19
MUX5
18
17
reserved
16
MUX4
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
28
RO
0
RO
0
MUX3
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
MUX2
R/W
0
reserved
MUX1
reserved
MUX0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:30
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
29:28
MUX7
R/W
0
8th Sample Input Select
The MUX7 field is used during the eighth sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer. It specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion. The value set here indicates
the corresponding pin, for example, a value of 1 indicates the input is
ADC1.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25:24
MUX6
R/W
0
7th Sample Input Select
The MUX6 field is used during the seventh sample of a sequence
executed with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog
inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
23:22
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
21:20
MUX5
R/W
0
6th Sample Input Select
The MUX5 field is used during the sixth sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
283
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
17:16
MUX4
R/W
0
Description
5th Sample Input Select
The MUX4 field is used during the fifth sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
15:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13:12
MUX3
R/W
0
4th Sample Input Select
The MUX3 field is used during the fourth sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9:8
MUX2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Input Select
The MUX2 field is used during the third sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:4
MUX1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Input Select
The MUX1 field is used during the second sample of a sequence
executed with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog
inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
3:2
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1:0
MUX0
R/W
0
1st Sample Input Select
The MUX0 field is used during the first sample of a sequence executed
with the Sample Sequencer and specifies which of the analog inputs is
sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
284
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0), offset 0x044
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 0. When configuring a sample sequence, the END bit must be set at some point,
whether it be after the first sample, last sample, or any sample in between.
This register is 32-bits wide and contains information for eight possible samples.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TS7
IE7
END7
D7
TS6
IE6
END6
D6
TS5
IE5
END5
D5
TS4
IE4
END4
D4
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
TS7
R/W
0
Description
8th Sample Temp Sensor Select
The TS7 bit is used during the eighth sample of the sample sequence
and specifies the input source of the sample. If set, the temperature
sensor is read. Otherwise, the input pin specified by the ADCSSMUX
register is read.
30
IE7
R/W
0
8th Sample Interrupt Enable
The IE7 bit is used during the eighth sample of the sample sequence
and specifies whether the raw interrupt signal (INR0 bit) is asserted at
the end of the sample's conversion. If the MASK0 bit in the ADCIM
register is set, the interrupt is promoted to a controller-level interrupt.
When this bit is set, the raw interrupt is asserted, otherwise it is not. It
is legal to have multiple samples within a sequence generate interrupts.
29
END7
R/W
0
8th Sample is End of Sequence
The END7 bit indicates that this is the last sample of the sequence. It is
possible to end the sequence on any sample position. Samples defined
after the sample containing a set END are not requested for conversion
even though the fields may be non-zero. It is required that software write
the END bit somewhere within the sequence. (Sample Sequencer 3,
which only has a single sample in the sequence, is hardwired to have
the END0 bit set.)
Setting this bit indicates that this sample is the last in the sequence.
28
D7
R/W
0
8th Sample Diff Input Select
The D7 bit indicates that the analog input is to be differentially sampled.
The corresponding ADCSSMUXx nibble must be set to the pair number
"i", where the paired inputs are "2i and 2i+1". The temperature sensor
does not have a differential option. When set, the analog inputs are
differentially sampled.
27
TS6
R/W
0
7th Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the seventh sample.
November 30, 2007
285
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
26
IE6
R/W
0
Description
7th Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the seventh sample.
25
END6
R/W
0
7th Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the seventh sample.
24
D6
R/W
0
7th Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the seventh sample.
23
TS5
R/W
0
6th Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the sixth sample.
22
IE5
R/W
0
6th Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the sixth sample.
21
END5
R/W
0
6th Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the sixth sample.
20
D5
R/W
0
6th Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the sixth sample.
19
TS4
R/W
0
5th Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the fifth sample.
18
IE4
R/W
0
5th Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the fifth sample.
17
END4
R/W
0
5th Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the fifth sample.
16
D4
R/W
0
5th Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the fifth sample.
15
TS3
R/W
0
4th Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the fourth sample.
14
IE3
R/W
0
4th Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the fourth sample.
13
END3
R/W
0
4th Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the fourth sample.
12
D3
R/W
0
4th Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the fourth sample.
11
TS2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the third sample.
286
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
10
IE2
R/W
0
Description
3rd Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the third sample.
9
END2
R/W
0
3rd Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the third sample.
8
D2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the third sample.
7
TS1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the second sample.
6
IE1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the second sample.
5
END1
R/W
0
2nd Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the second sample.
4
D1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the second sample.
3
TS0
R/W
0
1st Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the first sample.
2
IE0
R/W
0
1st Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the first sample.
1
END0
R/W
0
1st Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the first sample.
Since this sequencer has only one entry, this bit must be set.
0
D0
R/W
0
1st Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the first sample.
November 30, 2007
287
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 13: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0), offset 0x048
Register 14: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1 (ADCSSFIFO1), offset 0x068
Register 15: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2 (ADCSSFIFO2), offset 0x088
Register 16: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3 (ADCSSFIFO3), offset
0x0A8
This register contains the conversion results for samples collected with the Sample Sequencer (the
ADCSSFIFO0 register is used for Sample Sequencer 0, ADCSSFIFO1 for Sequencer 1,
ADCSSFIFO2 for Sequencer 2, and ADCSSFIFO3 for Sequencer 3). Reads of this register return
conversion result data in the order sample 0, sample 1, and so on, until the FIFO is empty. If the
FIFO is not properly handled by software, overflow and underflow conditions are registered in the
ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x048
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DATA
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:10
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9:0
DATA
RO
0x00
Conversion Result Data
288
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 17: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0), offset
0x04C
Register 18: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status (ADCSSFSTAT1), offset
0x06C
Register 19: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status (ADCSSFSTAT2), offset
0x08C
Register 20: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status (ADCSSFSTAT3), offset
0x0AC
This register provides a window into the Sample Sequencer, providing full/empty status information
as well as the positions of the head and tail pointers. The reset value of 0x100 indicates an empty
FIFO. The ADCSSFSTAT0 register provides status on FIF0, ADCSSFSTAT1 on FIFO1,
ADCSSFSTAT2 on FIFO2, and ADCSSFSTAT3 on FIFO3.
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x04C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0100
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
FULL
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
EMPTY
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
HPTR
TPTR
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:13
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
FULL
RO
0
FIFO Full
When set, indicates that the FIFO is currently full.
11:9
reserved
RO
0x00
8
EMPTY
RO
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
FIFO Empty
When set, indicates that the FIFO is currently empty.
7:4
HPTR
RO
0x00
FIFO Head Pointer
This field contains the current "head" pointer index for the FIFO, that is,
the next entry to be written.
3:0
TPTR
RO
0x00
FIFO Tail Pointer
This field contains the current "tail" pointer index for the FIFO, that is,
the next entry to be read.
November 30, 2007
289
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 21: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1),
offset 0x060
Register 22: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2),
offset 0x080
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 1 or 2. These registers are 16-bits wide and contain information for four possible
samples. See the ADCSSMUX0 register on page 283 for detailed bit descriptions.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x060
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
MUX3
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
MUX2
R/W
0
reserved
MUX1
reserved
MUX0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:14
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13:12
MUX3
R/W
0
4th Sample Input Select
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9:8
MUX2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Input Select
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:4
MUX1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Input Select
3:2
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1:0
MUX0
R/W
0
1st Sample Input Select
290
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 23: ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1), offset 0x064
Register 24: ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2), offset 0x084
These registers contain the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 1 or 2. When configuring a sample sequence, the END bit must be set at some
point, whether it be after the first sample, last sample, or any sample in between. This register is
16-bits wide and contains information for four possible samples. See the ADCSSCTL0 register on
page 285 for detailed bit descriptions.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x064
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15
TS3
R/W
0
4th Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the fourth sample.
14
IE3
R/W
0
4th Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the fourth sample.
13
END3
R/W
0
4th Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the fourth sample.
12
D3
R/W
0
4th Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the fourth sample.
11
TS2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the third sample.
10
IE2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the third sample.
9
END2
R/W
0
3rd Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the third sample.
8
D2
R/W
0
3rd Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the third sample.
November 30, 2007
291
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7
TS1
R/W
0
Description
2nd Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the second sample.
6
IE1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the second sample.
5
END1
R/W
0
2nd Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the second sample.
4
D1
R/W
0
2nd Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the second sample.
3
TS0
R/W
0
1st Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the first sample.
2
IE0
R/W
0
1st Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the first sample.
1
END0
R/W
0
1st Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the first sample.
Since this sequencer has only one entry, this bit must be set.
0
D0
R/W
0
1st Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the first sample.
292
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 25: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3),
offset 0x0A0
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 3. This register is 4-bits wide and contains information for one possible sample.
See the ADCSSMUX0 register on page 283 for detailed bit descriptions.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x0A0
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
0
MUX0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1:0
MUX0
R/W
0
1st Sample Input Select
November 30, 2007
293
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 26: ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3), offset 0x0A4
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 3. The END bit is always set since there is only one sample in this sequencer.
This register is 4-bits wide and contains information for one possible sample. See the ADCSSCTL0
register on page 285 for detailed bit descriptions.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x0A4
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0002
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TS0
R/W
0
1st Sample Temp Sensor Select
Same definition as TS7 but used during the first sample.
2
IE0
R/W
0
1st Sample Interrupt Enable
Same definition as IE7 but used during the first sample.
1
END0
R/W
1
1st Sample is End of Sequence
Same definition as END7 but used during the first sample.
Since this sequencer has only one entry, this bit must be set.
0
D0
R/W
0
1st Sample Diff Input Select
Same definition as D7 but used during the first sample.
294
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 27: ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB), offset 0x100
This register provides loopback operation within the digital logic of the ADC, which can be useful in
debugging software without having to provide actual analog stimulus. This test mode is entered by
writing a value of 0x0000.0001 to this register. When data is read from the FIFO in loopback mode,
the read-only portion of this register is returned.
Read-Only Register
ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x100
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CNT
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
CONT
DIFF
TS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
MUX
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:10
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9:6
CNT
RO
0x0
Continuous Sample Counter
Continuous sample counter that is initialized to 0 and counts each
sample as it processed. This helps provide a unique value for the data
received.
5
CONT
RO
0
Continuation Sample Indicator
When set, indicates that this is a continuation sample. For example, if
two sequencers were to run back-to-back, this indicates that the
controller kept continuously sampling at full rate.
4
DIFF
RO
0
Differential Sample Indicator
When set, indicates that this is a differential sample.
3
TS
RO
0
Temp Sensor Sample Indicator
When set, indicates that this is a temperature sensor sample.
2:0
MUX
RO
0x0
Analog Input Indicator
Indicates which analog input is to be sampled.
November 30, 2007
295
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Write-Only Register
ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB)
Base 0x4003.8000
Offset 0x100
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
LB
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
LB
WO
0
Loopback Mode Enable
When set, forces a loopback within the digital block to provide information
on input and unique numbering.
The 10-bit loopback data is defined as shown in the read for bits 9:0
above.
296
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
13
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters
(UARTs)
®
The Stellaris Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) provides fully programmable,
16C550-type serial interface characteristics. The LM3S2965 controller is equipped with three UART
modules.
Each UART has the following features:
■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs
■ Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional
double-buffered interface
■ FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8
■ Programmable baud-rate generator allowing rates up to 3.125 Mbps
■ Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity
■ False start bit detection
■ Line-break generation and detection
■ Fully programmable serial interface characteristics:
– 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits
– Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection
– 1 or 2 stop bit generation
■ IrDA serial-IR (SIR) encoder/decoder providing:
– Programmable use of IrDA Serial InfraRed (SIR) or UART input/output
– Support of IrDA SIR encoder/decoder functions for data rates up to 115.2 Kbps half-duplex
– Support of normal 3/16 and low-power (1.41-2.23 μs) bit durations
– Programmable internal clock generator enabling division of reference clock by 1 to 256 for
low-power mode bit duration
November 30, 2007
297
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
13.1
Block Diagram
Figure 13-1. UART Module Block Diagram
System Clock
Interrupt Control
Interrupt
TXFIFO
16x8
UARTIFLS
.
.
.
UARTIM
UARTMIS
UARTRIS
Identification
Registers
UARTICR
Transmitter
UnTx
Receiver
UnRx
UARTPCellID0
UARTPCellID1
Baud Rate
Generator
UARTDR
UARTPCellID2
UARTIBRD
UARTPCellID3
UARTFBRD
UARTPeriphID0
UARTPeriphID1
UARTPeriphID2
UARTPeriphID3
Control / Status
UART PeriphID4
UARTRSR/ECR
UARTPeriphID5
RXFIFO
16x8
UARTFR
UARTPeriphID6
UARTLCRH
UARTPeriphID7
UARTCTL
UARTILPR
13.2
.
.
.
Functional Description
®
Each Stellaris UART performs the functions of parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel conversions.
It is similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, but is not register compatible.
The UART is configured for transmit and/or receive via the TXE and RXE bits of the UART Control
(UARTCTL) register (see page 316). Transmit and receive are both enabled out of reset. Before any
control registers are programmed, the UART must be disabled by clearing the UARTEN bit in
UARTCTL. If the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed
prior to the UART stopping.
The UART peripheral also includes a serial IR (SIR) encoder/decoder block that can be connected
to an infrared transceiver to implement an IrDA SIR physical layer. The SIR function is programmed
using the UARTCTL register.
13.2.1
Transmit/Receive Logic
The transmit logic performs parallel-to-serial conversion on the data read from the transmit FIFO.
The control logic outputs the serial bit stream beginning with a start bit, and followed by the data
298
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
bits (LSB first), parity bit, and the stop bits according to the programmed configuration in the control
registers. See Figure 13-2 on page 299 for details.
The receive logic performs serial-to-parallel conversion on the received bit stream after a valid start
pulse has been detected. Overrun, parity, frame error checking, and line-break detection are also
performed, and their status accompanies the data that is written to the receive FIFO.
Figure 13-2. UART Character Frame
UnTX
LSB
1
5-8 data bits
0
n
Start
13.2.2
1-2
stop bits
MSB
Parity bit
if enabled
Baud-Rate Generation
The baud-rate divisor is a 22-bit number consisting of a 16-bit integer and a 6-bit fractional part.
The number formed by these two values is used by the baud-rate generator to determine the bit
period. Having a fractional baud-rate divider allows the UART to generate all the standard baud
rates.
The 16-bit integer is loaded through the UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) register
(see page 312) and the 6-bit fractional part is loaded with the UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor
(UARTFBRD) register (see page 313). The baud-rate divisor (BRD) has the following relationship
to the system clock (where BRDI is the integer part of the BRD and BRDF is the fractional part,
separated by a decimal place.):
BRD = BRDI + BRDF = SysClk / (16 * Baud Rate)
The 6-bit fractional number (that is to be loaded into the DIVFRAC bit field in the UARTFBRD register)
can be calculated by taking the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor, multiplying it by 64, and
adding 0.5 to account for rounding errors:
UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5)
The UART generates an internal baud-rate reference clock at 16x the baud-rate (referred to as
Baud16). This reference clock is divided by 16 to generate the transmit clock, and is used for error
detection during receive operations.
Along with the UART Line Control, High Byte (UARTLCRH) register (see page 314), the UARTIBRD
and UARTFBRD registers form an internal 30-bit register. This internal register is only updated
when a write operation to UARTLCRH is performed, so any changes to the baud-rate divisor must
be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register for the changes to take effect.
To update the baud-rate registers, there are four possible sequences:
■ UARTIBRD write, UARTFBRD write, and UARTLCRH write
■ UARTFBRD write, UARTIBRD write, and UARTLCRH write
■ UARTIBRD write and UARTLCRH write
■ UARTFBRD write and UARTLCRH write
November 30, 2007
299
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
13.2.3
Data Transmission
Data received or transmitted is stored in two 16-byte FIFOs, though the receive FIFO has an extra
four bits per character for status information. For transmission, data is written into the transmit FIFO.
If the UART is enabled, it causes a data frame to start transmitting with the parameters indicated
in the UARTLCRH register. Data continues to be transmitted until there is no data left in the transmit
FIFO. The BUSY bit in the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 309) is asserted as soon as
data is written to the transmit FIFO (that is, if the FIFO is non-empty) and remains asserted while
data is being transmitted. The BUSY bit is negated only when the transmit FIFO is empty, and the
last character has been transmitted from the shift register, including the stop bits. The UART can
indicate that it is busy even though the UART may no longer be enabled.
When the receiver is idle (the UnRx is continuously 1) and the data input goes Low (a start bit has
been received), the receive counter begins running and data is sampled on the eighth cycle of
Baud16 (described in “Transmit/Receive Logic” on page 298).
The start bit is valid if UnRx is still low on the eighth cycle of Baud16, otherwise a false start bit is
detected and it is ignored. Start bit errors can be viewed in the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR)
register (see page 307). If the start bit was valid, successive data bits are sampled on every 16th
cycle of Baud16 (that is, one bit period later) according to the programmed length of the data
characters. The parity bit is then checked if parity mode was enabled. Data length and parity are
defined in the UARTLCRH register.
Lastly, a valid stop bit is confirmed if UnRx is High, otherwise a framing error has occurred. When
a full word is received, the data is stored in the receive FIFO, with any error bits associated with
that word.
13.2.4
Serial IR (SIR)
The UART peripheral includes an IrDA serial-IR (SIR) encoder/decoder block. The IrDA SIR block
provides functionality that converts between an asynchronous UART data stream, and half-duplex
serial SIR interface. No analog processing is performed on-chip. The role of the SIR block is to
provide a digital encoded output, and decoded input to the UART. The UART signal pins can be
connected to an infrared transceiver to implement an IrDA SIR physical layer link. The SIR block
has two modes of operation:
■ In normal IrDA mode, a zero logic level is transmitted as high pulse of 3/16th duration of the
selected baud rate bit period on the output pin, while logic one levels are transmitted as a static
LOW signal. These levels control the driver of an infrared transmitter, sending a pulse of light
for each zero. On the reception side, the incoming light pulses energize the photo transistor base
of the receiver, pulling its output LOW. This drives the UART input pin LOW.
■ In low-power IrDA mode, the width of the transmitted infrared pulse is set to three times the
period of the internally generated IrLPBaud16 signal (1.63 µs, assuming a nominal 1.8432 MHz
frequency) by changing the appropriate bit in the UARTCR register.
Figure 13-3 on page 301 shows the UART transmit and receive signals, with and without IrDA
modulation.
300
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 13-3. IrDA Data Modulation
Data bits
Start
bit
UnTx
1
0
0
0
1
Stop
bit
0
0
1
1
1
UnTx with IrDA
3
16 Bit period
Bit period
UnRx with IrDA
UnRx
0
1
0
1
Start
0
0
1
1
0
Data bits
1
Stop
In both normal and low-power IrDA modes:
■ During transmission, the UART data bit is used as the base for encoding
■ During reception, the decoded bits are transferred to the UART receive logic
The IrDA SIR physical layer specifies a half-duplex communication link, with a minimum 10 ms delay
between transmission and reception. This delay must be generated by software because it is not
automatically supported by the UART. The delay is required because the infrared receiver electronics
might become biased, or even saturated from the optical power coupled from the adjacent transmitter
LED. This delay is known as latency, or receiver setup time.
13.2.5
FIFO Operation
The UART has two 16-entry FIFOs; one for transmit and one for receive. Both FIFOs are accessed
via the UART Data (UARTDR) register (see page 305). Read operations of the UARTDR register
return a 12-bit value consisting of 8 data bits and 4 error flags while write operations place 8-bit data
in the transmit FIFO.
Out of reset, both FIFOs are disabled and act as 1-byte-deep holding registers. The FIFOs are
enabled by setting the FEN bit in UARTLCRH (page 314).
FIFO status can be monitored via the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 309) and the UART
Receive Status (UARTRSR) register. Hardware monitors empty, full and overrun conditions. The
UARTFR register contains empty and full flags (TXFE, TXFF, RXFE, and RXFF bits) and the
UARTRSR register shows overrun status via the OE bit.
The trigger points at which the FIFOs generate interrupts is controlled via the UART Interrupt FIFO
Level Select (UARTIFLS) register (see page 318). Both FIFOs can be individually configured to
trigger interrupts at different levels. Available configurations include 1/8, ¼, ½, ¾, and 7/8. For
example, if the ¼ option is selected for the receive FIFO, the UART generates a receive interrupt
after 4 data bytes are received. Out of reset, both FIFOs are configured to trigger an interrupt at the
½ mark.
13.2.6
Interrupts
The UART can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
■ Overrun Error
■ Break Error
November 30, 2007
301
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
■ Parity Error
■ Framing Error
■ Receive Timeout
■ Transmit (when condition defined in the TXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met)
■ Receive (when condition defined in the RXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met)
All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the
UART can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. Software can
service multiple interrupt events in a single interrupt service routine by reading the UART Masked
Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) register (see page 323).
The interrupt events that can trigger a controller-level interrupt are defined in the UART Interrupt
Mask (UARTIM ) register (see page 320) by setting the corresponding IM bit to 1. If interrupts are
not used, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS)
register (see page 322).
Interrupts are always cleared (for both the UARTMIS and UARTRIS registers) by setting the
corresponding bit in the UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) register (see page 324).
The receive timeout interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is not empty, and no further data
is received over a 32-bit period. The receive timeout interrupt is cleared either when the FIFO
becomes empty through reading all the data (or by reading the holding register), or when a 1 is
written to the corresponding bit in the UARTICR register.
13.2.7
Loopback Operation
The UART can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This is
accomplished by setting the LBE bit in the UARTCTL register (see page 316). In loopback mode,
data transmitted on UnTx is received on the UnRx input.
13.2.8
IrDA SIR block
The IrDA SIR block contains an IrDA serial IR (SIR) protocol encoder/decoder. When enabled, the
SIR block uses the UnTx and UnRx pins for the SIR protocol, which should be connected to an IR
transceiver.
The SIR block can receive and transmit, but it is only half-duplex so it cannot do both at the same
time. Transmission must be stopped before data can be received. The IrDA SIR physical layer
specifies a minimum 10-ms delay between transmission and reception.
13.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the UARTs, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the UART0, UART1, or UART2
bits in the RCGC1 register.
This section discusses the steps that are required for using a UART module. For this example, the
system clock is assumed to be 20 MHz and the desired UART configuration is:
■ 115200 baud rate
■ Data length of 8 bits
■ One stop bit
302
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
■ No parity
■ FIFOs disabled
■ No interrupts
The first thing to consider when programming the UART is the baud-rate divisor (BRD), since the
UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers must be written before the UARTLCRH register. Using the
equation described in “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 299, the BRD can be calculated:
BRD = 20,000,000 / (16 * 115,200) = 10.8507
which means that the DIVINT field of the UARTIBRD register (see page 312) should be set to 10.
The value to be loaded into the UARTFBRD register (see page 313) is calculated by the equation:
UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(0.8507 * 64 + 0.5) = 54
With the BRD values in hand, the UART configuration is written to the module in the following order:
1. Disable the UART by clearing the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register.
2. Write the integer portion of the BRD to the UARTIBRD register.
3. Write the fractional portion of the BRD to the UARTFBRD register.
4. Write the desired serial parameters to the UARTLCRH register (in this case, a value of
0x0000.0060).
5. Enable the UART by setting the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register.
13.4
Register Map
Table 13-1 on page 303 lists the UART registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that UART’s base address:
■ UART0: 0x4000.C000
■ UART1: 0x4000.D000
■ UART2: 0x4000.E000
Note:
The UART must be disabled (see the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register on page 316)
before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. When the UART is disabled during
a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping.
Table 13-1. UART Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
0x000
UARTDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Data
305
0x004
UARTRSR/UARTECR
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Receive Status/Error Clear
307
0x018
UARTFR
RO
0x0000.0090
UART Flag
309
0x020
UARTILPR
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART IrDA Low-Power Register
311
November 30, 2007
303
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Name
Type
Reset
0x024
UARTIBRD
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor
312
0x028
UARTFBRD
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor
313
0x02C
UARTLCRH
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Line Control
314
0x030
UARTCTL
R/W
0x0000.0300
UART Control
316
0x034
UARTIFLS
R/W
0x0000.0012
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select
318
0x038
UARTIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
UART Interrupt Mask
320
0x03C
UARTRIS
RO
0x0000.000F
UART Raw Interrupt Status
322
0x040
UARTMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Masked Interrupt Status
323
0x044
UARTICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
UART Interrupt Clear
324
0xFD0
UARTPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Peripheral Identification 4
326
0xFD4
UARTPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Peripheral Identification 5
327
0xFD8
UARTPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Peripheral Identification 6
328
0xFDC
UARTPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Peripheral Identification 7
329
0xFE0
UARTPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0011
UART Peripheral Identification 0
330
0xFE4
UARTPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0000
UART Peripheral Identification 1
331
0xFE8
UARTPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
UART Peripheral Identification 2
332
0xFEC
UARTPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
UART Peripheral Identification 3
333
0xFF0
UARTPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
UART PrimeCell Identification 0
334
0xFF4
UARTPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
UART PrimeCell Identification 1
335
0xFF8
UARTPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
UART PrimeCell Identification 2
336
0xFFC
UARTPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
UART PrimeCell Identification 3
337
13.5
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the UART registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
304
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000
This register is the data register (the interface to the FIFOs).
When FIFOs are enabled, data written to this location is pushed onto the transmit FIFO. If FIFOs
are disabled, data is stored in the transmitter holding register (the bottom word of the transmit FIFO).
A write to this register initiates a transmission from the UART.
For received data, if the FIFO is enabled, the data byte and the 4-bit status (break, frame, parity,
and overrun) is pushed onto the 12-bit wide receive FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, the data byte and
status are stored in the receiving holding register (the bottom word of the receive FIFO). The received
data can be retrieved by reading this register.
UART Data (UARTDR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
OE
BE
PE
FE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
DATA
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
OE
RO
0
UART Overrun Error
The OE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
10
BE
RO
0
0
There has been no data loss due to a FIFO overrun.
1
New data was received when the FIFO was full, resulting in
data loss.
UART Break Error
This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that
the receive data input was held Low for longer than a full-word
transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits).
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of
the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the
FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the received data input
goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received.
November 30, 2007
305
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9
PE
RO
0
Description
UART Parity Error
This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does
not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of
the FIFO.
8
FE
RO
0
UART Framing Error
This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid
stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1).
7:0
DATA
R/W
0
Data Transmitted or Received
When written, the data that is to be transmitted via the UART. When
read, the data that was received by the UART.
306
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 2: UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset
0x004
The UARTRSR/UARTECR register is the receive status register/error clear register.
In addition to the UARTDR register, receive status can also be read from the UARTRSR register.
If the status is read from this register, then the status information corresponds to the entry read from
UARTDR prior to reading UARTRSR. The status information for overrun is set immediately when
an overrun condition occurs.
The UARTRSR register cannot be written.
A write of any value to the UARTECR register clears the framing, parity, break, and overrun errors.
All the bits are cleared to 0 on reset.
Read-Only Receive Status (UARTRSR) Register
UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
OE
BE
PE
FE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
OE
RO
0
UART Overrun Error
When this bit is set to 1, data is received and the FIFO is already full.
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
The FIFO contents remain valid since no further data is written when
the FIFO is full, only the contents of the shift register are overwritten.
The CPU must now read the data in order to empty the FIFO.
2
BE
RO
0
UART Break Error
This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that
the received data input was held Low for longer than a full-word
transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits).
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of
the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the
FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the receive data input
goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received.
November 30, 2007
307
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
PE
RO
0
Description
UART Parity Error
This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does
not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register.
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
0
FE
RO
0
UART Framing Error
This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid
stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1).
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of
the FIFO.
Write-Only Error Clear (UARTECR) Register
UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x004
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
DATA
WO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
WO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DATA
WO
0
Error Clear
A write to this register of any data clears the framing, parity, break, and
overrun flags.
308
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018
The UARTFR register is the flag register. After reset, the TXFF, RXFF, and BUSY bits are 0, and
TXFE and RXFE bits are 1.
UART Flag (UARTFR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0090
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXFE
RXFF
TXFF
RXFE
BUSY
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
TXFE
RO
1
UART Transmit FIFO Empty
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled (FEN is 0), this bit is set when the transmit holding
register is empty.
If the FIFO is enabled (FEN is 1), this bit is set when the transmit FIFO
is empty.
6
RXFF
RO
0
UART Receive FIFO Full
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register
is full.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is full.
5
TXFF
RO
0
UART Transmit FIFO Full
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the transmit holding register
is full.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is full.
November 30, 2007
309
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
RXFE
RO
1
Description
UART Receive FIFO Empty
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register
is empty.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is empty.
3
BUSY
RO
0
UART Busy
When this bit is 1, the UART is busy transmitting data. This bit remains
set until the complete byte, including all stop bits, has been sent from
the shift register.
This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes non-empty
(regardless of whether UART is enabled).
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
310
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR), offset 0x020
The UARTILPR register is an 8-bit read/write register that stores the low-power counter divisor
value used to generate the IrLPBaud16 signal by dividing down the system clock (SysClk). All the
bits are cleared to 0 when reset.
The IrLPBaud16 internal signal is generated by dividing down the UARTCLK signal according to
the low-power divisor value written to UARTILPR. The low-power divisor value is calculated as
follows:
ILPDVSR = SysClk / FIrLPBaud16
where FIrLPBaud16 is nominally 1.8432 MHz.
IrLPBaud16 is an internal signal used for SIR pulse generation when low-power mode is used.
You must choose the divisor so that 1.42 MHz < FIrLPBaud16 < 2.12 MHz, which results in a low-power
pulse duration of 1.41–2.11 μs (three times the period of IrLPBaud16). The minimum frequency
of IrLPBaud16 ensures that pulses less than one period of IrLPBaud16 are rejected, but that
pulses greater than 1.4 μs are accepted as valid pulses.
Note:
Zero is an illegal value. Programming a zero value results in no IrLPBaud16 pulses being
generated.
UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
ILPDVSR
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0
7:0
ILPDVSR
R/W
0x00
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
IrDA Low-Power Divisor
This is an 8-bit low-power divisor value.
November 30, 2007
311
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 5: UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024
The UARTIBRD register is the integer part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared
on reset. The minimum possible divide ratio is 1 (when UARTIBRD=0), in which case the UARTFBRD
register is ignored. When changing the UARTIBRD register, the new value does not take effect until
transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor
must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 299
for configuration details.
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x024
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
DIVINT
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0
15:0
DIVINT
R/W
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Integer Baud-Rate Divisor
312
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028
The UARTFBRD register is the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared
on reset. When changing the UARTFBRD register, the new value does not take effect until
transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor
must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 299
for configuration details.
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x028
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
DIVFRAC
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:0
DIVFRAC
R/W
0x000
Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor
November 30, 2007
313
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 7: UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C
The UARTLCRH register is the line control register. Serial parameters such as data length, parity,
and stop bit selection are implemented in this register.
When updating the baud-rate divisor (UARTIBRD and/or UARTIFRD), the UARTLCRH register
must also be written. The write strobe for the baud-rate divisor registers is tied to the UARTLCRH
register.
UART Line Control (UARTLCRH)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x02C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
SPS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
5
WLEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
4
3
2
1
0
FEN
STP2
EPS
PEN
BRK
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
SPS
R/W
0
UART Stick Parity Select
When bits 1, 2, and 7 of UARTLCRH are set, the parity bit is transmitted
and checked as a 0. When bits 1 and 7 are set and 2 is cleared, the
parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 1.
When this bit is cleared, stick parity is disabled.
6:5
WLEN
R/W
0
UART Word Length
The bits indicate the number of data bits transmitted or received in a
frame as follows:
Value Description
0x3 8 bits
0x2 7 bits
0x1 6 bits
0x0 5 bits (default)
4
FEN
R/W
0
UART Enable FIFOs
If this bit is set to 1, transmit and receive FIFO buffers are enabled (FIFO
mode).
When cleared to 0, FIFOs are disabled (Character mode). The FIFOs
become 1-byte-deep holding registers.
314
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
STP2
R/W
0
Description
UART Two Stop Bits Select
If this bit is set to 1, two stop bits are transmitted at the end of a frame.
The receive logic does not check for two stop bits being received.
2
EPS
R/W
0
UART Even Parity Select
If this bit is set to 1, even parity generation and checking is performed
during transmission and reception, which checks for an even number
of 1s in data and parity bits.
When cleared to 0, then odd parity is performed, which checks for an
odd number of 1s.
This bit has no effect when parity is disabled by the PEN bit.
1
PEN
R/W
0
UART Parity Enable
If this bit is set to 1, parity checking and generation is enabled; otherwise,
parity is disabled and no parity bit is added to the data frame.
0
BRK
R/W
0
UART Send Break
If this bit is set to 1, a Low level is continually output on the UnTX output,
after completing transmission of the current character. For the proper
execution of the break command, the software must set this bit for at
least two frames (character periods). For normal use, this bit must be
cleared to 0.
November 30, 2007
315
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 8: UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030
The UARTCTL register is the control register. All the bits are cleared on reset except for the
Transmit Enable (TXE) and Receive Enable (RXE) bits, which are set to 1.
To enable the UART module, the UARTEN bit must be set to 1. If software requires a configuration
change in the module, the UARTEN bit must be cleared before the configuration changes are written.
If the UART is disabled during a transmit or receive operation, the current transaction is completed
prior to the UART stopping.
UART Control (UARTCTL)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0300
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
4
3
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
RXE
TXE
LBE
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
2
1
0
SIRLP
SIREN
UARTEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
RXE
R/W
1
UART Receive Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the receive section of the UART is enabled. When
the UART is disabled in the middle of a receive, it completes the current
character before stopping.
Note:
8
TXE
R/W
1
To enable reception, the UARTEN bit must also be set.
UART Transmit Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the transmit section of the UART is enabled. When
the UART is disabled in the middle of a transmission, it completes the
current character before stopping.
Note:
7
LBE
R/W
0
To enable transmission, the UARTEN bit must also be set.
UART Loop Back Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the UnTX path is fed through the UnRX path.
6:3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
316
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
SIRLP
R/W
0
Description
UART SIR Low Power Mode
This bit selects the IrDA encoding mode. If this bit is cleared to 0,
low-level bits are transmitted as an active High pulse with a width of
3/16th of the bit period. If this bit is set to 1, low-level bits are transmitted
with a pulse width which is 3 times the period of the IrLPBaud16 input
signal, regardless of the selected bit rate. Setting this bit uses less power,
but might reduce transmission distances. See page 311 for more
information.
1
SIREN
R/W
0
UART SIR Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the IrDA SIR block is enabled, and the UART will
transmit and receive data using SIR protocol.
0
UARTEN
R/W
0
UART Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled
in the middle of transmission or reception, it completes the current
character before stopping.
November 30, 2007
317
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 9: UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034
The UARTIFLS register is the interrupt FIFO level select register. You can use this register to define
the FIFO level at which the TXRIS and RXRIS bits in the UARTRIS register are triggered.
The interrupts are generated based on a transition through a level rather than being based on the
level. That is, the interrupts are generated when the fill level progresses through the trigger level.
For example, if the receive trigger level is set to the half-way mark, the interrupt is triggered as the
module is receiving the 9th character.
Out of reset, the TXIFLSEL and RXIFLSEL bits are configured so that the FIFOs trigger an interrupt
at the half-way mark.
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x034
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0012
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RXIFLSEL
R/W
1
TXIFLSEL
R/W
1
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:3
RXIFLSEL
R/W
0x2
UART Receive Interrupt FIFO Level Select
The trigger points for the receive interrupt are as follows:
Value
Description
0x0
RX FIFO ≥ 1/8 full
0x1
RX FIFO ≥ ¼ full
0x2
RX FIFO ≥ ½ full (default)
0x3
RX FIFO ≥ ¾ full
0x4
RX FIFO ≥ 7/8 full
0x5-0x7 Reserved
318
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2:0
TXIFLSEL
R/W
0x2
Description
UART Transmit Interrupt FIFO Level Select
The trigger points for the transmit interrupt are as follows:
Value
Description
0x0
TX FIFO ≤ 1/8 full
0x1
TX FIFO ≤ ¼ full
0x2
TX FIFO ≤ ½ full (default)
0x3
TX FIFO ≤ ¾ full
0x4
TX FIFO ≤ 7/8 full
0x5-0x7 Reserved
November 30, 2007
319
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 10: UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038
The UARTIM register is the interrupt mask set/clear register.
On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. Writing a 1 to
a bit allows the corresponding raw interrupt signal to be routed to the interrupt controller. Writing a
0 prevents the raw interrupt signal from being sent to the interrupt controller.
UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x038
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
OEIM
BEIM
PEIM
FEIM
RTIM
TXIM
RXIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
OEIM
R/W
0
UART Overrun Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the OEIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the OEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
9
BEIM
R/W
0
UART Break Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the BEIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the BEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
8
PEIM
R/W
0
UART Parity Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the PEIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the PEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
7
FEIM
R/W
0
UART Framing Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the FEIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the FEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
6
RTIM
R/W
0
UART Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the RTIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RTIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
5
TXIM
R/W
0
UART Transmit Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the TXIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the TXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
320
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
RXIM
R/W
0
Description
UART Receive Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the RXIM interrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller.
3:0
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
321
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 11: UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C
The UARTRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current
raw status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x03C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000F
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
OERIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BERIS
PERIS
FERIS
RTRIS
TXRIS
RXRIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
OERIS
RO
0
UART Overrun Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
9
BERIS
RO
0
UART Break Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
8
PERIS
RO
0
UART Parity Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
7
FERIS
RO
0
UART Framing Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
6
RTRIS
RO
0
UART Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
5
TXRIS
RO
0
UART Transmit Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
4
RXRIS
RO
0
UART Receive Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
3:0
reserved
RO
0xF
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
322
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040
The UARTMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the
current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x040
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
OEMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BEMIS
PEMIS
FEMIS
RTMIS
TXMIS
RXMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
OEMIS
RO
0
UART Overrun Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
9
BEMIS
RO
0
UART Break Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
8
PEMIS
RO
0
UART Parity Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
7
FEMIS
RO
0
UART Framing Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
6
RTMIS
RO
0
UART Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
5
TXMIS
RO
0
UART Transmit Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
4
RXMIS
RO
0
UART Receive Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
3:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
323
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 13: UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044
The UARTICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt
(both raw interrupt and masked interrupt, if enabled) is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect.
UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0x044
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
OEIC
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BEIC
PEIC
FEIC
RTIC
TXIC
RXIC
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:11
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
10
OEIC
W1C
0
Overrun Error Interrupt Clear
The OEIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
9
BEIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Break Error Interrupt Clear
The BEIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
8
PEIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Parity Error Interrupt Clear
The PEIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
324
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7
FEIC
W1C
0
Description
Framing Error Interrupt Clear
The FEIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
6
RTIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear
The RTIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
5
TXIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Transmit Interrupt Clear
The TXIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
4
RXIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Receive Interrupt Clear
The RXIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
3:0
reserved
RO
0x00
0
No effect on the interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
325
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 14: UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID4
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x0000
UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
326
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 15: UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID5
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x0000
UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
327
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 16: UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID6
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x0000
UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
328
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 17: UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID7
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0
7:0
PID7
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
329
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 18: UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0011
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x11
UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
330
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 19: UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
331
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 20: UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
332
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 21: UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
333
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 22: UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
UART PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
334
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 23: UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
UART PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
335
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
Register 24: UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
UART PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
336
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 25: UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
UART PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
337
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
14
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
®
The Stellaris microcontroller includes two Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) modules. Each SSI
is a master or slave interface for synchronous serial communication with peripheral devices that
have either Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces.
®
Each Stellaris SSI module has the following features:
■ Master or slave operation
■ Programmable clock bit rate and prescale
■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep
■ Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments
synchronous serial interfaces
■ Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits
■ Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing
14.1
Block Diagram
Figure 14-1. SSI Module Block Diagram
Interrupt
Interrupt Control
SSIIM
SSIMIS
Control / Status
SSIRIS
SSIICR
SSICR0
SSICR1
TxFIFO
8 x 16
.
.
.
SSITx
SSISR
SSIDR
RxFIFO
8 x 16
Transmit/
Receive
Logic
SSIRx
SSIClk
SSIFss
System Clock
Clock
Prescaler
Identification Registers
14.2
SSIPCellID0
SSIPeriphID0
SSIPeriphID4
SSIPCellID1
SSIPeriphID1
SSIPeriphID5
SSIPCellID2
SSIPeriphID2
SSIPeriphID6
SSIPCellID3
SSIPeriphID3
SSIPeriphID7
.
.
.
SSICPSR
Functional Description
The SSI performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device. The CPU
accesses data, control, and status information. The transmit and receive paths are buffered with
338
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
internal FIFO memories allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently in both transmit
and receive modes.
14.2.1
Bit Rate Generation
The SSI includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the serial output
clock. Bit rates are supported to 2 MHz and higher, although maximum bit rate is determined by
peripheral devices.
The serial bit rate is derived by dividing down the 50-MHz input clock. The clock is first divided by
an even prescale value CPSDVSR from 2 to 254, which is programmed in the SSI Clock Prescale
(SSICPSR) register (see page 357). The clock is further divided by a value from 1 to 256, which is
1 + SCR, where SCR is the value programmed in the SSI Control0 (SSICR0) register (see page 350).
The frequency of the output clock SSIClk is defined by:
FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
Note that although the SSIClk transmit clock can theoretically be 25 MHz, the module may not be
able to operate at that speed. For master mode, the system clock must be at least two times faster
than the SSIClk. For slave mode, the system clock must be at least 12 times faster than the SSIClk.
See “Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)” on page 540 to view SSI timing parameters.
14.2.2
FIFO Operation
14.2.2.1 Transmit FIFO
The common transmit FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. The
CPU writes data to the FIFO by writing the SSI Data (SSIDR) register (see page 354), and data is
stored in the FIFO until it is read out by the transmission logic.
When configured as a master or a slave, parallel data is written into the transmit FIFO prior to serial
conversion and transmission to the attached slave or master, respectively, through the SSITx pin.
14.2.2.2 Receive FIFO
The common receive FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer.
Received data from the serial interface is stored in the buffer until read out by the CPU, which
accesses the read FIFO by reading the SSIDR register.
When configured as a master or slave, serial data received through the SSIRx pin is registered
prior to parallel loading into the attached slave or master receive FIFO, respectively.
14.2.3
Interrupts
The SSI can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
■ Transmit FIFO service
■ Receive FIFO service
■ Receive FIFO time-out
■ Receive FIFO overrun
All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the SSI
can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. You can mask each
November 30, 2007
339
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
of the four individual maskable interrupts by setting the appropriate bits in the SSI Interrupt Mask
(SSIIM) register (see page 358). Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1 enables the interrupt.
Provision of the individual outputs, as well as a combined interrupt output, allows use of either a
global interrupt service routine, or modular device drivers to handle interrupts. The transmit and
receive dynamic dataflow interrupts have been separated from the status interrupts so that data
can be read or written in response to the FIFO trigger levels. The status of the individual interrupt
sources can be read from the SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) and SSI Masked Interrupt Status
(SSIMIS) registers (see page 360 and page 361, respectively).
14.2.4
Frame Formats
Each data frame is between 4 and 16 bits long, depending on the size of data programmed, and is
transmitted starting with the MSB. There are three basic frame types that can be selected:
■ Texas Instruments synchronous serial
■ Freescale SPI
■ MICROWIRE
For all three formats, the serial clock (SSIClk) is held inactive while the SSI is idle, and SSIClk
transitions at the programmed frequency only during active transmission or reception of data. The
idle state of SSIClk is utilized to provide a receive timeout indication that occurs when the receive
FIFO still contains data after a timeout period.
For Freescale SPI and MICROWIRE frame formats, the serial frame (SSIFss ) pin is active Low,
and is asserted (pulled down) during the entire transmission of the frame.
For Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format, the SSIFss pin is pulsed for one serial
clock period starting at its rising edge, prior to the transmission of each frame. For this frame format,
both the SSI and the off-chip slave device drive their output data on the rising edge of SSIClk, and
latch data from the other device on the falling edge.
Unlike the full-duplex transmission of the other two frame formats, the MICROWIRE format uses a
special master-slave messaging technique, which operates at half-duplex. In this mode, when a
frame begins, an 8-bit control message is transmitted to the off-chip slave. During this transmit, no
incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes
it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent,
responds with the requested data. The returned data can be 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total
frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits.
14.2.4.1 Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format
Figure 14-2 on page 340 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format for a single
transmitted frame.
Figure 14-2. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx/SSIRx
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits
340
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
In this mode, SSIClk and SSIFss are forced Low, and the transmit data line SSITx is tristated
whenever the SSI is idle. Once the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO contains data, SSIFss is
pulsed High for one SSIClk period. The value to be transmitted is also transferred from the transmit
FIFO to the serial shift register of the transmit logic. On the next rising edge of SSIClk, the MSB
of the 4 to 16-bit data frame is shifted out on the SSITx pin. Likewise, the MSB of the received data
is shifted onto the SSIRx pin by the off-chip serial slave device.
Both the SSI and the off-chip serial slave device then clock each data bit into their serial shifter on
the falling edge of each SSIClk. The received data is transferred from the serial shifter to the receive
FIFO on the first rising edge of SSIClk after the LSB has been latched.
Figure 14-3 on page 341 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format when
back-to-back frames are transmitted.
Figure 14-3. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx/SSIRx
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits
14.2.4.2 Freescale SPI Frame Format
The Freescale SPI interface is a four-wire interface where the SSIFss signal behaves as a slave
select. The main feature of the Freescale SPI format is that the inactive state and phase of the
SSIClk signal are programmable through the SPO and SPH bits within the SSISCR0 control register.
SPO Clock Polarity Bit
When the SPO clock polarity control bit is Low, it produces a steady state Low value on the SSIClk
pin. If the SPO bit is High, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClk pin when data is not
being transferred.
SPH Phase Control Bit
The SPH phase control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state.
It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition
before the first data capture edge. When the SPH phase control bit is Low, data is captured on the
first clock edge transition. If the SPH bit is High, data is captured on the second clock edge transition.
14.2.4.3 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=0
Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and
SPH=0 are shown in Figure 14-4 on page 342 and Figure 14-5 on page 342.
November 30, 2007
341
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Figure 14-4. Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
MSB
LSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
MSB
SSITx
Note:
LSB
Q is undefined.
Figure 14-5. Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx LSB
MSB
LSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
SSITx LSB
MSB
LSB
MSB
In this configuration, during idle periods:
■ SSIClk is forced Low
■ SSIFss is forced High
■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low
■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad
■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. This causes slave data to be enabled onto
the SSIRx input line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled.
One half SSIClk period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx pin. Now that both the
master and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin goes High after one further half
SSIClk period.
The data is now captured on the rising and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal.
In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word have been transferred, the
SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed
High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its
serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore,
the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to
enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin
is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
342
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
14.2.4.4 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1
The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure
14-6 on page 343, which covers both single and continuous transfers.
Figure 14-6. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
Q
LSB
MSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
SSITx
Note:
MSB
LSB
Q is undefined.
In this configuration, during idle periods:
■ SSIClk is forced Low
■ SSIFss is forced High
■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low
■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad
■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output is enabled. After
a further one half SSIClk period, both master and slave valid data is enabled onto their respective
transmission lines. At the same time, the SSIClk is enabled with a rising edge transition.
Data is then captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk signal.
In the case of a single word transfer, after all bits have been transferred, the SSIFss line is returned
to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words
and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer.
14.2.4.5 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=0
Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and
SPH=0 are shown in Figure 14-7 on page 344 and Figure 14-8 on page 344.
November 30, 2007
343
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Figure 14-7. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
MSB
LSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
SSITx
MSB
Note:
Q is undefined.
LSB
Figure 14-8. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx/SSIRxLSB
MSB
LSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
In this configuration, during idle periods:
■ SSIClk is forced High
■ SSIFss is forced High
■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low
■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad
■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low, which causes slave data to be immediately
transferred onto the SSIRx line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled.
One half period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx line. Now that both the master
and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin becomes Low after one further half
SSIClk period. This means that data is captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising
edges of the SSIClk signal.
In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word are transferred, the SSIFss
line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed
High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its
serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore,
the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to
enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin
is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
344
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
14.2.4.6 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1
The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure
14-9 on page 345, which covers both single and continuous transfers.
Figure 14-9. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
Q
LSB
MSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
SSITx
MSB
Note:
Q is undefined.
LSB
In this configuration, during idle periods:
■ SSIClk is forced High
■ SSIFss is forced High
■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low
■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad
■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output pad is enabled.
After a further one-half SSIClk period, both master and slave data are enabled onto their respective
transmission lines. At the same time, SSIClk is enabled with a falling edge transition. Data is then
captured on the rising edges and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal.
After all bits have been transferred, in the case of a single word transmission, the SSIFss line is
returned to its idle high state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured.
For continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss pin remains in its active Low state, until
the final bit of the last word has been captured, and then returns to its idle state as described above.
For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words
and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer.
14.2.4.7 MICROWIRE Frame Format
Figure 14-10 on page 346 shows the MICROWIRE frame format, again for a single frame. Figure
14-11 on page 347 shows the same format when back-to-back frames are transmitted.
November 30, 2007
345
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Figure 14-10. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame)
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx
MSB
LSB
8-bit control
SSIRx
0
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits
output data
MICROWIRE format is very similar to SPI format, except that transmission is half-duplex instead of
full-duplex, using a master-slave message passing technique. Each serial transmission begins with
an 8-bit control word that is transmitted from the SSI to the off-chip slave device. During this
transmission, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip
slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has
been sent, responds with the required data. The returned data is 4 to 16 bits in length, making the
total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits.
In this configuration, during idle periods:
■ SSIClk is forced Low
■ SSIFss is forced High
■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low
A transmission is triggered by writing a control byte to the transmit FIFO. The falling edge of SSIFss
causes the value contained in the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO to be transferred to the serial
shift register of the transmit logic, and the MSB of the 8-bit control frame to be shifted out onto the
SSITx pin. SSIFss remains Low for the duration of the frame transmission. The SSIRx pin remains
tristated during this transmission.
The off-chip serial slave device latches each control bit into its serial shifter on the rising edge of
each SSIClk. After the last bit is latched by the slave device, the control byte is decoded during a
one clock wait-state, and the slave responds by transmitting data back to the SSI. Each bit is driven
onto the SSIRx line on the falling edge of SSIClk. The SSI in turn latches each bit on the rising
edge of SSIClk. At the end of the frame, for single transfers, the SSIFss signal is pulled High one
clock period after the last bit has been latched in the receive serial shifter, which causes the data
to be transferred to the receive FIFO.
Note:
The off-chip slave device can tristate the receive line either on the falling edge of SSIClk
after the LSB has been latched by the receive shifter, or when the SSIFss pin goes High.
For continuous transfers, data transmission begins and ends in the same manner as a single transfer.
However, the SSIFss line is continuously asserted (held Low) and transmission of data occurs
back-to-back. The control byte of the next frame follows directly after the LSB of the received data
from the current frame. Each of the received values is transferred from the receive shifter on the
falling edge of SSIClk, after the LSB of the frame has been latched into the SSI.
346
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 14-11. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx
LSB
MSB
LSB
8-bit control
SSIRx
0
MSB
LSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
output data
In the MICROWIRE mode, the SSI slave samples the first bit of receive data on the rising edge of
SSIClk after SSIFss has gone Low. Masters that drive a free-running SSIClk must ensure that
the SSIFss signal has sufficient setup and hold margins with respect to the rising edge of SSIClk.
Figure 14-12 on page 347 illustrates these setup and hold time requirements. With respect to the
SSIClk rising edge on which the first bit of receive data is to be sampled by the SSI slave, SSIFss
must have a setup of at least two times the period of SSIClk on which the SSI operates. With
respect to the SSIClk rising edge previous to this edge, SSIFss must have a hold of at least one
SSIClk period.
Figure 14-12. MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements
tSetup=(2*tSSIClk)
tHold=tSSIClk
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
First RX data to be
sampled by SSI slave
14.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the SSI, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the SSI bit in the RCGC1 register.
For each of the frame formats, the SSI is configured using the following steps:
1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled before making any configuration
changes.
2. Select whether the SSI is a master or slave:
a. For master operations, set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.0000.
b. For slave mode (output enabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.0004.
c. For slave mode (output disabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000.000C.
3. Configure the clock prescale divisor by writing the SSICPSR register.
November 30, 2007
347
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
4. Write the SSICR0 register with the following configuration:
■ Serial clock rate (SCR)
■ Desired clock phase/polarity, if using Freescale SPI mode (SPH and SPO)
■ The protocol mode: Freescale SPI, TI SSF, MICROWIRE (FRF)
■ The data size (DSS)
5. Enable the SSI by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register.
As an example, assume the SSI must be configured to operate with the following parameters:
■ Master operation
■ Freescale SPI mode (SPO=1, SPH=1)
■ 1 Mbps bit rate
■ 8 data bits
Assuming the system clock is 20 MHz, the bit rate calculation would be:
FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
1x106 = 20x106 / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
In this case, if CPSDVSR=2, SCR must be 9.
The configuration sequence would be as follows:
1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled.
2. Write the SSICR1 register with a value of 0x0000.0000.
3. Write the SSICPSR register with a value of 0x0000.0002.
4. Write the SSICR0 register with a value of 0x0000.09C7.
5. The SSI is then enabled by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register to 1.
14.4
Register Map
Table 14-1 on page 349 lists the SSI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that SSI module’s base address:
■ SSI0: 0x4000.8000
■ SSI1: 0x4000.9000
Note:
The SSI must be disabled (see the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register) before any of the control
registers are reprogrammed.
348
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Table 14-1. SSI Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
0x000
SSICR0
R/W
0x0000.0000
SSI Control 0
350
0x004
SSICR1
R/W
0x0000.0000
SSI Control 1
352
0x008
SSIDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
SSI Data
354
0x00C
SSISR
RO
0x0000.0003
SSI Status
355
0x010
SSICPSR
R/W
0x0000.0000
SSI Clock Prescale
357
0x014
SSIIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
SSI Interrupt Mask
358
0x018
SSIRIS
RO
0x0000.0008
SSI Raw Interrupt Status
360
0x01C
SSIMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Masked Interrupt Status
361
0x020
SSIICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
SSI Interrupt Clear
362
0xFD0
SSIPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Peripheral Identification 4
363
0xFD4
SSIPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Peripheral Identification 5
364
0xFD8
SSIPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Peripheral Identification 6
365
0xFDC
SSIPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Peripheral Identification 7
366
0xFE0
SSIPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0022
SSI Peripheral Identification 0
367
0xFE4
SSIPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0000
SSI Peripheral Identification 1
368
0xFE8
SSIPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
SSI Peripheral Identification 2
369
0xFEC
SSIPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
SSI Peripheral Identification 3
370
0xFF0
SSIPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
SSI PrimeCell Identification 0
371
0xFF4
SSIPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
SSI PrimeCell Identification 1
372
0xFF8
SSIPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
SSI PrimeCell Identification 2
373
0xFFC
SSIPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
SSI PrimeCell Identification 3
374
14.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the SSI registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
November 30, 2007
349
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 1: SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000
SSICR0 is control register 0 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI
module. Functionality such as protocol mode, clock rate, and data size are configured in this register.
SSI Control 0 (SSICR0)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPH
SPO
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
SCR
Type
Reset
FRF
R/W
0
DSS
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:8
SCR
R/W
0x0000
SSI Serial Clock Rate
The value SCR is used to generate the transmit and receive bit rate of
the SSI. The bit rate is:
BR=FSSIClk/(CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
where CPSDVSR is an even value from 2-254 programmed in the
SSICPSR register, and SCR is a value from 0-255.
7
SPH
R/W
0
SSI Serial Clock Phase
This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format.
The SPH control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows
it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by
either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data
capture edge.
When the SPH bit is 0, data is captured on the first clock edge transition.
If SPH is 1, data is captured on the second clock edge transition.
6
SPO
R/W
0
SSI Serial Clock Polarity
This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format.
When the SPO bit is 0, it produces a steady state Low value on the
SSIClk pin. If SPO is 1, a steady state High value is placed on the
SSIClk pin when data is not being transferred.
350
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5:4
FRF
R/W
0x0
Description
SSI Frame Format Select
The FRF values are defined as follows:
Value Frame Format
0x0 Freescale SPI Frame Format
0x1 Texas Intruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format
0x2 MICROWIRE Frame Format
0x3 Reserved
3:0
DSS
R/W
0x00
SSI Data Size Select
The DSS values are defined as follows:
Value
Data Size
0x0-0x2 Reserved
0x3
4-bit data
0x4
5-bit data
0x5
6-bit data
0x6
7-bit data
0x7
8-bit data
0x8
9-bit data
0x9
10-bit data
0xA
11-bit data
0xB
12-bit data
0xC
13-bit data
0xD
14-bit data
0xE
15-bit data
0xF
16-bit data
November 30, 2007
351
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 2: SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004
SSICR1 is control register 1 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI
module. Master and slave mode functionality is controlled by this register.
SSI Control 1 (SSICR1)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SOD
MS
SSE
LBM
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
SOD
R/W
0
SSI Slave Mode Output Disable
This bit is relevant only in the Slave mode (MS=1). In multiple-slave
systems, it is possible for the SSI master to broadcast a message to all
slaves in the system while ensuring that only one slave drives data onto
the serial output line. In such systems, the TXD lines from multiple slaves
could be tied together. To operate in such a system, the SOD bit can be
configured so that the SSI slave does not drive the SSITx pin.
The SOD values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
MS
R/W
0
0
SSI can drive SSITx output in Slave Output mode.
1
SSI must not drive the SSITx output in Slave mode.
SSI Master/Slave Select
This bit selects Master or Slave mode and can be modified only when
SSI is disabled (SSE=0).
The MS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Device configured as a master.
1
Device configured as a slave.
352
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
SSE
R/W
0
Description
SSI Synchronous Serial Port Enable
Setting this bit enables SSI operation.
The SSE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
SSI operation disabled.
1
SSI operation enabled.
Note:
0
LBM
R/W
0
This bit must be set to 0 before any control registers
are reprogrammed.
SSI Loopback Mode
Setting this bit enables Loopback Test mode.
The LBM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Normal serial port operation enabled.
1
Output of the transmit serial shift register is connected internally
to the input of the receive serial shift register.
November 30, 2007
353
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 3: SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008
SSIDR is the data register and is 16-bits wide. When SSIDR is read, the entry in the receive FIFO
(pointed to by the current FIFO read pointer) is accessed. As data values are removed by the SSI
receive logic from the incoming data frame, they are placed into the entry in the receive FIFO (pointed
to by the current FIFO write pointer).
When SSIDR is written to, the entry in the transmit FIFO (pointed to by the write pointer) is written
to. Data values are removed from the transmit FIFO one value at a time by the transmit logic. It is
loaded into the transmit serial shifter, then serially shifted out onto the SSITx pin at the programmed
bit rate.
When a data size of less than 16 bits is selected, the user must right-justify data written to the
transmit FIFO. The transmit logic ignores the unused bits. Received data less than 16 bits is
automatically right-justified in the receive buffer.
When the SSI is programmed for MICROWIRE frame format, the default size for transmit data is
eight bits (the most significant byte is ignored). The receive data size is controlled by the programmer.
The transmit FIFO and the receive FIFO are not cleared even when the SSE bit in the SSICR1
register is set to zero. This allows the software to fill the transmit FIFO before enabling the SSI.
SSI Data (SSIDR)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
DATA
R/W
0x0000
SSI Receive/Transmit Data
A read operation reads the receive FIFO. A write operation writes the
transmit FIFO.
Software must right-justify data when the SSI is programmed for a data
size that is less than 16 bits. Unused bits at the top are ignored by the
transmit logic. The receive logic automatically right-justifies the data.
354
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C
SSISR is a status register that contains bits that indicate the FIFO fill status and the SSI busy status.
SSI Status (SSISR)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x00C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0003
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BSY
RFF
RNE
TNF
TFE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
R0
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:5
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
4
BSY
RO
0
SSI Busy Bit
The BSY values are defined as follows:
Value Description
3
RFF
RO
0
0
SSI is idle.
1
SSI is currently transmitting and/or receiving a frame, or the
transmit FIFO is not empty.
SSI Receive FIFO Full
The RFF values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
RNE
RO
0
0
Receive FIFO is not full.
1
Receive FIFO is full.
SSI Receive FIFO Not Empty
The RNE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Receive FIFO is empty.
1
Receive FIFO is not empty.
November 30, 2007
355
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
TNF
RO
1
Description
SSI Transmit FIFO Not Full
The TNF values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TFE
R0
1
0
Transmit FIFO is full.
1
Transmit FIFO is not full.
SSI Transmit FIFO Empty
The TFE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Transmit FIFO is not empty.
1
Transmit FIFO is empty.
356
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010
SSICPSR is the clock prescale register and specifies the division factor by which the system clock
must be internally divided before further use.
The value programmed into this register must be an even number between 2 and 254. The
least-significant bit of the programmed number is hard-coded to zero. If an odd number is written
to this register, data read back from this register has the least-significant bit as zero.
SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CPSDVSR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CPSDVSR
R/W
0x00
SSI Clock Prescale Divisor
This value must be an even number from 2 to 254, depending on the
frequency of SSIClk. The LSB always returns 0 on reads.
November 30, 2007
357
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 6: SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014
The SSIIM register is the interrupt mask set or clear register. It is a read/write register and all bits
are cleared to 0 on reset.
On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. A write of 1 to
the particular bit sets the mask, enabling the interrupt to be read. A write of 0 clears the corresponding
mask.
SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
TXIM
RXIM
RTIM
RORIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TXIM
R/W
0
SSI Transmit FIFO Interrupt Mask
The TXIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
RXIM
R/W
0
0
TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is masked.
1
TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is not masked.
SSI Receive FIFO Interrupt Mask
The RXIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1
RTIM
R/W
0
0
RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is masked.
1
RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is not masked.
SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask
The RTIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
RX FIFO time-out interrupt is masked.
1
RX FIFO time-out interrupt is not masked.
358
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
RORIM
R/W
0
Description
SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Mask
The RORIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
RX FIFO overrun interrupt is masked.
1
RX FIFO overrun interrupt is not masked.
November 30, 2007
359
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 7: SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018
The SSIRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current
raw status value of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking. A write has no effect.
SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXRIS
RXRIS
RTRIS
RORRIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TXRIS
RO
1
SSI Transmit FIFO Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set.
2
RXRIS
RO
0
SSI Receive FIFO Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set.
1
RTRIS
RO
0
SSI Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set.
0
RORRIS
RO
0
SSI Receive Overrun Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set.
360
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C
The SSIMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current
masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXMIS
RXMIS
RTMIS
RORMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
TXMIS
RO
0
SSI Transmit FIFO Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set.
2
RXMIS
RO
0
SSI Receive FIFO Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set.
1
RTMIS
RO
0
SSI Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set.
0
RORMIS
RO
0
SSI Receive Overrun Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set.
November 30, 2007
361
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 9: SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020
The SSIICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt is
cleared. A write of 0 has no effect.
SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0x020
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RTIC
RORIC
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
RTIC
W1C
0
SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear
The RTIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
RORIC
W1C
0
0
No effect on interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Clear
The RORIC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
No effect on interrupt.
1
Clears interrupt.
362
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID4
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
363
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 11: SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID5
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
364
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID6
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
365
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 13: SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID7
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
366
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0022
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0
7:0
PID0
RO
0x22
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
367
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 15: SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
368
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
SSI Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
November 30, 2007
369
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 17: SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
SSI Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
370
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
371
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 19: SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
372
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 20: SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
November 30, 2007
373
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 21: SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
374
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
15
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design
(a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL), and interfaces to external I2C devices such as
serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I2C
bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development and
manufacture. The LM3S2965 microcontroller includes two I2C modules, providing the ability to
interact (both send and receive) with other I2C devices on the bus.
®
Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. Each Stellaris I2C module
supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave, and also supports the
simultaneous operation as both a master and a slave. There are a total of four I2C modes: Master
®
Transmit, Master Receive, Slave Transmit, and Slave Receive. The Stellaris I2C modules can
operate at two speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps).
Both the I2C master and slave can generate interrupts; the I2C master generates interrupts when
a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error) and the I2C slave generates
interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master.
15.1
Block Diagram
Figure 15-1. I2C Block Diagram
I2CSCL
I2C Control
Interrupt
I2CMSA
I2CSOAR
I2CMCS
I2CSCSR
I2CMDR
I2CSDR
I2CMTPR
I2CSIM
I2CMIMR
I2CSRIS
I2CMRIS
I2CSMIS
I2CMMIS
I2CSICR
2
I C Master Core
I2CSCL
2
I C I/O Select
I2CSDA
I2CSCL
I2C Slave Core
I2CMICR
I2CSDA
I2CMCR
15.2
I2CSDA
Functional Description
Each I2C module is comprised of both master and slave functions which are implemented as separate
peripherals. For proper operation, the SDA and SCL pins must be connected to bi-directional
open-drain pads. A typical I2C bus configuration is shown in Figure 15-2 on page 376.
See “I2C” on page 539 for I2C timing diagrams.
November 30, 2007
375
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Figure 15-2. I2C Bus Configuration
RPUP
SCL
SDA
I2C Bus
I2CSCL
I2CSDA
StellarisTM
15.2.1
RPUP
SCL
SDA
3rd Party Device
with I2C Interface
SCL
SDA
3rd Party Device
with I2C Interface
I2C Bus Functional Overview
®
The I2C bus uses only two signals: SDA and SCL, named I2CSDA and I2CSCL on Stellaris
microcontrollers. SDA is the bi-directional serial data line and SCL is the bi-directional serial clock
line. The bus is considered idle when both lines are high.
Every transaction on the I2C bus is nine bits long, consisting of eight data bits and a single
acknowledge bit. The number of bytes per transfer (defined as the time between a valid START
and STOP condition, described in “START and STOP Conditions” on page 376) is unrestricted, but
each byte has to be followed by an acknowledge bit, and data must be transferred MSB first. When
a receiver cannot receive another complete byte, it can hold the clock line SCL Low and force the
transmitter into a wait state. The data transfer continues when the receiver releases the clock SCL.
15.2.1.1 START and STOP Conditions
The protocol of the I2C bus defines two states to begin and end a transaction: START and STOP.
A high-to-low transition on the SDA line while the SCL is high is defined as a START condition, and
a low-to-high transition on the SDA line while SCL is high is defined as a STOP condition. The bus
is considered busy after a START condition and free after a STOP condition. See Figure
15-3 on page 376.
Figure 15-3. START and STOP Conditions
SDA
SDA
SCL
SCL
START
condition
STOP
condition
15.2.1.2 Data Format with 7-Bit Address
Data transfers follow the format shown in Figure 15-4 on page 377. After the START condition, a
slave address is sent. This address is 7-bits long followed by an eighth bit, which is a data direction
bit (R/S bit in the I2CMSA register). A zero indicates a transmit operation (send), and a one indicates
a request for data (receive). A data transfer is always terminated by a STOP condition generated
by the master, however, a master can initiate communications with another device on the bus by
generating a repeated START condition and addressing another slave without first generating a
STOP condition. Various combinations of receive/send formats are then possible within a single
transfer.
376
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 15-4. Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address
SDA
MSB
SCL
1
2
LSB
R/S
ACK
7
8
9
Slave address
MSB
1
2
7
LSB
ACK
8
9
Data
The first seven bits of the first byte make up the slave address (see Figure 15-5 on page 377). The
eighth bit determines the direction of the message. A zero in the R/S position of the first byte means
that the master will write (send) data to the selected slave, and a one in this position means that
the master will receive data from the slave.
Figure 15-5. R/S Bit in First Byte
MSB
LSB
R/S
Slave address
15.2.1.3 Data Validity
The data on the SDA line must be stable during the high period of the clock, and the data line can
only change when SCL is low (see Figure 15-6 on page 377).
Figure 15-6. Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I2C Bus
SDA
SCL
Data line Change
stable
of data
allowed
15.2.1.4 Acknowledge
All bus transactions have a required acknowledge clock cycle that is generated by the master. During
the acknowledge cycle, the transmitter (which can be the master or slave) releases the SDA line.
To acknowledge the transaction, the receiver must pull down SDA during the acknowledge clock
cycle. The data sent out by the receiver during the acknowledge cycle must comply with the data
validity requirements described in “Data Validity” on page 377.
When a slave receiver does not acknowledge the slave address, SDA must be left high by the slave
so that the master can generate a STOP condition and abort the current transfer. If the master
device is acting as a receiver during a transfer, it is responsible for acknowledging each transfer
made by the slave. Since the master controls the number of bytes in the transfer, it signals the end
of data to the slave transmitter by not generating an acknowledge on the last data byte. The slave
transmitter must then release SDA to allow the master to generate the STOP or a repeated START
condition.
November 30, 2007
377
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
15.2.1.5 Arbitration
A master may start a transfer only if the bus is idle. It's possible for two or more masters to generate
a START condition within minimum hold time of the START condition. In these situations, an
arbitration scheme takes place on the SDA line, while SCL is high. During arbitration, the first of the
competing master devices to place a '1' (high) on SDA while another master transmits a '0' (low)
will switch off its data output stage and retire until the bus is idle again.
Arbitration can take place over several bits. Its first stage is a comparison of address bits, and if
both masters are trying to address the same device, arbitration continues on to the comparison of
data bits.
15.2.2
Available Speed Modes
The I2C clock rate is determined by the parameters: CLK_PRD, TIMER_PRD, SCL_LP, and SCL_HP.
where:
CLK_PRD is the system clock period
SCL_LP is the low phase of SCL (fixed at 6)
SCL_HP is the high phase of SCL (fixed at 4)
TIMER_PRD is the programmed value in the I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register (see
page 395).
The I2C clock period is calculated as follows:
SCL_PERIOD = 2*(1 + TIMER_PRD)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD
For example:
CLK_PRD = 50 ns
TIMER_PRD = 2
SCL_LP=6
SCL_HP=4
yields a SCL frequency of:
1/T = 333 Khz
Table 15-1 on page 378 gives examples of timer period, system clock, and speed mode (Standard
or Fast).
Table 15-1. Examples of I2C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode
System Clock Timer Period Standard Mode Timer Period Fast Mode
4 Mhz
0x01
100 Kbps
-
-
6 Mhz
0x02
100 Kbps
-
-
12.5 Mhz
0x06
89 Kbps
0x01
312 Kbps
16.7 Mhz
0x08
93 Kbps
0x02
278 Kbps
20 Mhz
0x09
100 Kbps
0x02
333 Kbps
25 Mhz
0x0C
96.2 Kbps
0x03
312 Kbps
33Mhz
0x10
97.1 Kbps
0x04
330 Kbps
40Mhz
0x13
100 Kbps
0x04
400 Kbps
378
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
System Clock Timer Period Standard Mode Timer Period Fast Mode
50Mhz
15.2.3
0x18
100 Kbps
0x06
357 Kbps
Interrupts
The I2C can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
■ Master transaction completed
■ Master transaction error
■ Slave transaction received
■ Slave transaction requested
There is a separate interrupt signal for the I2C master and I2C modules. While both modules can
generate interrupts for multiple conditions, only a single interrupt signal is sent to the interrupt
controller.
15.2.3.1 I2C Master Interrupts
The I2C master module generates an interrupt when a transaction completes (either transmit or
receive), or when an error occurs during a transaction. To enable the I2C master interrupt, software
must write a '1' to the I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR) register. When an interrupt condition
is met, software must check the ERROR bit in the I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) register to
verify that an error didn't occur during the last transaction. An error condition is asserted if the last
transaction wasn't acknowledge by the slave or if the master was forced to give up ownership of
the bus due to a lost arbitration round with another master. If an error is not detected, the application
can proceed with the transfer. The interrupt is cleared by writing a '1' to the I2C Master Interrupt
Clear (I2CMICR) register.
If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via
the I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS) register.
15.2.3.2 I2C Slave Interrupts
The slave module generates interrupts as it receives requests from an I2C master. To enable the
I2C slave interrupt, write a '1' to the I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR) register. Software
determines whether the module should write (transmit) or read (receive) data from the I2C Slave
Data (I2CSDR) register, by checking the RREQ and TREQ bits of the I2C Slave Control/Status
(I2CSCSR) register. If the slave module is in receive mode and the first byte of a transfer is received,
the FBR bit is set along with the RREQ bit. The interrupt is cleared by writing a '1' to the I2C Slave
Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR) register.
If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via
the I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS) register.
15.2.4
Loopback Operation
The I2C modules can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This
is accomplished by setting the LPBK bit in the I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR) register. In
loopback mode, the SDA and SCL signals from the master and slave modules are tied together.
November 30, 2007
379
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
15.2.5
Command Sequence Flow Charts
This section details the steps required to perform the various I2C transfer types in both master and
slave mode.
15.2.5.1 I2C Master Command Sequences
The figures that follow show the command sequences available for the I2C master.
Figure 15-7. Master Single SEND
Idle
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Sequence
may be
omitted in a
Single Master
system
Write data to
I2CMDR
Read I2CMCS
NO
BUSBSY bit=0?
YES
Write ---0-111 to
I2CMCS
Read I2CMCS
NO
BUSY bit=0?
YES
Error Service
NO
ERROR bit=0?
YES
Idle
380
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 15-8. Master Single RECEIVE
Idle
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Sequence may be
omitted in a Single
Master system
Read I2CMCS
NO
BUSBSY bit=0?
YES
Write ---00111 to
I2CMCS
Read I2CMCS
NO
BUSY bit=0?
YES
Error Service
NO
ERROR bit=0?
YES
Read data from
I2CMDR
Idle
November 30, 2007
381
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Figure 15-9. Master Burst SEND
Idle
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Sequence
may be
omitted in a
Single Master
system
Read I2CMCS
Write data to
I2CMDR
BUSY bit=0?
YES
Read I2CMCS
ERROR bit=0?
NO
NO
NO
BUSBSY bit=0?
YES
Write data to
I2CMDR
YES
Write ---0-011 to
I2CMCS
NO
ARBLST bit=1?
YES
Write ---0-001 to
I2CMCS
NO
Index=n?
YES
Write ---0-101 to
I2CMCS
Write ---0-100 to
I2CMCS
Error Service
Idle
Read I2CMCS
NO
BUSY bit=0?
YES
Error Service
NO
ERROR bit=0?
YES
Idle
382
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 15-10. Master Burst RECEIVE
Idle
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Sequence
may be
omitted in a
Single Master
system
Read I2CMCS
BUSY bit=0?
Read I2CMCS
NO
YES
NO
BUSBSY bit=0?
ERROR bit=0?
NO
YES
Write ---01011 to
I2CMCS
NO
Read data from
I2CMDR
ARBLST bit=1?
YES
Write ---01001 to
I2CMCS
NO
Write ---0-100 to
I2CMCS
Index=m-1?
Error Service
YES
Write ---00101 to
I2CMCS
Idle
Read I2CMCS
BUSY bit=0?
NO
YES
NO
ERROR bit=0?
YES
Error Service
Read data from
I2CMDR
Idle
November 30, 2007
383
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Figure 15-11. Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND
Idle
Master operates in
Master Transmit mode
STOP condition is not
generated
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Write ---01011 to
I2CMCS
Repeated START
condition is generated
with changing data
direction
Master operates in
Master Receive mode
Idle
384
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 15-12. Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE
Idle
Master operates in
Master Receive mode
STOP condition is not
generated
Write Slave
Address to
I2CMSA
Write ---0-011 to
I2CMCS
Repeated START
condition is generated
with changing data
direction
Master operates in
Master Transmit mode
Idle
15.2.5.2 I2C Slave Command Sequences
Figure 15-13 on page 386 presents the command sequence available for the I2C slave.
November 30, 2007
385
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Figure 15-13. Slave Command Sequence
Idle
Write OWN Slave
Address to
I2CSOAR
Write -------1 to
I2CSCSR
Read I2CSCSR
NO
TREQ bit=1?
YES
Write data to
I2CSDR
15.3
NO
RREQ bit=1?
FBR is
also valid
YES
Read data from
I2CSDR
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to configure the I2C module to send a single byte as a master.
This assumes the system clock is 20 MHz.
1. Enable the I2C clock by writing a value of 0x0000.1000 to the RCGC1 register in the System
Control module.
2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control
module.
3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the
GPIOAFSEL register. Also, be sure to enable the same pins for Open Drain operation.
4. Initialize the I2C Master by writing the I2CMCR register with a value of 0x0000.0020.
5. Set the desired SCL clock speed of 100 Kbps by writing the I2CMTPR register with the correct
value. The value written to the I2CMTPR register represents the number of system clock periods
in one SCL clock period. The TPR value is determined by the following equation:
386
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
TPR = (System Clock / (2 * (SCL_LP + SCL_HP) * SCL_CLK)) - 1;
TPR = (20MHz / (2 * (6 + 4) * 100000)) - 1;
TPR = 9
Write the I2CMTPR register with the value of 0x0000.0009.
6. Specify the slave address of the master and that the next operation will be a Send by writing
the I2CMSA register with a value of 0x0000.0076. This sets the slave address to 0x3B.
7. Place data (byte) to be sent in the data register by writing the I2CMDR register with the desired
data.
8. Initiate a single byte send of the data from Master to Slave by writing the I2CMCS register with
a value of 0x0000.0007 (STOP, START, RUN).
9. Wait until the transmission completes by polling the I2CMCS register’s BUSBSY bit until it has
been cleared.
15.4
I2C Register Map
Table 15-2 on page 387 lists the I2C registers. All addresses given are relative to the I2C base
addresses for the master and slave:
■ I2C Master 0: 0x4002.0000
■ I2C Slave 0: 0x4002.0800
■ I2C Master 1: 0x4002.1000
■ I2C Slave 1: 0x4002.1800
Table 15-2. Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register Map
Offset
Description
See
page
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
I2CMSA
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Slave Address
389
0x004
I2CMCS
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Control/Status
390
0x008
I2CMDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Data
394
0x00C
I2CMTPR
R/W
0x0000.0001
I2C Master Timer Period
395
0x010
I2CMIMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Interrupt Mask
396
0x014
I2CMRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status
397
0x018
I2CMMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status
398
0x01C
I2CMICR
WO
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Interrupt Clear
399
0x020
I2CMCR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Master Configuration
400
I2CSOAR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Own Address
402
I2C Master
I2C
Slave
0x000
November 30, 2007
387
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Offset
Name
0x004
Reset
I2CSCSR
RO
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Control/Status
403
0x008
I2CSDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Data
405
0x00C
I2CSIMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Interrupt Mask
406
0x010
I2CSRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status
407
0x014
I2CSMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status
408
0x018
I2CSICR
WO
0x0000.0000
I2C Slave Interrupt Clear
409
15.5
Description
See
page
Type
Register Descriptions (I2C Master)
The remainder of this section lists and describes the I2C master registers, in numerical order by
address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I2C Slave)” on page 401.
388
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000
This register consists of eight bits: seven address bits (A6-A0), and a Receive/Send bit, which
determines if the next operation is a Receive (High), or Send (Low).
I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
SA
RO
0
R/S
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:1
SA
R/W
0
I2C Slave Address
This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address.
0
R/S
R/W
0
Receive/Send
The R/S bit specifies if the next operation is a Receive (High) or Send
(Low).
Value Description
0
Send.
1
Receive.
November 30, 2007
389
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 2: I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004
This register accesses four control bits when written, and accesses seven status bits when read.
The status register consists of seven bits, which when read determine the state of the I2C bus
controller.
The control register consists of four bits: the RUN, START, STOP, and ACK bits. The START bit causes
the generation of the START, or REPEATED START condition.
The STOP bit determines if the cycle stops at the end of the data cycle, or continues on to a burst.
To generate a single send cycle, the I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA) register is written with
the desired address, the R/S bit is set to 0, and the Control register is written with ACK=X (0 or 1),
STOP=1, START=1, and RUN=1 to perform the operation and stop. When the operation is completed
(or aborted due an error), the interrupt pin becomes active and the data may be read from the
I2CMDR register. When the I2C module operates in Master receiver mode, the ACK bit must be set
normally to logic 1. This causes the I2C bus controller to send an acknowledge automatically after
each byte. This bit must be reset when the I2C bus controller requires no further data to be sent
from the slave transmitter.
Read-Only Status Register
I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BUSBSY
IDLE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
ARBLST DATACK ADRACK ERROR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
BUSY
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:7
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
BUSBSY
RO
0
Bus Busy
This bit specifies the state of the I2C bus. If set, the bus is busy;
otherwise, the bus is idle. The bit changes based on the START and
STOP conditions.
5
IDLE
RO
0
I2C Idle
This bit specifies the I2C controller state. If set, the controller is idle;
otherwise the controller is not idle.
4
ARBLST
RO
0
Arbitration Lost
This bit specifies the result of bus arbitration. If set, the controller lost
arbitration; otherwise, the controller won arbitration.
390
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
DATACK
RO
0
Description
Acknowledge Data
This bit specifies the result of the last data operation. If set, the
transmitted data was not acknowledged; otherwise, the data was
acknowledged.
2
ADRACK
RO
0
Acknowledge Address
This bit specifies the result of the last address operation. If set, the
transmitted address was not acknowledged; otherwise, the address was
acknowledged.
1
ERROR
RO
0
Error
This bit specifies the result of the last bus operation. If set, an error
occurred on the last operation; otherwise, no error was detected. The
error can be from the slave address not being acknowledged, the
transmit data not being acknowledged, or because the controller lost
arbitration.
0
BUSY
RO
I2C Busy
0
This bit specifies the state of the controller. If set, the controller is busy;
otherwise, the controller is idle. When the BUSY bit is set, the other status
bits are not valid.
Write-Only Control Register
I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x004
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
3
2
1
0
ACK
STOP
START
RUN
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
WO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
ACK
WO
0
Data Acknowledge Enable
When set, causes received data byte to be acknowledged automatically
by the master. See field decoding in Table 15-3 on page 392.
2
STOP
WO
0
Generate STOP
When set, causes the generation of the STOP condition. See field
decoding in Table 15-3 on page 392.
November 30, 2007
391
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
START
WO
0
Description
Generate START
When set, causes the generation of a START or repeated START
condition. See field decoding in Table 15-3 on page 392.
0
RUN
WO
I2C Master Enable
0
When set, allows the master to send or receive data. See field decoding
in Table 15-3 on page 392.
Table 15-3. Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3)
Current I2CMSA[0]
State
R/S
Idle
I2CMCS[3:0]
ACK
Description
STOP
START
RUN
0
X
a
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
1
START condition followed by a SEND and STOP
condition (master remains in Idle state).
1
0
0
1
1
START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with
negative ACK (master goes to the Master Receive state).
1
0
1
1
1
START condition followed by RECEIVE and STOP
condition (master remains in Idle state).
1
1
0
1
1
START condition followed by RECEIVE (master goes to
the Master Receive state).
1
1
1
1
1
Illegal.
START condition followed by SEND (master goes to the
Master Transmit state).
All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP.
Master
Transmit
X
X
0
0
1
SEND operation (master remains in Master Transmit
state).
X
X
1
0
0
STOP condition (master goes to Idle state).
X
X
1
0
1
SEND followed by STOP condition (master goes to Idle
state).
0
X
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by a SEND (master
remains in Master Transmit state).
0
X
1
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP
condition (master goes to Idle state).
1
0
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by a RECEIVE
operation with a negative ACK (master goes to Master
Receive state).
1
0
1
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by a SEND and
STOP condition (master goes to Idle state).
1
1
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master
goes to Master Receive state).
1
1
1
1
1
Illegal.
All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP.
392
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Current I2CMSA[0]
State
R/S
Master
Receive
I2CMCS[3:0]
Description
ACK
STOP
START
RUN
X
0
0
0
1
RECEIVE operation with negative ACK (master remains
in Master Receive state).
X
X
1
0
0
STOP condition (master goes to Idle state).
X
0
1
0
1
RECEIVE followed by STOP condition (master goes to
Idle state).
X
1
0
0
1
RECEIVE operation (master remains in Master Receive
state).
X
1
1
0
1
Illegal.
1
0
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE
operation with a negative ACK (master remains in Master
Receive state).
1
0
1
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE and
STOP condition (master goes to Idle state).
1
1
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master
remains in Master Receive state).
0
X
0
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by SEND (master
goes to Master Transmit state).
0
X
1
1
1
Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP
condition (master goes to Idle state).
b
All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP.
a. An X in a table cell indicates the bit can be 0 or 1.
b. In Master Receive mode, a STOP condition should be generated only after a Data Negative Acknowledge executed by
the master or an Address Negative Acknowledge executed by the slave.
November 30, 2007
393
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 3: I2C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008
This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Master Transmit state, and the data
received when in the Master Receive state.
I2C Master Data (I2CMDR)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
DATA
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DATA
R/W
0x00
Data Transferred
Data transferred during transaction.
394
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C
This register specifies the period of the SCL clock.
I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
TPR
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TPR
R/W
0x1
SCL Clock Period
This field specifies the period of the SCL clock.
SCL_PRD = 2*(1 + TPR)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD
where:
SCL_PRD is the SCL line period (I2C clock).
TPR is the Timer Period register value (range of 1 to 255).
SCL_LP is the SCL Low period (fixed at 6).
SCL_HP is the SCL High period (fixed at 4).
November 30, 2007
395
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 5: I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010
This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt.
I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
IM
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
IM
R/W
0
Interrupt Mask
This bit controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller
interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted;
otherwise, the interrupt is masked.
396
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014
This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending.
I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
RIS
RO
0
Raw Interrupt Status
This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the I2C
master block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is
not pending.
November 30, 2007
397
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 7: I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018
This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled.
I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
MIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
MIS
RO
0
Masked Interrupt Status
This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (after masking) of the I2C master
block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not
been generated since the bit was last cleared.
398
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C
This register clears the raw interrupt.
I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x01C
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
IC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
IC
WO
0
Interrupt Clear
This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt. A write of 1 clears the
interrupt; otherwise, a write of 0 has no affect on the interrupt state. A
read of this register returns no meaningful data.
November 30, 2007
399
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 9: I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020
This register configures the mode (Master or Slave) and sets the interface for test mode loopback.
I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR)
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SFE
MFE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
LPBK
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SFE
R/W
0
I2C Slave Function Enable
This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Slave mode. If
set, Slave mode is enabled; otherwise, Slave mode is disabled.
4
MFE
R/W
0
I2C Master Function Enable
This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Master mode. If
set, Master mode is enabled; otherwise, Master mode is disabled and
the interface clock is disabled.
3:1
reserved
RO
0x00
0
LPBK
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
I2C Loopback
This bit specifies whether the interface is operating normally or in
Loopback mode. If set, the device is put in a test mode loopback
configuration; otherwise, the device operates normally.
400
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
15.6
Register Descriptions (I2C Slave)
The remainder of this section lists and describes the I2C slave registers, in numerical order by
address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I2C Master)” on page 388.
November 30, 2007
401
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 10: I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000
®
This register consists of seven address bits that identify the Stellaris I2C device on the I2C bus.
I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
OAR
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:7
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6:0
OAR
R/W
0x00
I2C Slave Own Address
This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address.
402
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 11: I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004
This register accesses one control bit when written, and three status bits when read.
The read-only Status register consists of three bits: the FBR, RREQ, and TREQ bits. The First
®
Byte Received (FBR) bit is set only after the Stellaris device detects its own slave address
and receives the first data byte from the I2C master. The Receive Request (RREQ) bit indicates
®
that the Stellaris I2C device has received a data byte from an I2C master. Read one data byte from
the I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the RREQ bit. The Transmit Request (TREQ) bit
®
indicates that the Stellaris I2C device is addressed as a Slave Transmitter. Write one data byte
2
into the I C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the TREQ bit.
The write-only Control register consists of one bit: the DA bit. The DA bit enables and disables the
®
Stellaris I2C slave operation.
Read-Only Status Register
I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FBR
TREQ
RREQ
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
FBR
RO
0
First Byte Received
Indicates that the first byte following the slave’s own address is received.
This bit is only valid when the RREQ bit is set, and is automatically cleared
when data has been read from the I2CSDR register.
Note:
1
TREQ
RO
0
This bit is not used for slave transmit operations.
Transmit Request
This bit specifies the state of the I2C slave with regards to outstanding
transmit requests. If set, the I2C unit has been addressed as a slave
transmitter and uses clock stretching to delay the master until data has
been written to the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, there is no outstanding
transmit request.
0
RREQ
RO
0
Receive Request
This bit specifies the status of the I2C slave with regards to outstanding
receive requests. If set, the I2C unit has outstanding receive data from
the I2C master and uses clock stretching to delay the master until the
data has been read from the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, no receive
data is outstanding.
November 30, 2007
403
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Write-Only Control Register
I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x004
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
DA
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
DA
WO
0
Device Active
Value Description
0
Disables the I2C slave operation.
1
Enables the I2C slave operation.
404
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 12: I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008
This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Slave Transmit state, and the data
received when in the Slave Receive state.
I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
DATA
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
DATA
R/W
0x0
Data for Transfer
This field contains the data for transfer during a slave receive or transmit
operation.
November 30, 2007
405
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 13: I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C
This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt.
I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
IM
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
IM
R/W
0
Interrupt Mask
This bit controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller
interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted;
otherwise, the interrupt is masked.
406
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010
This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending.
I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
RIS
RO
0
Raw Interrupt Status
This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the I2C
slave block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is not
pending.
November 30, 2007
407
Preliminary
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
Register 15: I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014
This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled.
I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
MIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
MIS
RO
0
Masked Interrupt Status
This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (after masking) of the I2C slave
block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not
been generated since the bit was last cleared.
408
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018
This register clears the raw interrupt.
I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR)
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
Offset 0x018
Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
IC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
IC
WO
0
Clear Interrupt
This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt. A write of 1 clears the
interrupt; otherwise a write of 0 has no affect on the interrupt state. A
read of this register returns no meaningful data.
November 30, 2007
409
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
16
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
16.1
Controller Area Network Overview
Controller Area Network (CAN) is a multicast shared serial bus standard for connecting electronic
control units (ECUs). CAN was specifically designed to be robust in electromagnetically noisy
environments and can utilize a differential balanced line like RS-485 or a more robust twisted-pair
wire. Originally created for automotive purposes, it is also used in many embedded control
applications (such as industrial and medical). Bit rates up to 1 Mbps are possible at network lengths
below 40 meters. Decreased bit rates allow longer network distances (for example, 125 Kbps at
500 m).
16.2
Controller Area Network Features
®
The Stellaris CAN module supports the following features:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
CAN protocol version 2.0 part A/B
Bit rates up to 1 Mbps
32 message objects
Each message object has its own identifier mask
Maskable interrupt
Disable Automatic Retransmission mode for Time Triggered CAN (TTCAN) applications
Programmable Loopback mode for self-test operation
Programmable FIFO mode
Gluelessly attach to an external CAN PHY through the CAN0Tx and CAN0Rx pins
410
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
16.3
Controller Area Network Block Diagram
Figure 16-1. CAN Module Block Diagram
CAN Control
CANCTL
CANSTS
CANBIT
CANINT
CANTST
CANBRPE
CANIF1CRQ
CANIF1CMSK
CANIF1MSK1
CANIF1MSK2
CANIF1ARB1
CANIF1ARB2
APB Pins
APB Interface
CANIF1MCTL
CAN TX/RX
CAN Core
CANIF1DA1
CANIF1DA2
CANIF1DB1
CANIF1DB2
CANIF2CRQ
CANIF2CMSK
CANIF2MSK1
CANIF2MSK2
CANIF2ARB1
CANIF2ARB2
CANIF2MCTL
CANIF2DA1
CANIF2DA2
CANIF2DB1
CANIF2DB2
Message RAM
32 Message Objects
November 30, 2007
411
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
16.4
Controller Area Network Functional Description
The CAN module conforms to the CAN protocol version 2.0 (parts A and B). Message transfers that
include data, remote, error, and overload frames with an 11-bit identifier (standard) or a 29-bit
identifier (extended) are supported. Transfer rates can be programmed up to 1 Mbps.
The CAN module consists of three major parts:
■ CAN protocol controller and message handler
■ Message memory
■ CAN register interface
The protocol controller transfers and receives the serial data from the CAN bus and passes the data
on to the message handler. The message handler then loads this information into the appropriate
message object based on the current filtering and identifiers in the message object memory. The
message handler is also responsible for generating interrupts based on events on the CAN bus.
The message object memory is a set of 32 identical memory blocks that hold the current configuration,
status, and actual data for each message object. These are accessed via the CAN message object
®
register interface. The message memory is not directly accessable in the Stellaris memory map,
®
so the Stellaris CAN controller provides an interface to communicate with the message memory.
The CAN message object register interface provides two register sets for communicating with the
message objects. Since there is no direct access to the message object memory, these two interfaces
must be used to read or write to each message object. The two message object interfaces allow
parallel access to the CAN controller message objects when multiple objects may have new
information that needs to be processed.
16.4.1
Initialization
The software initialization is started by setting the INIT bit in the CAN Control (CANCTL) register,
with software or by a hardware reset, or by going bus-off, which occurs when the transmitter's error
counter exceeds a count of 255. While INIT is set, all message transfers to and from the CAN bus
are stopped and the status of the CAN transmit output is recessive (High). Entering the initialization
state does not change the configuration of the CAN controller, the message objects, or the error
counters. However, some configuration registers are only accessible when in the initialization state.
To initialize the CAN controller, set the CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT) register and configure each
message object. If a message object is not needed, it is sufficient to set it as not valid by clearing
the MsgVal bit in the CANIFnARB2 register. Otherwise, the whole message object has to be
initialized, as the fields of the message object may not have valid information causing unexpected
results. Access to the CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT) register and to the CAN Baud Rate Prescalar
Extension (CANBRPE) register to configure the bit timing are enabled when both the INIT and
CCE bits in the CANCTL register are set. To leave the initialization state, the INIT bit must be
cleared. Afterwards, the internal Bit Stream Processor (BSP) synchronizes itself to the data transfer
on the CAN bus by waiting for the occurrence of a sequence of 11 consecutive recessive bits (Bus
Idle) before it takes part in bus activities and starts message transfers. The initialization of the
message objects is independent of being in the initialization state and can be done on the fly, but
message objects should all be configured to particular identifiers or set to not valid before the BSP
starts the message transfer. To change the configuration of a message object during normal
operation, set the MsgVal bit in the CANIFnARB2 register to 0 (not valid). When the configuration
is completed, MsgVal is set to 1 again (valid).
412
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
16.4.2
Operation
Once the CAN module is initialized and the INIT bit in the CANCTL register is reset to 0, the CAN
module synchronizes itself to the CAN bus and starts the message transfer. As messages are
received, they are stored in their appropriate message objects if they pass the message handler's
filtering. The whole message (including all arbitration bits, data-length code, and eight data bytes)
is stored in the message object. If the Identifier Mask (the Msk bits in the CANIFnMSKn registers)
is used, the arbitration bits which are masked to "don't care" may be overwritten in the message
object.
The CPU may read or write each message any time via the CAN Interface Registers (CANIFnCRQ,
CANIFnCMSK, CANIFnMSKn, CANIFnARBn, CANIFnMCTL, CANIFnDAn, and CANIFnDBn).
The message handler guarantees data consistency in case of concurrent accesses.
The transmission of message objects are under the control of the software that is managing the
CAN hardware. These can be message objects used for one-time data transfers, or permanent
message objects used to respond in a more periodic manner. Permanent message objects have
all arbitration and control set up, and only the data bytes are updated. To start the transmission, the
TxRqst bit in the CANTXRQn register and the NewDat bit in the CANNWDAn register are set. If
several transmit messages are assigned to the same message object (when the number of message
objects is not sufficient), the whole message object has to be configured before the transmission of
this message is requested.
The transmission of any number of message objects may be requested at the same time; they are
transmitted according to their internal priority, which is based on the message identifier for the
message object. Messages may be updated or set to not valid any time, even when their requested
transmission is still pending. The old data is discarded when a message is updated before its pending
transmission has started. Depending on the configuration of the message object, the transmission
of a message may be requested autonomously by the reception of a remote frame with a matching
identifier.
There are two sets of CAN Interface Registers (CANIF1x and CANIF2x), which are used to access
the Message Objects in the Message RAM. The CAN controller coordinates transfers to and from
the Message RAM to and from the registers. The function of the two sets are independent and
identical and can be used to queue transactions.
16.4.3
Transmitting Message Objects
If the internal transmit shift register of the CAN module is ready for loading, and if there is no data
transfer between the CAN Interface Registers and message RAM, the valid message object with
the highest priority and that has a pending transmission request is loaded into the transmit shift
register by the message handler and the transmission is started. The message object's NewDat bit
is reset and can be viewed in the CANNWDAn register. After a successful transmission, and if no
new data was written to the message object since the start of the transmission, the TxRqst bit in
the CANIFnCMSK register is reset. If the TxIE bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is set, the IntPnd
bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is set after a successful transmission. If the CAN module has lost
the arbitration or if an error occurred during the transmission, the message is re-transmitted as soon
as the CAN bus is free again. If, meanwhile, the transmission of a message with higher priority has
been requested, the messages are transmitted in the order of their priority.
16.4.4
Configuring a Transmit Message Object
Table 16-1 on page 414 specifies the bit settings for a transmit message object.
November 30, 2007
413
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Table 16-1. Transmit Message Object Bit Settings
Register CANIFnARB2
CANIFnCMSK
CANIFnMCTL CANIFnARB2
Bit
MsgVal
Arb Data Mask
EoB
Dir
Value
1
appl appl appl
1
1
CANIFnMCTL
NewDat MsgLst RxIE TxIE IntPnd RmtEn TxRqst
0
0
0
appl
0
appl
0
The Xtd and ID bit fields in the CANIFnARBn registers are set by an application. They define the
identifier and type of the outgoing message. If an 11-bit Identifier (Standard Frame) is used, it is
programmed to bits [28:18] of CANIFnARB1, as bits 17:0 of CANIFnARBn are not used by the
CAN controller for 11-bit identifiers.
If the TxIE bit is set, the IntPnd bit is set after a successful transmission of the message object.
If the RmtEn bit is set, a matching received Remote Frame causes the TxRqst bit to be set and
the Remote Frame is autonomously answered by a Data Frame with the data from the message
object.
The DLC bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is set by an application. TxRqst and RmtEn may not be
set before the data is valid.
The CAN mask registers (Msk bits in CANIFnMSKn, UMask bit in CANIFnMCTL register, and MXtd
and MDir bits in CANIFnMSK2 register) may be used (UMask=1) to allow groups of Remote Frames
with similar identifiers to set the TxRqst bit. The Dir bit should not be masked.
16.4.5
Updating a Transmit Message Object
The CPU may update the data bytes of a Transmit Message Object any time via the CAN Interface
Registers and neither the MsgVal nor the TxRqst bits have to be reset before the update.
Even if only a part of the data bytes are to be updated, all four bytes of the corresponding
CANIFnDAn or CANIFnDBn register have to be valid before the content of that register is transferred
to the message object. Either the CPU has to write all four bytes into the CANIFnDAn or CANIFnDBn
register or the message object is transferred to the CANIFnDAn or CANIFnDBn register before the
CPU writes the new data bytes.
In order to only update the data in a message object, the WR, NewDat, DataA, and DataB bits are
written to the CAN IFn Command Mask (CANIFnMSKn) register, followed by writing the CAN IFn
Data registers, and then the number of the message object is written to the CAN IFn Command
Request (CANIFnCRQ) register, to update the data bytes and the TxRqst bit at the same time.
To prevent the reset of TxRqst at the end of a transmission that may already be in progress while
the data is updated, NewDat has to be set together with TxRqst. When NewDat is set together
with TxRqst, NewDat is reset as soon as the new transmission has started.
16.4.6
Accepting Received Message Objects
When the arbitration and control field (ID + Xtd + RmtEn + DLC) of an incoming message is
completely shifted into the CAN module, the message handling capability of the module starts
scanning the message RAM for a matching valid message object. To scan the message RAM for
a matching message object, the Acceptance Filtering unit is loaded with the arbitration bits from the
core. Then the arbitration and mask fields (including MsgVal, UMask, NewDat, and EoB) of message
object 1 are loaded into the Acceptance Filtering unit and compared with the arbitration field from
the shift register. This is repeated with each following message object until a matching message
object is found or until the end of the message RAM is reached. If a match occurs, the scanning is
stopped and the message handler proceeds depending on the type of frame received.
414
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
16.4.7
Receiving a Data Frame
The message handler stores the message from the CAN module receive shift register into the
respective message object in the message RAM. It stores the data bytes, all arbitration bits, and
the Data Length Code into the corresponding message object. This is implemented to keep the data
bytes connected with the identifier even if arbitration mask registers are used. The
CANIFnMCTL.NewDat bit is set to indicate that new data has been received. The CPU should reset
CANIFnMCTL.NewDat when it reads the message object to indicate to the controller that the
message has been received and the buffer is free to receive more messages. If the CAN controller
receives a message and the CANIFnMCTL.NewDat bit was already set, the MsgLst bit is set to
indicate that the previous data was lost. If the CANIFnMCTL.RxIE bit is set, the
CANIFnMCTL.IntPnd bit is set, causing the CANINT interrupt register to point to the message
object that just received a message. The CANIFnMCTL.TxRqst bit of this message object is reset
to prevent the transmission of a Remote Frame, while the requested Data Frame has just been
received.
16.4.8
Receiving a Remote Frame
When a Remote Frame is received, three different configurations of the matching message object
have to be considered:
■ Dir = 1 (direction = transmit), RmtEn = 1, UMask = 1 or 0
At the reception of a matching Remote Frame, the TxRqst bit of this message object is set. The
rest of the message object remains unchanged.
■ Dir = 1 (direction = transmit), RmtEn = 0, UMask = 0
At the reception of a matching Remote Frame, the TxRqst bit of this message object remains
unchanged; the Remote Frame is ignored. This remote frame is disabled and will not automatically
respond or indicate that the remote frame ever happened.
■ Dir = 1 (direction = transmit), RmtEn = 0, UMask = 1
At the reception of a matching Remote Frame, the TxRqst bit of this message object is reset.
The arbitration and control field (ID + Xtd + RmtEn + DLC) from the shift register is stored into
the message object in the message RAM and the NewDat bit of this message object is set. The
data field of the message object remains unchanged; the Remote Frame is treated similar to a
received Data Frame. This is useful for a remote data request from another CAN device for which
®
the Stellaris controller does not have readily available data. The software must fill the data and
answer the frame manually.
16.4.9
Receive/Transmit Priority
The receive/transmit priority for the message objects is controlled by the message number. Message
object 1 has the highest priority, while message object 32 has the lowest priority. If more than one
transmission request is pending, the message objects are transmitted in order based on the message
object with the lowest message number. This should not be confused with the message identifier
as that priority is enforced by the CAN bus. This means that if message object 1 and message object
2 both have valid messages that need to be transmitted, message object 1 will always be transmitted
first regardless of the message identifier in the message object itself.
16.4.10
Configuring a Receive Message Object
Table 16-2 on page 416 specifies the bit settings for a transmit message object.
November 30, 2007
415
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Table 16-2. Receive Message Object Bit Settings
Register CANIFnARB2
CANIFnCMSK
CANIFnMCTL CANIFnARB2
Bit
MsgVal
Arb Data Mask
EoB
Dir
Value
1
appl appl appl
1
0
CANIFnMCTL
NewDat MsgLst RxIE TxIE IntPnd RmtEn TxRqst
0
0
appl
0
0
0
0
The Xtd and ID bit fields in the CANIFnARBn registers are set by an application. They define the
identifier and type of accepted received messages. If an 11-bit Identifier (Standard Frame) is used,
it is programmed to bits [28:18] of CANIFnARB1, and bits [17:0] are ignored by the CAN controller.
When a Data Frame with an 11-bit Identifier is received, bits [17:0] are set to 0.
If the RxIE bit is set, the IntPnd bit is set when a received Data Frame is accepted and stored in
the message object.
When the message handler stores a Data Frame in the message object, it stores the received Data
Length Code and eight data bytes. If the Data Length Code is less than 8, the remaining bytes of
the message object are overwritten by nonspecified values.
The CAN mask registers (Msk bits in CANIFnMSKn, UMask bit in CANIFnMCTL register, and MXtd
and MDir bits in CANIFnMSK2 register) may be used (UMask=1) to allow groups of Data Frames
with similar identifiers to be accepted. The Dir bit should not be masked in typical applications.
16.4.11
Handling of Received Message Objects
The CPU may read a received message any time via the CAN Interface registers because the data
consistency is guaranteed by the message handler state machine.
Typically, the CPU first writes 0x007F to the CAN IFn Command Mask (CANIFnCMSK) register
and then writes the number of the message object to the CAN IFn Command Request
(CANIFnCRQ) register. That combination transfers the whole received message from the message
RAM into the Message Buffer registers (CANIFnMSKn, CANIFnARBn, and CANIFnMCTL).
Additionally, the NewDat and IntPnd bits are cleared in the message RAM, acknowledging that
the message has been read and clearing the pending interrupt being generated by this message
object.
If the message object uses masks for acceptance filtering, the arbitration bits show which of the
matching messages has been received.
The actual value of NewDat shows whether a new message has been received since the last time
this message object was read. The actual value of MsgLst shows whether more than one message
has been received since the last time this message object was read. MsgLst is not automatically
reset.
Using a Remote Frame, the CPU may request new data from another CAN node on the CAN bus.
Setting the TxRqst bit of a receive object causes the transmission of a Remote Frame with the
receive object's identifier. This Remote Frame triggers the other CAN node to start the transmission
of the matching Data Frame. If the matching Data Frame is received before the Remote Frame
could be transmitted, the TxRqst bit is automatically reset. This prevents the possible loss of data
when the other device on the CAN bus has already transmitted the data, slightly earlier than expected.
16.4.12
Handling of Interrupts
If several interrupts are pending, the CAN Interrupt (CANINT) register points to the pending interrupt
with the highest priority, disregarding their chronological order. An interrupt remains pending until
the CPU has cleared it.
416
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
The Status Interrupt has the highest priority. Among the message interrupts, the message object's
interrupt priority decreases with increasing message number. A message interrupt is cleared by
clearing the message object's IntPnd bit. The Status Interrupt is cleared by reading the CAN Status
(CANSTS) register.
The interrupt identifier IntId in the CANINT register indicates the cause of the interrupt. When no
interrupt is pending, the register holds the value to 0. If the value of CANINT is different from 0, then
there is an interrupt pending. If the IE bit is set in the CANCTL register, the interrupt line to the CPU
is active. The interrupt line remains active until CANINT is 0, all interrupt sources have been cleared,
(the cause of the interrupt is reset), or until IE is reset, which disables interrupts from the CAN
controller.
The value 0x8000 in the CANINT register indicates that an interrupt is pending because the CAN
module has updated, but not necessarily changed, the CANSTS register (Error Interrupt or Status
Interrupt). This indicates that there is either a new Error Interrupt or a new Status Interrupt. A write
access can clear the RxOK, TxOK, and LEC flags in the CANSTS register, however, only a read
access to the CANSTS register will clear the source of the status interrupt.
IntId points to the pending message interrupt with the highest interrupt priority. The SIE bit in the
CANCTL register controls whether a change of the status register may cause an interrupt. The EIE
bit in the CANCTL register controls whether any interrupt from the CAN controller actually generates
an interrupt to the microcontroller's interrupt controller. The CANINT interrupt register is updated
even when the IE bit is set to zero.
There are two possibilities when handling the source of a message interrupt. The first is to read the
IntId bit in the CANINT interrupt register to determine the highest priority interrupt that is pending,
and the second is to read the CAN Message Interrupt Pending (CANMSGnINT) register to see
all of the message objects that have pending interrupts.
An interrupt service routine reading the message that is the source of the interrupt may read the
message and reset the message object's IntPnd at the same time by setting the ClrIntPnd bit
in the CAN IFn Command Mask (CANIFnCMSK) register. When the IntPnd bit is cleared, the
CANINT register will contain the message number for the next message object with a pending
interrupt.
16.4.13
Bit Timing Configuration Error Considerations
Even if minor errors in the configuration of the CAN bit timing do not result in immediate failure, the
performance of a CAN network can be reduced significantly. In many cases, the CAN bit
synchronization amends a faulty configuration of the CAN bit timing to such a degree that only
occasionally an error frame is generated. In the case of arbitration, however, when two or more
CAN nodes simultaneously try to transmit a frame, a misplaced sample point may cause one of the
transmitters to become error passive. The analysis of such sporadic errors requires a detailed
knowledge of the CAN bit synchronization inside a CAN node and of the CAN nodes' interaction on
the CAN bus.
16.4.14
Bit Time and Bit Rate
The CAN system supports bit rates in the range of lower than 1 Kbps up to 1000 Kbps. Each member
of the CAN network has its own clock generator. The timing parameter of the bit time can be
configured individually for each CAN node, creating a common bit rate even though the CAN nodes'
oscillator periods may be different.
Because of small variations in frequency caused by changes in temperature or voltage and by
deteriorating components, these oscillators are not absolutely stable. As long as the variations
November 30, 2007
417
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
remain inside a specific oscillator's tolerance range, the CAN nodes are able to compensate for the
different bit rates by periodically resynchronizing to the bit stream.
According to the CAN specification, the bit time is divided into four segments (see Figure
16-2 on page 418): the Synchronization Segment, the Propagation Time Segment, the Phase Buffer
Segment 1, and the Phase Buffer Segment 2. Each segment consists of a specific, programmable
number of time quanta (see Table 16-3 on page 418). The length of the time quantum (tq), which
is the basic time unit of the bit time, is defined by the CAN controller's system clock (fsys) and the
Baud Rate Prescaler (BRP):
tq = BRP / fsys
The CAN module's system clock fsys is the frequency of its CAN module clock (CAN_CLK) input.
The Synchronization Segment Sync_Seg is that part of the bit time where edges of the CAN bus
level are expected to occur; the distance between an edge that occurs outside of Sync_Seg and
the Sync_Seg is called the phase error of that edge.
The Propagation Time Segment Prop_Seg is intended to compensate for the physical delay times
within the CAN network.
The Phase Buffer Segments Phase_Seg1 and Phase_Seg2 surround the Sample Point.
The (Re-)Synchronization Jump Width (SJW) defines how far a resynchronization may move the
Sample Point inside the limits defined by the Phase Buffer Segments to compensate for edge phase
errors.
A given bit rate may be met by different bit-time configurations, but for the proper function of the
CAN network, the physical delay times and the oscillator's tolerance range have to be considered.
Figure 16-2. CAN Bit Time
a
Table 16-3. CAN Protocol Ranges
Parameter
Range
BRP
[1 .. 32] Defines the length of the time quantum tq
Remark
Sync_Seg
1 tq
Prop_Seg
[1 .. 8] tq Compensates for the physical delay times
Fixed length, synchronization of bus input to system clock
Phase_Seg1 [1 .. 8] tq May be lengthened temporarily by synchronization
Phase_Seg2 [1 .. 8] tq May be shortened temporarily by synchronization
418
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Parameter
Range
SJW
[1 .. 4] tq May not be longer than either Phase Buffer Segment
Remark
a. This table describes the minimum programmable ranges required by the CAN protocol.
The bit timing configuration is programmed in two register bytes in the CANBIT register. The sum
of Prop_Seg and Phase_Seg1 (as TSEG1) is combined with Phase_Seg2 (as TSEG2) in one byte,
and SJW and BRP are combined in the other byte.
In these bit timing registers, the four components TSEG1, TSEG2, SJW, and BRP have to be
programmed to a numerical value that is one less than its functional value; so instead of values in
the range of [1..n], values in the range of [0..n-1] are programmed. That way, for example, SJW
(functional range of [1..4]) is represented by only two bits. Therefore, the length of the bit time is
(programmed values):
[TSEG1 + TSEG2 + 3] tq
or (functional values):
[Sync_Seg + Prop_Seg + Phase_Seg1 + Phase_Seg2] tq
The data in the bit timing registers are the configuration input of the CAN protocol controller. The
Baud Rate Prescalar (configured by BRP) defines the length of the time quantum, the basic time
unit of the bit time; the Bit Timing Logic (configured by TSEG1, TSEG2, and SJW) defines the number
of time quanta in the bit time.
The processing of the bit time, the calculation of the position of the Sample Point, and occasional
synchronizations are controlled by the CAN controller and are evaluated once per time quantum.
The CAN controller translates messages to and from frames. It generates and discards the enclosing
fixed format bits, inserts and extracts stuff bits, calculates and checks the CRC code, performs the
error management, and decides which type of synchronization is to be used. It is evaluated at the
Sample Point and processes the sampled bus input bit. The time after the Sample Point that is
needed to calculate the next bit to be sent (that is, the data bit, CRC bit, stuff bit, error flag, or idle)
is called the Information Processing Time (IPT).
The IPT is application-specific but may not be longer than 2 tq; the CAN's IPT is 0 tq. Its length is
the lower limit of the programmed length of Phase_Seg2. In case of synchronization, Phase_Seg2
may be shortened to a value less than IPT, which does not affect bus timing.
16.4.15
Calculating the Bit Timing Parameters
Usually, the calculation of the bit timing configuration starts with a desired bit rate or bit time. The
resulting bit time (1/bit rate) must be an integer multiple of the system clock period.
The bit time may consist of 4 to 25 time quanta. Several combinations may lead to the desired bit
time, allowing iterations of the following steps.
The first part of the bit time to be defined is the Prop_Seg. Its length depends on the delay times
measured in the system. A maximum bus length as well as a maximum node delay has to be defined
for expandable CAN bus systems. The resulting time for Prop_Seg is converted into time quanta
(rounded up to the nearest integer multiple of tq).
The Sync_Seg is 1 tq long (fixed), which leaves (bit time - Prop_Seg - 1) tq for the two Phase
Buffer Segments. If the number of remaining tq is even, the Phase Buffer Segments have the same
length, that is, Phase_Seg2 = Phase_Seg1, else Phase_Seg2 = Phase_Seg1 + 1.
November 30, 2007
419
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
The minimum nominal length of Phase_Seg2 has to be regarded as well. Phase_Seg2 may not
be shorter than the CAN controller's Information Processing Time, which is, depending on the actual
implementation, in the range of [0..2] tq.
The length of the Synchronization Jump Width is set to its maximum value, which is the minimum
of 4 and Phase_Seg1.
The oscillator tolerance range necessary for the resulting configuration is calculated by the formula
given below:
(1 -df) x fnom <= fosc <= (1+ df) x fnom
where:
■ df = maximum tolerance of oscillator frequency
■ fosc = actual oscillator frequency
■ fnom = nominal oscillator frequency
Maximum frequency tolerance must take into account the following formulas:
df <= (Phase_Seg1,Phase_Seg2)min/ 2 x (13 x tbit - Phase_Seg2)
dfmax = 2 x df x fnom
where:
■ Phase_Seg1 and Phase_Seg2 are from Table 16-3 on page 418
■ tbit = Bit Time
■ dfmax = maximum difference between two oscillators
If more than one configuration is possible, that configuration allowing the highest oscillator tolerance
range should be chosen.
CAN nodes with different system clocks require different configurations to come to the same bit
rate. The calculation of the propagation time in the CAN network, based on the nodes with the
longest delay times, is done once for the whole network.
The CAN system's oscillator tolerance range is limited by the node with the lowest tolerance range.
The calculation may show that bus length or bit rate have to be decreased or that the oscillator
frequencies' stability has to be increased in order to find a protocol-compliant configuration of the
CAN bit timing.
The resulting configuration is written into the CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT) register :
(Phase_Seg2-1)&(Phase_Seg1+Prop_Seg-1)&(SynchronizationJumpWidth-1)&(Prescaler-1)
16.4.15.1 Example for Bit Timing at High Baud Rate
In this example, the frequency of CAN_CLK is 10 MHz, BRP is 0, and the bit rate is 1 Mbps.
tq 100 ns = tCAN_CLK
delay of bus driver 50 ns
delay of receiver circuit 30 ns
delay of bus line (40m) 220 ns
420
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
tProp 600 ns = 6 × tq
tSJW 100 ns = 1 × tq
tTSeg1 700 ns = tProp + tSJW
tTSeg2 200 ns = Information Processing Time + 1 × tq
tSync-Seg 100 ns = 1 × tq
bit time 1000 ns = tSync-Seg + tTSeg1 + tTSeg2
tolerance for CAN_CLK 0.39 % =
min(PB1,PB2)/ 2 × (13 x bit time - PB2) =
0.1us/ 2 x (13x 1us - 2us)
In the above example, the concatenated bit time parameters are (2-1)3&(7-1)4&(1-1)2&(1-1)6, and
CANBIT is programmed to 0x1600.
16.4.15.2 Example for Bit Timing at Low Baud Rate
In this example, the frequency of CAN_CLK is 2 MHz, BRP is 1, and the bit rate is 100 Kbps.
tq 1 ms = 2 × tCAN_CLK
delay of bus driver 200 ns
delay of receiver circuit 80 ns
delay of bus line (40m) 220 ns
tProp 1 ms = 1 × tq
tSJW 4 ms = 4 × tq
tTSeg1 5 ms = tProp + tSJW
tTSeg2 4 ms = Information Processing Time + 3 × tq
tSync-Seg 1 ms = 1 × tq
bit time 10 ms = tSync-Seg + tTSeg1 + tTSeg2
tolerance for CAN_CLK 1.58 % =
min(PB1,PB2)/ 2 x (13 x bit time - PB2) =
4us/ 2 x (13 x 10us - 4us)
In this example, the concatenated bit time parameters are (4-1)3&(5-1)4&(4-1)2&(2-1)6, and CANBIT
is programmed to 0x34C1.
16.5
Controller Area Network Register Map
Table 16-4 on page 421 lists the registers. All addresses given are relative to the CAN base address
of:
■ CAN0: 0x4004.0000
■ CAN1: 0x4004.1000
All accesses are on word (32-bit) boundaries.
Table 16-4. CAN Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
0x000
CANCTL
R/W
0x0000.0001
CAN Control
424
0x004
CANSTS
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN Status
426
0x008
CANERR
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Error Counter
429
November 30, 2007
421
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x00C
CANBIT
R/W
0x0000.2301
CAN Bit Timing
430
0x010
CANINT
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Interrupt
432
0x014
CANTST
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN Test
433
0x018
CANBRPE
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN Baud Rate Prescalar Extension
435
0x020
CANIF1CRQ
R/W
0x0000.0001
CAN IF1 Command Request
436
0x024
CANIF1CMSK
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Command Mask
437
0x028
CANIF1MSK1
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
CAN IF1 Mask 1
440
0x02C
CANIF1MSK2
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
CAN IF1 Mask 2
441
0x030
CANIF1ARB1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Arbitration 1
442
0x034
CANIF1ARB2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Arbitration 2
443
0x038
CANIF1MCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Message Control
444
0x03C
CANIF1DA1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Data A1
446
0x040
CANIF1DA2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Data A2
446
0x044
CANIF1DB1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Data B1
446
0x048
CANIF1DB2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF1 Data B2
446
0x080
CANIF2CRQ
R/W
0x0000.0001
CAN IF2 Command Request
436
0x084
CANIF2CMSK
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Command Mask
437
0x088
CANIF2MSK1
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
CAN IF2 Mask 1
440
0x08C
CANIF2MSK2
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
CAN IF2 Mask 2
441
0x090
CANIF2ARB1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Arbitration 1
442
0x094
CANIF2ARB2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Arbitration 2
443
0x098
CANIF2MCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Message Control
444
0x09C
CANIF2DA1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Data A1
446
0x0A0
CANIF2DA2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Data A2
446
0x0A4
CANIF2DB1
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Data B1
446
0x0A8
CANIF2DB2
R/W
0x0000.0000
CAN IF2 Data B2
446
0x100
CANTXRQ1
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Transmission Request 1
447
0x104
CANTXRQ2
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Transmission Request 2
447
0x120
CANNWDA1
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN New Data 1
448
0x124
CANNWDA2
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN New Data 2
448
0x140
CANMSG1INT
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Message 1 Interrupt Pending
449
0x144
CANMSG2INT
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Message 2 Interrupt Pending
449
0x160
CANMSG1VAL
RO
0x0000.0000
CAN Message 1 Valid
450
422
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Offset
Name
0x164
CANMSG2VAL
16.6
Type
Reset
RO
0x0000.0000
Description
CAN Message 2 Valid
See
page
450
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the CAN registers, in numerical order by address
offset. There are two sets of Interface Registers which are used to access the Message Objects in
the Message RAM: CANIF1x and CANIF2x. The function of the two sets are identical and are used
to queue transactions.
November 30, 2007
423
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 1: CAN Control (CANCTL), offset 0x000
This control register initializes the module and enables test mode and interrupts.
The bus-off recovery sequence (see CAN Specification Rev. 2.0) cannot be shortened by setting
or resetting INIT. If the device goes bus-off, it sets INIT, stopping all bus activities. Once INIT
has been cleared by the CPU, the device then waits for 129 occurrences of Bus Idle (129 * 11
consecutive High bits) before resuming normal operations. At the end of the bus-off recovery
sequence, the Error Management Counters are reset.
During the waiting time after INIT is reset, each time a sequence of 11 High bits has been monitored,
a Bit0Error code is written to the CANSTS status register, enabling the CPU to readily check
whether the CAN bus is stuck at dominant or continuously disturbed and to monitor the proceeding
of the bus-off recovery sequence.
CAN Control (CANCTL)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Test
CCE
DAR
reserved
EIE
SIE
IE
INIT
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000
7
Test
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Test Mode Enable
0: Normal Operation
1: Test Mode
6
CCE
R/W
0
Configuration Change Enable
0: Do not allow write access to the CANBIT register.
1: Allow write access to the CANBIT register if the INIT bit is 1.
5
DAR
R/W
0
Disable Automatic Retransmission
0: Auto retransmission of disturbed messages is enabled.
1: Auto retransmission is disabled.
4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
424
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
EIE
R/W
0
Description
Error Interrupt Enable
0: Disabled. No Error Status interrupt is generated.
1: Enabled. A change in the Boff or EWarn bits in the CANSTS register
generates an interrupt.
2
SIE
R/W
0
Status Change Interrupt Enable
0: Disabled. No Status Change interrupt is generated.
1: Enabled. An interrupt is generated when a message has successfully
been transmitted or received, or a CAN bus error has been detected. A
change in the TxOk or RxOk bits in the CANSTS register generates an
interrupt.
1
IE
R/W
0
CAN Interrupt Enable
0: Interrupt disabled.
1: Interrupt enabled.
0
INIT
R/W
1
Initialization
0: Normal operation.
1: Initialization started.
November 30, 2007
425
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 2: CAN Status (CANSTS), offset 0x004
The status register contains information for interrupt servicing such as Bus-Off, error count threshold,
and error types.
The LEC field holds the code that indicates the type of the last error to occur on the CAN bus. This
field is cleared to 0 when a message has been transferred (reception or transmission) without error.
The unused error code 7 may be written by the CPU to check for updates.
An Error Interrupt is generated by the BOff and EWarn bits and a Status Change Interrupt is
generated by the RxOk, TxOk, and LEC bits, assuming that the corresponding enable bits in the
CAN Control (CANCTL) register are set. A change of the EPass bit or a write to the RxOk, TxOk,
or LEC bits does not generate an interrupt.
Reading the CAN Status (CANSTS) register clears the CAN Interrupt (CANINT) register, if it is
pending.
CAN Status (CANSTS)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000
7
BOff
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
BOff
EWarn
EPass
RxOK
TxOK
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
LEC
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Bus-Off Status
0: Module is not in bus-off state.
1: Module is in bus-off state.
6
EWarn
RO
0
Warning Status
0: Both error counters are below the error warning limit of 96.
1: At least one of the error counters has reached the error warning limit
of 96.
5
EPass
RO
0
Error Passive
0: The CAN module is in the Error Active state, that is, the receive or
transmit error count is less than or equal to 127.
1: The CAN module is in the Error Passive state, that is, the receive or
transmit error count is greater than 127.
426
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
RxOK
R/W
0
Description
Received a Message Successfully
0: Since this bit was last reset to 0, no message has been successfully
received.
1: Since this bit was last reset to 0, a message has been successfully
received, independent of the result of the acceptance filtering.
This bit is never reset by the CAN module.
3
TxOK
R/W
0
Transmitted a Message Successfully
0: Since this bit was last reset to 0, no message has been successfully
transmitted.
1: Since this bit was last reset to 0, a message has been successfully
transmitted error-free and acknowledged by at least one other node.
This bit is never reset by the CAN module.
November 30, 2007
427
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2:0
LEC
R/W
0x0
Description
Last Error Code
This is the type of the last error to occur on the CAN bus.
Value Definition
0x0
No Error
0x1
Stuff Error
More than 5 equal bits in a sequence have occurred in a part
of a received message where this is not allowed.
0x2
Form Error
A fixed format part of the received frame has the wrong format.
0x3
ACK Error
The message transmitted was not acknowledged by another
node.
0x4
Bit 1 Error
When a message is transmitted, the CAN controller monitors
the data lines to detect any conflicts. When the arbitration field
is transmitted, data conflicts are a part of the arbitration protocol.
When other frame fields are transmitted, data conflicts are
considered errors.
A Bit 1 Error indicates that the device wanted to send a High
level (logical 1) but the monitored bus value was Low (logical
0).
0x5
Bit 0 Error
A Bit 0 Error indicates that the device wanted to send a Low
level (logical 0) but the monitored bus value was High (logical
1).
During bus-off recovery, this status is set each time a sequence
of 11 High bits has been monitored. This enables the CPU to
monitor the proceeding of the bus-off recovery sequence without
any disturbances to the bus.
0x6
CRC Error
The CRC checksum was incorrect in the received message,
indicating that the calculated value received did not match the
calculated CRC of the data.
0x7
Unused
When the LEC bit shows this value, no CAN bus event was
detected since the CPU wrote this value to LEC.
428
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: CAN Error Counter (CANERR), offset 0x008
This register contains the error counter values, which can be used to analyze the cause of an error.
CAN Error Counter (CANERR)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x008
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RP
Type
Reset
RO
0
REC
RO
0
TEC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15
RP
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Received Error Passive
0: The Receive Error counter is below the Error Passive level (127 or
less).
1: The Receive Error counter has reached the Error Passive level (128
or greater).
14:8
REC
RO
0x0
Receive Error Counter
State of the receiver error counter (0 to 127).
7:0
TEC
RO
0x0
Transmit Error Counter
State of the transmit error counter (0 to 255).
November 30, 2007
429
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 4: CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT), offset 0x00C
This register is used to program the bit width and bit quantum. Values are to be programmed to the
system clock frequency. This register is write-enabled by the CCE and INIT bits in the CANCTL
register.
With a CAN module clock (CAN_CLK) of 8 MHz, the register reset value of 0x230 configures the
CAN for a bit rate of 500 Kbps.
CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.2301
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
10
TSeg2
R/W
0
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
TSeg1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SJW
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:15
reserved
RO
0x0000
14:12
TSeg2
R/W
0x2
R/W
1
R/W
0
BRP
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Time Segment after Sample Point
0x00-0x07: The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is
such that one more than the value programmed here is used.
So, for example, a reset value of 0x2 defines that there is 3(2+1) bit
time quanta defined for Phase_Seg2 (see Figure 16-2 on page 418).
The bit time quanta is defined by BRP.
11:8
TSeg1
R/W
0x3
Time Segment Before Sample Point
0x00-0x0F: The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is
such that one more than the value programmed here is used.
So, for example, the reset value of 0x3 defines that there is 4(3+1) bit
time quanta defined for Phase_Seg1 (see Figure 16-2 on page 418).
The bit time quanta is define by BRP.
7:6
SJW
R/W
0x0
(Re)Synchronization Jump Width
0x00-0x03: The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is
such that one more than the value programmed here is used.
During the start of frame (SOF), if the CAN controller detects a phase
error (misalignment), it can adjust the length of TSeg2 or TSeg1 by the
value in SJW. So the reset value of 0 adjusts the length by 1 bit time
quanta.
430
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5:0
BRP
R/W
0x1
Description
Baud Rate Prescalar
0x00-0x03F: The value by which the oscillator frequency is divided for
generating the bit time quanta. The bit time is built up from a multiple
of this quantum. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value
is such that one more than the value programmed here is used.
BRP defines the number of CAN clock periods that make up 1 bit time
quanta, so the reset value is 2 bit time quanta (1+1).
The BRPRE register can be used to further divide the bit time.
November 30, 2007
431
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 5: CAN Interrupt (CANINT), offset 0x010
This register indicates the source of the interrupt.
If several interrupts are pending, the CAN Interrupt (CANINT) register points to the pending interrupt
with the highest priority, disregarding their chronological order. An interrupt remains pending until
the CPU has cleared it. If the IntId bit is not 0x0000 (the default) and the IE bit in the CANCTL
register is set, the interrupt is active. The interrupt line remains active until the IntId bit is set back
to 0x0000 when the cause of all interrupts are reset or until IE is reset.
CAN Interrupt (CANINT)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
IntId
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
IntId
RO
0x0000
Interrupt Identifier
The number in this field indicates the source of the interrupt.
Value
Definition
0x0000
No interrupt pending
0x0001-0x0020 Number of the message object that caused the
interrupt
0x0021-0x7FFF Unused
0x8000
Status Interrupt
0x8001-0xFFFF Unused
432
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: CAN Test (CANTST), offset 0x014
This is the test mode register for self-test and external pin access. It is write-enabled by the Test
bit in the CANCTL register. Different test functions may be combined but when the Tx bit is not
equal to 0x0, it disturbs message transmits.
CAN Test (CANTST)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LBack
Silent
Basic
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Rx
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000
7
Rx
RO
0
Tx
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Receive Observation
Displays the value on the CANnRx pin.
6:5
Tx
R/W
0x0
Transmit Control
Overrides control of theCANnTx pin.
Value Description
4
LBack
R/W
0
00
CAN_TX is controlled by the CAN module (default)
01
Sample Point signal driven on the CAN_TX pin
10
CAN_TX drives a Low value
11
CAN_TX drives a High value
Loopback Mode
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
3
Silent
R/W
0
Silent Mode
Do not transmit data; monitor the bus. Also known as Bus Monitor mode.
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
2
Basic
R/W
0
Basic Mode
0: Disabled.
1: Use CANIF1 registers as transmit buffer, and use CANIF2 registers
as receive buffer.
November 30, 2007
433
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1:0
reserved
RO
0x0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
434
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 7: CAN Baud Rate Prescalar Extension (CANBRPE), offset 0x018
This register is used to further divide the bit time set with the BRP bit in the CANBIT register. It is
write-enabled with the CCE bit in the CANCTL register.
CAN Baud Rate Prescalar Extension (CANBRPE)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x018
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
BRPE
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000
3:0
BRPE
R/W
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Baud Rate Prescalar Extension.
0x00-0x0F: Extend the BRP bit to values up to 1023. The actual
interpretation by the hardware is one more than the value programmed
by BRPE (MSBs) and BRP (LSBs) are used.
November 30, 2007
435
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 8: CAN IF1 Command Request (CANIF1CRQ), offset 0x020
Register 9: CAN IF2 Command Request (CANIF2CRQ), offset 0x080
This register is used to start a transfer when its MNUM bit field is updated. Its Busy bit indicates that
the information is transferring from the CAN Interface Registers to the internal message RAM.
A message transfer is started as soon as there is a write of the message object number with the
MNUM bit. With this write operation, the Busy bit is automatically set to 1 to indicate that a transfer
is in progress. After a wait time of 3 to 6 CAN_CLK periods, the transfer between the interface
register and the message RAM completes, which then sets the Busy bit back to 0.
CAN IF1 Command Request (CANIF1CRQ)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x020
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
Busy
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
MNUM
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15
Busy
RO
0x0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Busy Flag
0: Reset when read/write action has finished.
1: Set when a write occurs to the message number in this register.
14:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5:0
MNUM
R/W
0x01
Message Number
Selects one of the 32 message objects in the message RAM for data
transfer. The message objects are numbered from 1 to 32.
Value
Description
0x00
0 is not a valid message number; it is interpreted as 0x20,
or object 32.
0x01-0x20 Indicates specified message object 1 to 32.
0x21-0x3F Not a valid message number; values are shifted and it is
interpreted as 0x01-0x1F.
436
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: CAN IF1 Command Mask (CANIF1CMSK), offset 0x024
Register 11: CAN IF2 Command Mask (CANIF2CMSK), offset 0x084
The Command Mask registers specify the transfer direction and select which buffer registers are
the source or target of the data transfer.
CAN IF1 Command Mask (CANIF1CMSK)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x024
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WRNRD
Mask
Arb
Control
DataA
DataB
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000
7
WRNRD
R/W
0
ClrIntPnd TxRqst/NewDat
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Write, Not Read
0: Read. Transfer the message object address specified by the CAN
Command Request (CANIFnCRQ) register to the CAN message buffer
registers (CANIFnMSK1, CANIFnMSK2, CANIFnARB1, CANIFnARB2,
CANIFnCTL, CANIFnDA1, CANIFnDA2, CANIFnDB1, and
CANIFnDB2).
1: Write. Transfer data from the message buffer registers to the message
object address specified by the CANIFnCRQ register.
6
Mask
R/W
0x0
Access Mask Bits
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
0: Mask bits unchanged.
1: Transfer IDMask + Dir + MXtd to message object.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
0: Mask bits unchanged.
1: Transfer IDMask + Dir + MXtd of the message object into the
Interface Registers.
November 30, 2007
437
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5
Arb
R/W
0x0
Description
Access Arbitration Bits
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
0: Arbitration bits unchanged.
1: Transfer ID + Dir + Xtd + MsgVal to message object.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
0: Arbitration bits unchanged.
1: Transfer ID + Dir + Xtd + MsgVal to Message Buffer Register.
4
Control
R/W
0x0
Access Control Bits
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
0: Control bits unchanged.
1: Transfer control bits to message object.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
0: Control bits unchanged.
1: Transfer control bits to Message Buffer Register.
3
ClrIntPnd
R/W
0x0
Clear Interrupt Pending Bit
Note:
This bit is not used when in write (WRNRD=1).
0: IntPnd bit in CANIFnMCTL register remains unchanged.
1: Clear IntPnd bit in the CANIFnMCTL register in the message object.
2
TxRqst/NewDat
R/W
0x0
Access Transmission Request or New Data
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
Access Transmission Request Bit
0: TxRqst bit unchanged.
1: Set TxRqst bit
Note:
If a transmission is requested by programming this TxRqst
bit, the parallel TxRqst in the CANIFnMCTL register is
ignored.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
Access New Data Bit
0: NewDat bit unchanged.
1: Clear NewDat bit in the message object.
Note:
438
A read access to a message object can be combined with the
reset of the control bits IntPdn and NewDat. The values of
these bits that are transferred to the CANIFnMCTL register
always reflect the status before resetting these bits.
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
DataA
R/W
0x0
Description
Access Data Byte 0 to 3
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
0: Data bytes 0-3 are unchanged.
1: Transfer data bytes 0-3 (CANIFnDA1 and CANIFnDA2) to message
object.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
0: Data bytes 0-3 are unchanged.
1: Transfer data bytes 0-3 in message object to CANIFnDA1 and
CANIFnDA2.
0
DataB
R/W
0x0
Access Data Byte 4 to 7
When WRNRD=1 (writes):
0: Data bytes 4-7 unchanged.
1: Transfer data bytes 4-7 (CANIFnDB1 and CANIFnDB2) to message
object.
When WRNRD=0 (reads):
0: Data bytes 4-7 unchanged.
1: Transfer data bytes 4-7 in message object to CANIFnDB1 and
CANIFnDB2.
November 30, 2007
439
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 12: CAN IF1 Mask 1 (CANIF1MSK1), offset 0x028
Register 13: CAN IF2 Mask 1 (CANIF2MSK1), offset 0x088
The mask information provided in this register accompanies the data (CANIFnDAn), arbitration
information (CANIFnARBn), and control information (CANIFnMCTL) to the message object in the
message RAM. The mask is used with the ID bit in the CANIFnARBn register for acceptance
filtering. Additional mask information is contained in the CANIFnMSK2 register.
CAN IF1 Mask 1 (CANIF1MSK1)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x028
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
Msk
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
Msk
R/W
0xFF
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Identifier Mask
0: The corresponding identifier bit (ID) in the message object cannot
inhibit the match in acceptance filtering.
1: The corresponding identifier bit (ID) is used for acceptance filtering.
440
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 14: CAN IF1 Mask 2 (CANIF1MSK2), offset 0x02C
Register 15: CAN IF2 Mask 2 (CANIF2MSK2), offset 0x08C
This register holds extended mask information that accompanies the CANIFnMSK1 register.
CAN IF1 Mask 2 (CANIF1MSK2)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x02C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
MXtd
MDir
reserved
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
Msk
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15
MXtd
R/W
0x1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Mask Extended Identifier
0: The extended identifier bit (Xtd in the CANIFnARB2 register) has
no effect on the acceptance filtering.
1: The extended identifier bit Xtd is used for acceptance filtering.
14
MDir
R/W
0x1
Mask Message Direction
0: The message direction bit (Dir in the CANIFnARB2 register) has
no effect for acceptance filtering.
1: The message direction bit Dir is used for acceptance filtering.
13
reserved
RO
0x1
12:0
Msk
R/W
0xFF
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Identifier Mask
0: The corresponding identifier bit (ID) in the message object cannot
inhibit the match in acceptance filtering.
1: The corresponding identifier bit (ID) is used for acceptance filtering.
November 30, 2007
441
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 16: CAN IF1 Arbitration 1 (CANIF1ARB1), offset 0x030
Register 17: CAN IF2 Arbitration 1 (CANIF2ARB1), offset 0x090
These registers hold the identifiers for acceptance filtering.
CAN IF1 Arbitration 1 (CANIF1ARB1)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x030
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
ID
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
ID
R/W
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Message Identifier
This bit field is used with the ID field in the CANIFnARB2 register to
create the message identifier. ID[28:0] is the Extended Frame and
ID[28:18] is the Standard Frame.
442
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 18: CAN IF1 Arbitration 2 (CANIF1ARB2), offset 0x034
Register 19: CAN IF2 Arbitration 2 (CANIF2ARB2), offset 0x094
These registers hold information for acceptance filtering.
CAN IF1 Arbitration 2 (CANIF1ARB2)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x034
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
MsgVal
Xtd
Dir
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Type
Reset
ID
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15
MsgVal
R/W
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Message Valid
0: The message object is ignored by the message handler.
1: The message object is configured and will be considered by the
message handler within the CAN controller.
All unused message objects should have this bit cleared during
initialization and before clearing the Init bit in the CANCTL register.
The MsgVal bit must also be cleared before any of the following bits
are modified or if the message object is no longer required: the ID bit
fields in the CANIFnARBn registers, the Xtd and Dir bits in the
CANIFnARB2 register, or the DLC bits in the CANIFnMCTL register.
14
Xtd
R/W
0x0
Extended Identifier
0: The 11-bit Standard Identifier will be used for this message object.
1: The 29-bit Extended Identifier will be used for this message object.
13
Dir
R/W
0x0
Message Direction
0: Receive. On TxRqst, a Remote Frame with the identifier of this
message object is transmitted. On reception of a Data Frame with
matching identifier, that message is stored in this message object.
1: Transmit. On TxRqst, the respective message object is transmitted
as a Data Frame. On reception of a Remote Frame with matching
identifier, TxRqst bit of this message object is set (if RmtEn=1).
12:0
ID
R/W
0x0
Message Identifier
Used with the ID bit in the CANIFnARB1 register to create the message
identifier. ID[28:0] is the Extended Frame and ID[28:18] is the Standard
Frame.
November 30, 2007
443
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 20: CAN IF1 Message Control (CANIF1MCTL), offset 0x038
Register 21: CAN IF2 Message Control (CANIF2MCTL), offset 0x098
This register holds the control information associated with the message object to be sent to the
Message RAM.
CAN IF1 Message Control (CANIF1MCTL)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x038
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NewDat
MsgLst
IntPnd
UMask
TxIE
RxIE
RmtEn
TxRqst
EoB
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15
NewDat
R/W
0x0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
DLC
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
New Data
0: No new data has been written into the data portion of this message
object by the message handler since the last time this flag was cleared
by the CPU.
1: The message handler or the CPU has written new data into the data
portion of this message object.
14
MsgLst
R/W
0x0
Message Lost
0 : No message was lost since the last time this bit was reset by the
CPU.
1: The message handler stored a new message into this object when
NewDat was set; the CPU has lost a message.
This bit is only valid for message objects with the Dir bit in the
CANIFnARB2 register set to 0 (receive).
13
IntPnd
R/W
0x0
Interrupt Pending
0: This message object is not the source of an interrupt.
1: This message object is the source of an interrupt. The interrupt
identifier in the CAN Interrupt (CANINT) register will point to this
message object if there is not another interrupt source with a higher
priority.
12
UMask
R/W
0x0
Use Acceptance Mask
0: Mask ignored.
1: Use mask (Msk, MXtd, and MDir) for acceptance filtering.
444
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
11
TxIE
R/W
0x0
Description
Transmit Interrupt Enable
0: The IntPnd bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is unchanged after a
successful transmission of a frame.
1: The IntPnd bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is set after a successful
transmission of a frame.
10
RxIE
R/W
0x0
Receive Interrupt Enable
0: The IntPnd bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is unchanged after a
successful reception of a frame.
1: The IntPnd bit in the CANIFnMCTL register is set after a successful
reception of a frame.
9
RmtEn
R/W
0x0
Remote Enable
0: At the reception of a Remote Frame, the TxRqst bit in the
CANIFnMCTL register is left unchanged.
1: At the reception of a Remote Frame, the TxRqst bit in the
CANIFnMCTL register is set.
8
TxRqst
R/W
0x0
Transmit Request
0: This message object is not waiting for transmission.
1: The transmission of this message object is requested and is not yet
done.
7
EoB
R/W
0x0
End of Buffer
0: Message object belongs to a FIFO Buffer and is not the last message
object of that FIFO Buffer.
1: Single message object or last message object of a FIFO Buffer.
This bit is used to concatenate two or more message objects (up to 32)
to build a FIFO buffer. For a single message object (thus not belonging
to a FIFO buffer), this bit must be set to 1.
6:4
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3:0
DLC
R/W
0x0
Data Length Code
Value
Description
0x0-0x8 Specifies the number of bytes in the Data Frame.
0x9-0xF Defaults to a Data Frame with 8 bytes.
The DLC bit in the CANIFnMCTL register of a message object must be
defined the same as in all the corresponding objects with the same
identifier at other nodes. When the message handler stores a data frame,
it writes DLC to the value given by the received message.
November 30, 2007
445
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 22: CAN IF1 Data A1 (CANIF1DA1), offset 0x03C
Register 23: CAN IF1 Data A2 (CANIF1DA2), offset 0x040
Register 24: CAN IF1 Data B1 (CANIF1DB1), offset 0x044
Register 25: CAN IF1 Data B2 (CANIF1DB2), offset 0x048
Register 26: CAN IF2 Data A1 (CANIF2DA1), offset 0x09C
Register 27: CAN IF2 Data A2 (CANIF2DA2), offset 0x0A0
Register 28: CAN IF2 Data B1 (CANIF2DB1), offset 0x0A4
Register 29: CAN IF2 Data B2 (CANIF2DB2), offset 0x0A8
These registers contain the data to be sent or that has been received. In a CAN Data Frame, data
byte 0 is the first byte to be transmitted or received and data byte 7 is the last byte to be transmitted
or received. In CAN's serial bit stream, the MSB of each byte is transmitted first.
CAN IF1 Data A1 (CANIF1DA1)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x03C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Data
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
Data
R/W
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Data
The CANIFnDA1 registers contain data bytes 1 and 0; CANIFnDA2
data bytes 3 and 2; CANIFnDB1 data bytes 5 and 4; and CANIFnDB2
data bytes 7 and 6.
446
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 30: CAN Transmission Request 1 (CANTXRQ1), offset 0x100
Register 31: CAN Transmission Request 2 (CANTXRQ2), offset 0x104
The CANTXRQ1 and CANTXRQ2 registers hold the TxRqst bits of the 32 message objects. By
reading out these bits, the CPU can check which message object has a transmission request pending.
The TxRqst bit of a specific message object can be changed by three sources: (1) the CPU via the
CAN IFn Message Control (CANIFnMCTL) register, (2) the message handler state machine after
the reception of a Remote Frame, or (3) the message handler state machine after a successful
transmission.
The CANTXRQ1 register contains the TxRqst bit of the first 16 message objects in the message
RAM; the CANTXRQ2 register contains the TxRqst bit of the second 16 message objects.
CAN Transmission Request 1 (CANTXRQ1)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x100
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TxRqst
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
TxRqst
RO
0x00
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Transmission Request Bits
(of all message objects)
0: The message object is not waiting for transmission.
1: The transmission of the message object is requested and is not yet
done.
November 30, 2007
447
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 32: CAN New Data 1 (CANNWDA1), offset 0x120
Register 33: CAN New Data 2 (CANNWDA2), offset 0x124
The CANNWDA1 and CANNWDA2 registers hold the NewDat bits of the 32 message objects. By
reading these bits, the CPU can check which message object has its data portion updated. The
NewDat bit of a specific message object can be changed by three sources: (1) the CPU via the
CAN IFn Message Control (CANIFnMCTL) register, (2) the message handler state machine after
the reception of a Data Frame, or (3) the message handler state machine after a successful
transmission.
The CANNWDA1 register contains the NewDat bit of the first 16 message objects in the message
RAM; the CANNWDA2 register contains the NewDat bit of the second 16 message objects.
CAN New Data 1 (CANNWDA1)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x120
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
NewDat
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
NewDat
RO
0x00
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
New Data Bits
(of all message objects)
0: No new data has been written into the data portion of this message
object by the message handler since the last time this flag was cleared
by the CPU.
1: The message handler or the CPU has written new data into the data
portion of this message object.
448
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 34: CAN Message 1 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG1INT), offset 0x140
Register 35: CAN Message 2 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG2INT), offset 0x144
The CANMSG1INT and CANMSG2INT registers hold the IntPnd bits of the 32 message objects.
By reading these bits, the CPU can check which message object has an interrupt pending. The
IntPnd bit of a specific message object can be changed through two sources: (1) the CPU via the
CAN IFn Message Control (CANIFnMCTL) register, or (2) the message handler state machine
after the reception or transmission of a frame.
This field is also encoded in the CAN Interrupt (CANINT) register.
The CANMSG1INT register contains the IntPnd bit of the first 16 message objects in the message
RAM; the CANMSG2INT register contains the IntPnd bit of the second 16 message objects.
CAN Message 1 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG1INT)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x140
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
IntPnd
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
IntPnd
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Interrupt Pending Bits
(of all message objects)
0: This message object is not the source of an interrupt.
1: This message object is the source of an interrupt.
November 30, 2007
449
Preliminary
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
Register 36: CAN Message 1 Valid (CANMSG1VAL), offset 0x160
Register 37: CAN Message 2 Valid (CANMSG2VAL), offset 0x164
The CANMSG1VAL and CANMSG2VAL registers hold the MsgVal bits of the 32 message objects.
By reading these bits, the CPU can check which message object is valid. The message value of a
specific message object can be changed with the CAN IFn Message Control (CANIFnMCTL)
register.
The CANMSG1VAL register contains the MsgVal bit of the first 16 message objects in the message
RAM; the CANMSG2VAL register contains the MsgVal bit of the second 16 message objects in
the message RAM.
CAN Message 1 Valid (CANMSG1VAL)
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
Offset 0x160
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
MsgVal
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
15:0
MsgVal
RO
0x00
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Message Valid Bits
(of all message objects)
0: This message object is not configured and is ignored by the message
handler.
1: This message object is configured and should be considered by the
message handler.
450
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
17
Analog Comparators
An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical
output that signals the comparison result.
The LM3S2965 controller provides three independent integrated analog comparators that can be
configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt or ADC event.
Note:
Not all comparators have the option to drive an output pin. See the Comparator Operating
Mode tables for more information.
A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages:
■ An individual external reference voltage
■ A shared single external reference voltage
■ A shared internal reference voltage
The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog
comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts or triggers to the
ADC to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. The interrupt generation and ADC triggering
logic is separate. This means, for example, that an interrupt can be generated on a rising edge and
the ADC triggered on a falling edge.
November 30, 2007
451
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
17.1
Block Diagram
Figure 17-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram
C2-
-ve input
C2+
+ve input
Comparator 2
output
<none>
+ve input (alternate)
ACCTL2
trigger
ACSTAT2
interrupt
reference input
C1-
-ve input
C1+
+ve input
trigger
interrupt
Comparator 1
output
<none>
+ve input (alternate)
ACCTL1
trigger
ACSTAT1
interrupt
reference input
C0-
-ve input
C0+
+ve input
trigger
interrupt
Comparator 0
output
C0o
+ve input (alternate)
ACCTL0
trigger
ACSTAT0
interrupt
reference input
trigger
interrupt
Voltage
Ref
internal
bus
17.2
ACREFCTL
Functional Description
Important: It is recommended that the Digital-Input enable (the GPIODEN bit in the GPIO module)
for the analog input pin be disabled to prevent excessive current draw from the I/O
pads.
The comparator compares the VIN- and VIN+ inputs to produce an output, VOUT.
VIN- < VIN+, VOUT = 1
VIN- > VIN+, VOUT = 0
As shown in Figure 17-2 on page 453, the input source for VIN- is an external input. In addition to
an external input, input sources for VIN+ can be the +ve input of comparator 0 or an internal reference.
452
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 17-2. Structure of Comparator Unit
-ve input
output
0
CINV
1
+ve input (alternate)
IntGen
2
reference input
TrigGen
ACCTL
trigger
internal
bus
ACSTAT
interrupt
+ve input
A comparator is configured through two status/control registers (ACCTL and ACSTAT ). The internal
reference is configured through one control register (ACREFCTL). Interrupt status and control is
configured through three registers (ACMIS, ACRIS, and ACINTEN). The operating modes of the
comparators are shown in the Comparator Operating Mode tables.
Typically, the comparator output is used internally to generate controller interrupts. It may also be
used to drive an external pin or generate an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) trigger.
Important: Certain register bit values must be set before using the analog comparators. The proper
pad configuration for the comparator input and output pins are described in the
Comparator Operating Mode tables.
Table 17-1. Comparator 0 Operating Modes
ACCNTL0 Comparator 0
ASRCP
VIN- VIN+
Output
00
C0-
C0+
C0o/C1+
Interrupt ADC Trigger
yes
yes
01
C0-
C0+
C0o/C1+
yes
yes
10
C0-
Vref
C0o/C1+
yes
yes
11
C0- reserved C0o/C1+
yes
yes
Table 17-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes
ACCNTL1 Comparator 1
ASRCP
VIN- VIN+
Output Interrupt ADC Trigger
a
00
C1- C0o/C1+
n/a
yes
yes
01
C1-
C0+
n/a
yes
yes
10
C1-
Vref
n/a
yes
yes
11
C1- reserved
n/a
yes
yes
a. C0o and C1+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other.
November 30, 2007
453
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Table 17-3. Comparator 2 Operating Modes
ACCNTL2 Comparator 2
17.2.1
ASRCP
VIN- VIN+
00
C2-
C2+
Output Interrupt ADC Trigger
n/a
yes
yes
01
C2-
C0+
n/a
yes
yes
10
C2-
Vref
n/a
yes
yes
11
C2- reserved
n/a
yes
yes
Internal Reference Programming
The structure of the internal reference is shown in Figure 17-3 on page 454. This is controlled by a
single configuration register (ACREFCTL). Table 17-4 on page 454 shows the programming options
to develop specific internal reference values, to compare an external voltage against a particular
voltage generated internally.
Figure 17-3. Comparator Internal Reference Structure
8R
AVDD
8R
R
R
R
R
•••
EN
15
14
•••
1
0
Decoder
VREF
internal
reference
RNG
Table 17-4. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values
ACREFCTL Register
Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value
EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value
EN=0
RNG=X
0 V (GND) for any value of VREF; however, it is recommended that RNG=1 and VREF=0
for the least noisy ground reference.
454
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
ACREFCTL Register
Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value
EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value
EN=1
RNG=0
Total resistance in ladder is 32 R.
V
V
V
RE F
= AV
RE F
R EF
= AV
DD
DD
R
-------F
× ------V----RE
R
T
( VREF + 8 )
× -----------------------------32
= 0.825 + 0.103 VR EF
The range of internal reference in this mode is 0.825-2.37 V.
RNG=1
Total resistance in ladder is 24 R.
V
V
RE F
RE F
= AV
= AV
DD
DD
R
-------F
× ------V----RE
R
T
( VREF )
× --------------------24
VREF = 0.1375 x VREF
The range of internal reference for this mode is 0.0-2.0625 V.
17.3
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to configure an analog comparator to read back its output value
from an internal register.
1. Enable the analog comparator 0 clock by writing a value of 0x0010.0000 to the RCGC1 register
in the System Control module.
2. In the GPIO module, enable the GPIO port/pin associated with C0- as a GPIO input.
3. Configure the internal voltage reference to 1.65 V by writing the ACREFCTL register with the
value 0x0000.030C.
4. Configure comparator 0 to use the internal voltage reference and to not invert the output on the
C0o pin by writing the ACCTL0 register with the value of 0x0000.040C.
5. Delay for some time.
6. Read the comparator output value by reading the ACSTAT0 register’s OVAL value.
Change the level of the signal input on C0- to see the OVAL value change.
17.4
Register Map
Table 17-5 on page 456 lists the comparator registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment
to the register’s address, relative to the Analog Comparator base address of 0x4003.C000.
November 30, 2007
455
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Table 17-5. Analog Comparators Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x00
ACMIS
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status
457
0x04
ACRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status
458
0x08
ACINTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable
459
0x10
ACREFCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control
460
0x20
ACSTAT0
RO
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Status 0
461
0x24
ACCTL0
R/W
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Control 0
462
0x40
ACSTAT1
RO
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Status 1
461
0x44
ACCTL1
R/W
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Control 1
462
0x60
ACSTAT2
RO
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Status 2
461
0x64
ACCTL2
R/W
0x0000.0000
Analog Comparator Control 2
462
17.5
Description
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Analog Comparator registers, in numerical
order by address offset.
456
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (masked) of the comparator.
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x00
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN2
IN1
IN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
IN2
R/W1C
0
Comparator 2 Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to
clear the pending interrupt.
1
IN1
R/W1C
0
Comparator 1 Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to
clear the pending interrupt.
0
IN0
R/W1C
0
Comparator 0 Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to
clear the pending interrupt.
November 30, 2007
457
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 2: Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (raw) of the comparator.
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x04
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN2
IN1
IN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
IN2
RO
0
Comparator 2 Interrupt Status
When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator
2.
1
IN1
RO
0
Comparator 1 Interrupt Status
When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator
1.
0
IN0
RO
0
Comparator 0 Interrupt Status
When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator
0.
458
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 3: Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08
This register provides the interrupt enable for the comparator.
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x08
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN2
IN1
IN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
IN2
R/W
0
Comparator 2 Interrupt Enable
When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 2 output
1
IN1
R/W
0
Comparator 1 Interrupt Enable
When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 1 output.
0
IN0
R/W
0
Comparator 0 Interrupt Enable
When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 0 output.
November 30, 2007
459
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 4: Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset
0x10
This register specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on as well as the range and tap.
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x10
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
8
EN
RNG
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
VREF
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:10
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
EN
R/W
0
Resistor Ladder Enable
The EN bit specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on. If 0, the
resistor ladder is unpowered. If 1, the resistor ladder is connected to
the analog VDD.
This bit is reset to 0 so that the internal reference consumes the least
amount of power if not used and programmed.
8
RNG
R/W
0
Resistor Ladder Range
The RNG bit specifies the range of the resistor ladder. If 0, the resistor
ladder has a total resistance of 32 R. If 1, the resistor ladder has a total
resistance of 24 R.
7:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3:0
VREF
R/W
0x00
Resistor Ladder Voltage Ref
The VREF bit field specifies the resistor ladder tap that is passed through
an analog multiplexer. The voltage corresponding to the tap position is
the internal reference voltage available for comparison. See Table
17-4 on page 454 for some output reference voltage examples.
460
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 5: Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20
Register 6: Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40
Register 7: Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x60
These registers specify the current output value of the comparator.
Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x20
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
OVAL
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
OVAL
RO
0
Comparator Output Value
The OVAL bit specifies the current output value of the comparator.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
461
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 8: Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24
Register 9: Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44
Register 10: Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x64
These registers configure the comparator’s input and output.
Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0)
Base 0x4003.C000
Offset 0x24
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TSLVAL
CINV
reserved
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
TOEN
RO
0
R/W
0
ASRCP
R/W
0
R/W
0
TSEN
R/W
0
ISLVAL
R/W
0
R/W
0
ISEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
TOEN
R/W
0
Trigger Output Enable
The TOEN bit enables the ADC event transmission to the ADC. If 0, the
event is suppressed and not sent to the ADC. If 1, the event is
transmitted to the ADC.
10:9
ASRCP
R/W
0x00
Analog Source Positive
The ASRCP field specifies the source of input voltage to the VIN+ terminal
of the comparator. The encodings for this field are as follows:
Value Function
0x0
Pin value
0x1
Pin value of C0+
0x2
Internal voltage reference
0x3
Reserved
8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
TSLVAL
R/W
0
Trigger Sense Level Value
The TSLVAL bit specifies the sense value of the input that generates
an ADC event if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an ADC event is generated
if the comparator output is Low. Otherwise, an ADC event is generated
if the comparator output is High.
462
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6:5
TSEN
R/W
0x0
Description
Trigger Sense
The TSEN field specifies the sense of the comparator output that
generates an ADC event. The sense conditioning is as follows:
Value Function
4
ISLVAL
R/W
0
0x0
Level sense, see TSLVAL
0x1
Falling edge
0x2
Rising edge
0x3
Either edge
Interrupt Sense Level Value
The ISLVAL bit specifies the sense value of the input that generates
an interrupt if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an interrupt is generated if the
comparator output is Low. Otherwise, an interrupt is generated if the
comparator output is High.
3:2
ISEN
R/W
0x0
Interrupt Sense
The ISEN field specifies the sense of the comparator output that
generates an interrupt. The sense conditioning is as follows:
Value Function
1
CINV
R/W
0
0x0
Level sense, see ISLVAL
0x1
Falling edge
0x2
Rising edge
0x3
Either edge
Comparator Output Invert
The CINV bit conditionally inverts the output of the comparator. If 0, the
output of the comparator is unchanged. If 1, the output of the comparator
is inverted prior to being processed by hardware.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
November 30, 2007
463
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
18
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels.
High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square
wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies
and motor control.
®
The Stellaris PWM module consists of three PWM generator blocks and a control block. Each
PWM generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two PWM comparators,
a PWM signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt/ADC-trigger selector. The control
block determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins.
Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals
(other than being based on the same timer and therefore having the same frequency) or a single
pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM generation
blocks are managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins.
®
The Stellaris PWM module provides a great deal of flexibility. It can generate simple PWM signals,
such as those required by a simple charge pump. It can also generate paired PWM signals with
dead-band delays, such as those required by a half-H bridge driver. The three generator blocks can
also generate the full six channels of gate controls required by a 3-phase inverter bridge.
18.1
Block Diagram
®
Figure 18-1 on page 464 provides a block diagram of a Stellaris PWM module. The LM3S2965
controller contains three generator blocks (PWM0, PWM1, and PWM2) and generates six independent
PWM signals or three paired PWM signals with dead-band delays inserted.
Figure 18-1. PWM Module Block Diagram
PWMnLOAD
PWM Clock
PWM Generator Block
zero
PWMnGENA
PWMnGENB
load
Timer
PWMnCOUNT
Fault
dir
16
PWMnCMPA
cmpA
PWM
Generator
Comparator A
pwma
pwmb
PWMnCMPB
PWMnDBCTL
PWMnDBRISE
PWMnDBFALL
Dead-Band
Generator
cmpB
Comparator B
PWMENABLE
PWMINVERT
PWMFAULT
PWM Output
Control
PWMnINTEN
Interrupt and
Trigger Generate
Interrupt
PWMnRIS
PWMnISC
18.2
Functional Description
18.2.1
PWM Timer
The timer in each PWM generator runs in one of two modes: Count-Down mode or Count-Up/Down
mode. In Count-Down mode, the timer counts from the load value to zero, goes back to the load
value, and continues counting down. In Count-Up/Down mode, the timer counts from zero up to the
464
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
load value, back down to zero, back up to the load value, and so on. Generally, Count-Down mode
is used for generating left- or right-aligned PWM signals, while the Count-Up/Down mode is used
for generating center-aligned PWM signals.
The timers output three signals that are used in the PWM generation process: the direction signal
(this is always Low in Count-Down mode, but alternates between Low and High in Count-Up/Down
mode), a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse when the counter is zero, and a single-clock-cycle-width
High pulse when the counter is equal to the load value. Note that in Count-Down mode, the zero
pulse is immediately followed by the load pulse.
18.2.2
PWM Comparators
There are two comparators in each PWM generator that monitor the value of the counter; when
either match the counter, they output a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse. When in Count-Up/Down
mode, these comparators match both when counting up and when counting down; they are therefore
qualified by the counter direction signal. These qualified pulses are used in the PWM generation
process. If either comparator match value is greater than the counter load value, then that comparator
never outputs a High pulse.
Figure 18-2 on page 465 shows the behavior of the counter and the relationship of these pulses
when the counter is in Count-Down mode. Figure 18-3 on page 466 shows the behavior of the counter
and the relationship of these pulses when the counter is in Count-Up/Down mode.
Figure 18-2. PWM Count-Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
Load
Zero
A
B
Dir
BDown
ADown
November 30, 2007
465
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Figure 18-3. PWM Count-Up/Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
Load
Zero
A
B
Dir
BUp
AUp
18.2.3
BDown
ADown
PWM Signal Generator
The PWM generator takes these pulses (qualified by the direction signal), and generates two PWM
signals. In Count-Down mode, there are four events that can affect the PWM signal: zero, load,
match A down, and match B down. In Count-Up/Down mode, there are six events that can affect
the PWM signal: zero, load, match A down, match A up, match B down, and match B up. The match
A or match B events are ignored when they coincide with the zero or load events. If the match A
and match B events coincide, the first signal, PWMA, is generated based only on the match A event,
and the second signal, PWMB, is generated based only on the match B event.
For each event, the effect on each output PWM signal is programmable: it can be left alone (ignoring
the event), it can be toggled, it can be driven Low, or it can be driven High. These actions can be
used to generate a pair of PWM signals of various positions and duty cycles, which do or do not
overlap. Figure 18-4 on page 466 shows the use of Count-Up/Down mode to generate a pair of
center-aligned, overlapped PWM signals that have different duty cycles.
Figure 18-4. PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
PWMA
PWMB
In this example, the first generator is set to drive High on match A up, drive Low on match A down,
and ignore the other four events. The second generator is set to drive High on match B up, drive
Low on match B down, and ignore the other four events. Changing the value of comparator A
466
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
changes the duty cycle of the PWMA signal, and changing the value of comparator B changes the
duty cycle of the PWMB signal.
18.2.4
Dead-Band Generator
The two PWM signals produced by the PWM generator are passed to the dead-band generator. If
disabled, the PWM signals simply pass through unmodified. If enabled, the second PWM signal is
lost and two PWM signals are generated based on the first PWM signal. The first output PWM signal
is the input signal with the rising edge delayed by a programmable amount. The second output
PWM signal is the inversion of the input signal with a programmable delay added between the falling
edge of the input signal and the rising edge of this new signal.
This is therefore a pair of active High signals where one is always High, except for a programmable
amount of time at transitions where both are Low. These signals are therefore suitable for driving
a half-H bridge, with the dead-band delays preventing shoot-through current from damaging the
power electronics. Figure 18-5 on page 467 shows the effect of the dead-band generator on an input
PWM signal.
Figure 18-5. PWM Dead-Band Generator
Input
PWMA
PWMB
Rising Edge
Delay
18.2.5
Falling Edge
Delay
Interrupt/ADC-Trigger Selector
The PWM generator also takes the same four (or six) counter events and uses them to generate
an interrupt or an ADC trigger. Any of these events or a set of these events can be selected as a
source for an interrupt; when any of the selected events occur, an interrupt is generated. Additionally,
the same event, a different event, the same set of events, or a different set of events can be selected
as a source for an ADC trigger; when any of these selected events occur, an ADC trigger pulse is
generated. The selection of events allows the interrupt or ADC trigger to occur at a specific position
within the PWM signal. Note that interrupts and ADC triggers are based on the raw events; delays
in the PWM signal edges caused by the dead-band generator are not taken into account.
18.2.6
Synchronization Methods
There is a global reset capability that can synchronously reset any or all of the counters in the PWM
generators. If multiple PWM generators are configured with the same counter load value, this can
be used to guarantee that they also have the same count value (this does imply that the PWM
generators must be configured before they are synchronized). With this, more than two PWM signals
can be produced with a known relationship between the edges of those signals since the counters
always have the same values.
The counter load values and comparator match values of the PWM generator can be updated in
two ways. The first is immediate update mode, where a new value is used as soon as the counter
reaches zero. By waiting for the counter to reach zero, a guaranteed behavior is defined, and overly
short or overly long output PWM pulses are prevented.
The other update method is synchronous, where the new value is not used until a global synchronized
update signal is asserted, at which point the new value is used as soon as the counter reaches
zero. This second mode allows multiple items in multiple PWM generators to be updated
November 30, 2007
467
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
simultaneously without odd effects during the update; everything runs from the old values until a
point at which they all run from the new values. The Update mode of the load and comparator match
values can be individually configured in each PWM generator block. It typically makes sense to use
the synchronous update mechanism across PWM generator blocks when the timers in those blocks
are synchronized, though this is not required in order for this mechanism to function properly.
18.2.7
Fault Conditions
There are two external conditions that affect the PWM block; the signal input on the Fault pin and
the stalling of the controller by a debugger. There are two mechanisms available to handle such
conditions: the output signals can be forced into an inactive state and/or the PWM timers can be
stopped.
Each output signal has a fault bit. If set, a fault input signal causes the corresponding output signal
to go into the inactive state. If the inactive state is a safe condition for the signal to be in for an
extended period of time, this keeps the output signal from driving the outside world in a dangerous
manner during the fault condition. A fault condition can also generate a controller interrupt.
Each PWM generator can also be configured to stop counting during a stall condition. The user can
select for the counters to run until they reach zero then stop, or to continue counting and reloading.
A stall condition does not generate a controller interrupt.
18.2.8
Output Control Block
With each PWM generator block producing two raw PWM signals, the output control block takes
care of the final conditioning of the PWM signals before they go to the pins. Via a single register,
the set of PWM signals that are actually enabled to the pins can be modified; this can be used, for
example, to perform commutation of a brushless DC motor with a single register write (and without
modifying the individual PWM generators, which are modified by the feedback control loop). Similarly,
fault control can disable any of the PWM signals as well. A final inversion can be applied to any of
the PWM signals, making them active Low instead of the default active High.
18.3
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to initialize the PWM Generator 0 with a 25-KHz frequency, and
with a 25% duty cycle on the PWM0 pin and a 75% duty cycle on the PWM1 pin. This example assumes
the system clock is 20 MHz.
1. Enable the PWM clock by writing a value of 0x0010.0000 to the RCGC0 register in the System
Control module.
2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control
module.
3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the
GPIOAFSEL register.
4. Configure the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register in the System Control module
to use the PWM divide (USEPWMDIV) and set the divider (PWMDIV) to divide by 2 (000).
5. Configure the PWM generator for countdown mode with immediate updates to the parameters.
■ Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x0000.0000.
■ Write the PWM0GENA register with a value of 0x0000.008C.
468
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
■ Write the PWM0GENB register with a value of 0x0000.080C.
6. Set the period. For a 25-KHz frequency, the period = 1/25,000, or 40 microseconds. The PWM
clock source is 10 MHz; the system clock divided by 2. This translates to 400 clock ticks per
period. Use this value to set the PWM0LOAD register. In Count-Down mode, set the Load field
in the PWM0LOAD register to the requested period minus one.
■ Write the PWM0LOAD register with a value of 0x0000.018F.
7. Set the pulse width of the PWM0 pin for a 25% duty cycle.
■ Write the PWM0CMPA register with a value of 0x0000.012B.
8. Set the pulse width of the PWM1 pin for a 75% duty cycle.
■ Write the PWM0CMPB register with a value of 0x0000.0063.
9. Start the timers in PWM generator 0.
■ Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x0000.0001.
10. Enable PWM outputs.
■ Write the PWMENABLE register with a value of 0x0000.0003.
18.4
Register Map
Table 18-1 on page 469 lists the PWM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to the PWM base address of 0x4002.8000.
Table 18-1. PWM Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
PWMCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Master Control
472
0x004
PWMSYNC
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Time Base Sync
473
0x008
PWMENABLE
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Output Enable
474
0x00C
PWMINVERT
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Output Inversion
475
0x010
PWMFAULT
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Output Fault
476
0x014
PWMINTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM Interrupt Enable
477
0x018
PWMRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM Raw Interrupt Status
478
0x01C
PWMISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear
479
0x020
PWMSTATUS
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM Status
480
0x040
PWM0CTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Control
481
0x044
PWM0INTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable
483
0x048
PWM0RIS
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status
485
0x04C
PWM0ISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear
486
November 30, 2007
469
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
0x050
PWM0LOAD
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Load
487
0x054
PWM0COUNT
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Counter
488
0x058
PWM0CMPA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Compare A
489
0x05C
PWM0CMPB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Compare B
490
0x060
PWM0GENA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Generator A Control
491
0x064
PWM0GENB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Generator B Control
494
0x068
PWM0DBCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Dead-Band Control
497
0x06C
PWM0DBRISE
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay
498
0x070
PWM0DBFALL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay
499
0x080
PWM1CTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Control
481
0x084
PWM1INTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Interrupt and Trigger Enable
483
0x088
PWM1RIS
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status
485
0x08C
PWM1ISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear
486
0x090
PWM1LOAD
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Load
487
0x094
PWM1COUNT
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Counter
488
0x098
PWM1CMPA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Compare A
489
0x09C
PWM1CMPB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Compare B
490
0x0A0
PWM1GENA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Generator A Control
491
0x0A4
PWM1GENB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Generator B Control
494
0x0A8
PWM1DBCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Dead-Band Control
497
0x0AC
PWM1DBRISE
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay
498
0x0B0
PWM1DBFALL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay
499
0x0C0
PWM2CTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Control
481
0x0C4
PWM2INTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Interrupt and Trigger Enable
483
0x0C8
PWM2RIS
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status
485
0x0CC
PWM2ISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear
486
0x0D0
PWM2LOAD
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Load
487
0x0D4
PWM2COUNT
RO
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Counter
488
0x0D8
PWM2CMPA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Compare A
489
0x0DC
PWM2CMPB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Compare B
490
0x0E0
PWM2GENA
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Generator A Control
491
0x0E4
PWM2GENB
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Generator B Control
494
0x0E8
PWM2DBCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Dead-Band Control
497
470
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Name
Type
Reset
0x0EC
PWM2DBRISE
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay
498
0x0F0
PWM2DBFALL
R/W
0x0000.0000
PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay
499
18.5
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the PWM registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
November 30, 2007
471
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 1: PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000
This register provides master control over the PWM generation blocks.
PWM Master Control (PWMCTL)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
GlobalSync2 GlobalSync1 GlobalSync0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
GlobalSync2
R/W
0
Update PWM Generator 2
Same as GlobalSync0 but for PWM generator 2.
1
GlobalSync1
R/W
0
Update PWM Generator 1
Same as GlobalSync0 but for PWM generator 1.
0
GlobalSync0
R/W
0
Update PWM Generator 0
Setting this bit causes any queued update to a load or comparator
register in PWM generator 0 to be applied the next time the
corresponding counter becomes zero. This bit automatically clears when
the updates have completed; it cannot be cleared by software.
472
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 2: PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004
This register provides a method to perform synchronization of the counters in the PWM generation
blocks. Writing a bit in this register to 1 causes the specified counter to reset back to 0; writing
multiple bits resets multiple counters simultaneously. The bits auto-clear after the reset has occurred;
reading them back as zero indicates that the synchronization has completed.
PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Sync2
Sync1
Sync0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:3
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
Sync2
R/W
0
Reset Generator 2 Counter
Performs a reset of the PWM generator 2 counter.
1
Sync1
R/W
0
Reset Generator 1 Counter
Performs a reset of the PWM generator 1 counter.
0
Sync0
R/W
0
Reset Generator 0 Counter
Performs a reset of the PWM generator 0 counter.
November 30, 2007
473
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 3: PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008
This register provides a master control of which generated PWM signals are output to device pins.
By disabling a PWM output, the generation process can continue (for example, when the time bases
are synchronized) without driving PWM signals to the pins. When bits in this register are set, the
corresponding PWM signal is passed through to the output stage, which is controlled by the
PWMINVERT register. When bits are not set, the PWM signal is replaced by a zero value which is
also passed to the output stage.
PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PWM5En PWM4En PWM3En PWM2En PWM1En PWM0En
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
PWM5En
R/W
0
PWM5 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM5 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
4
PWM4En
R/W
0
PWM4 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM4 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
3
PWM3En
R/W
0
PWM3 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM3 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
2
PWM2En
R/W
0
PWM2 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM2 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
1
PWM1En
R/W
0
PWM1 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM1 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
0
PWM0En
R/W
0
PWM0 Output Enable
When set, allows the generated PWM0 signal to be passed to the device
pin.
474
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C
This register provides a master control of the polarity of the PWM signals on the device pins. The
PWM signals generated by the PWM generator are active High; they can optionally be made active
Low via this register. Disabled PWM channels are also passed through the output inverter (if so
configured) so that inactive channels maintain the correct polarity.
PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PWM5Inv PWM4Inv PWM3Inv PWM2Inv PWM1Inv PWM0Inv
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
PWM5Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM5 Signal
When set, the generated PWM5 signal is inverted.
4
PWM4Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM4 Signal
When set, the generated PWM4 signal is inverted.
3
PWM3Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM3 Signal
When set, the generated PWM3 signal is inverted.
2
PWM2Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM2 Signal
When set, the generated PWM2 signal is inverted.
1
PWM1Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM1 Signal
When set, the generated PWM1 signal is inverted.
0
PWM0Inv
R/W
0
Invert PWM0 Signal
When set, the generated PWM0 signal is inverted.
November 30, 2007
475
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 5: PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010
This register controls the behavior of the PWM outputs in the presence of fault conditions. Both the
fault input and debug events are considered fault conditions. On a fault condition, each PWM signal
can either be passed through unmodified or driven Low. For outputs that are configured for
pass-through, the debug event handling on the corresponding PWM generator also determines if
the PWM signal continues to be generated.
Fault condition control happens before the output inverter, so PWM signals driven Low on fault are
inverted if the channel is configured for inversion (therefore, the pin is driven High on a fault condition).
PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fault5
Fault4
Fault3
Fault2
Fault1
Fault0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
Fault5
R/W
0
PWM5 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM5 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
4
Fault4
R/W
0
PWM4 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM4 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
3
Fault3
R/W
0
PWM3 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM3 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
2
Fault2
R/W
0
PWM2 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM2 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
1
Fault1
R/W
0
PWM1 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM1 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
0
Fault0
R/W
0
PWM0 Driven Low on Fault
When set, the PWM0 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition.
476
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014
This register controls the global interrupt generation capabilities of the PWM module. The events
that can cause an interrupt are the fault input and the individual interrupts from the PWM generators.
PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
IntFault
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
16
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
IntFault
R/W
0
Fault Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the fault input is asserted.
15:3
reserved
RO
0x00
2
IntPWM2
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PWM2 Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 2 block asserts
an interrupt.
1
IntPWM1
R/W
0
PWM1 Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 1 block asserts
an interrupt.
0
IntPWM0
R/W
0
PWM0 Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 0 block asserts
an interrupt.
November 30, 2007
477
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 7: PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether
they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller. The fault interrupt is latched on detection;
it must be cleared through the PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC) register (see page 479).
The PWM generator interrupts simply reflect the status of the PWM generators; they are cleared
via the interrupt status register in the PWM generator blocks. Bits set to 1 indicate the events that
are active; a zero bit indicates that the event in question is not active.
PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
IntFault
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
16
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
IntFault
RO
0
Fault Interrupt Asserted
Indicates that the fault input has been asserted.
15:3
reserved
RO
0x00
2
IntPWM2
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PWM2 Interrupt Asserted
Indicates that the PWM generator 2 block is asserting its interrupt.
1
IntPWM1
RO
0
PWM1 Interrupt Asserted
Indicates that the PWM generator 1 block is asserting its interrupt.
0
IntPWM0
RO
0
PWM0 Interrupt Asserted
Indicates that the PWM generator 0 block is asserting its interrupt.
478
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status of the individual PWM generator blocks. A
bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding generator block is asserting an interrupt. The individual
interrupt status registers in each block must be consulted to determine the reason for the interrupt,
and used to clear the interrupt. For the fault interrupt, a write of 1 to that bit position clears the latched
interrupt status.
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x01C
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
IntFault
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
16
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
IntFault
R/W1C
0
Fault Interrupt Asserted
Indicates if the fault input is asserting an interrupt.
15:3
reserved
RO
0x00
2
IntPWM2
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PWM2 Interrupt Status
Indicates if the PWM generator 2 block is asserting an interrupt.
1
IntPWM1
RO
0
PWM1 Interrupt Status
Indicates if the PWM generator 1 block is asserting an interrupt.
0
IntPWM0
RO
0
PWM0 Interrupt Status
Indicates if the PWM generator 0 block is asserting an interrupt.
November 30, 2007
479
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 9: PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020
This register provides the status of the Fault input signal.
PWM Status (PWMSTATUS)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x020
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Fault
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
Fault
RO
0
Fault Interrupt Status
When set to 1, indicates the fault input is asserted.
480
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040
Register 11: PWM1 Control (PWM1CTL), offset 0x080
Register 12: PWM2 Control (PWM2CTL), offset 0x0C0
These registers configure the PWM signal generation blocks (PWM0CTL controls the PWM generator
0 block, and so on). The Register Update mode, Debug mode, Counting mode, and Block Enable
mode are all controlled via these registers. The blocks produce the PWM signals, which can be
either two independent PWM signals (from the same counter), or a paired set of PWM signals with
dead-band delays added.
The PWM0 block produces the PWM0 and PWM1 outputs, the PWM1 block produces the PWM2
and PWM3 outputs, and the PWM2 block produces the PWM4 and PWM5 outputs.
PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
2
1
0
Debug
Mode
Enable
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
CmpBUpd
R/W
0
Comparator B Update Mode
Same as CmpAUpd but for the comparator B register.
4
CmpAUpd
R/W
0
Comparator A Update Mode
The Update mode for the comparator A register. If 0, updates to the
register are reflected to the comparator the next time the counter is 0.
If 1, updates to the register are delayed until the next time the counter
is 0 after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM
Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 472).
3
LoadUpd
R/W
0
Load Register Update Mode
The Update mode for the load register. If 0, updates to the register are
reflected to the counter the next time the counter is 0. If 1, updates to
the register are delayed until the next time the counter is 0 after a
synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master
Control (PWMCTL) register.
2
Debug
R/W
0
Debug Mode
The behavior of the counter in Debug mode. If 0, the counter stops
running when it next reaches 0, and continues running again when no
longer in Debug mode. If 1, the counter always runs.
November 30, 2007
481
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
Mode
R/W
0
Description
Counter Mode
The mode for the counter. If 0, the counter counts down from the load
value to 0 and then wraps back to the load value (Count-Down mode).
If 1, the counter counts up from 0 to the load value, back down to 0, and
then repeats (Count-Up/Down mode).
0
Enable
R/W
0
PWM Block Enable
Master enable for the PWM generation block. If 0, the entire block is
disabled and not clocked. If 1, the block is enabled and produces PWM
signals.
482
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 13: PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044
Register 14: PWM1 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM1INTEN), offset 0x084
Register 15: PWM2 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM2INTEN), offset 0x0C4
These registers control the interrupt and ADC trigger generation capabilities of the PWM generators
(PWM0INTEN controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). The events that can cause an
interrupt or an ADC trigger are:
■ The counter being equal to the load register
■ The counter being equal to zero
■ The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting up
■ The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting down
■ The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting up
■ The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting down
Any combination of these events can generate either an interruptor an ADC trigger, though no
determination can be made as to the actual event that caused an ADC trigger if more than one is
specified.
PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
TrCmpBD TrCmpBU TrCmpAD TrCmpAU TrCntLoad TrCntZero
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:14
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
TrCmpBD
R/W
0
Trigger for Counter=Comparator B Down
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches the
comparator B value and the counter is counting down.
12
TrCmpBU
R/W
0
Trigger for Counter=Comparator B Up
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches the
comparator B value and the counter is counting up.
11
TrCmpAD
R/W
0
Trigger for Counter=Comparator A Down
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches the
comparator A value and the counter is counting down.
November 30, 2007
483
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
10
TrCmpAU
R/W
0
Description
Trigger for Counter=Comparator A Up
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches the
comparator A value and the counter is counting up.
9
TrCntLoad
R/W
0
Trigger for Counter=Load
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches the
PWMnLOAD register.
8
TrCntZero
R/W
0
Trigger for Counter=0
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter is 0.
7:6
reserved
RO
0x0
5
IntCmpBD
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Interrupt for Counter=Comparator B Down
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator B
value and the counter is counting down.
4
IntCmpBU
R/W
0
Interrupt for Counter=Comparator B Up
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator B
value and the counter is counting up.
3
IntCmpAD
R/W
0
Interrupt for Counter=Comparator A Down
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator A
value and the counter is counting down.
2
IntCmpAU
R/W
0
Interrupt for Counter=Comparator A Up
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator A
value and the counter is counting up.
1
IntCntLoad
R/W
0
Interrupt for Counter=Load
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the PWMnLOAD
register.
0
IntCntZero
R/W
0
Interrupt for Counter=0
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter is 0.
484
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 16: PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048
Register 17: PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM1RIS), offset 0x088
Register 18: PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM2RIS), offset 0x0C8
These registers provide the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether
they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller (PWM0RIS controls the PWM generator 0
block, and so on). Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that
the event in question has not occurred.
PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x048
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
IntCmpBD
RO
0
Comparator B Down Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while
counting down.
4
IntCmpBU
RO
0
Comparator B Up Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while
counting up.
3
IntCmpAD
RO
0
Comparator A Down Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while
counting down.
2
IntCmpAU
RO
0
Comparator A Up Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while
counting up.
1
IntCntLoad
RO
0
Counter=Load Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD register.
0
IntCntZero
RO
0
Counter=0 Interrupt Status
Indicates that the counter has matched 0.
November 30, 2007
485
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 19: PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C
Register 20: PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C
Register 21: PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC
These registers provide the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted to the controller
(PWM0ISC controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events
that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred. These are R/W1C
registers; writing a 1 to a bit position clears the corresponding interrupt reason.
PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x04C
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:6
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
IntCmpBD
R/W1C
0
Comparator B Down Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while
counting down.
4
IntCmpBU
R/W1C
0
Comparator B Up Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while
counting up.
3
IntCmpAD
R/W1C
0
Comparator A Down Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while
counting down.
2
IntCmpAU
R/W1C
0
Comparator A Up Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while
counting up.
1
IntCntLoad
R/W1C
0
Counter=Load Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD register.
0
IntCntZero
R/W1C
0
Counter=0 Interrupt
Indicates that the counter has matched 0.
486
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 22: PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050
Register 23: PWM1 Load (PWM1LOAD), offset 0x090
Register 24: PWM2 Load (PWM2LOAD), offset 0x0D0
These registers contain the load value for the PWM counter (PWM0LOAD controls the PWM
generator 0 block, and so on). Based on the counter mode, either this value is loaded into the counter
after it reaches zero, or it is the limit of up-counting after which the counter decrements back to zero.
If the Load Value Update mode is immediate, this value is used the next time the counter reaches
zero; if the mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous
update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 472).
If this register is re-written before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is
lost.
PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x050
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Load
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
Load
R/W
0
Counter Load Value
The counter load value.
November 30, 2007
487
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 25: PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054
Register 26: PWM1 Counter (PWM1COUNT), offset 0x094
Register 27: PWM2 Counter (PWM2COUNT), offset 0x0D4
These registers contain the current value of the PWM counter (PWM0COUNT is the value of the
PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the load register, a pulse is output;
this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers, see
page 491 and page 494) or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger (via the PWMnINTEN register, see
page 483). A pulse with the same capabilities is generated when this value is zero.
PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x054
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
Count
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
Count
RO
0x00
Counter Value
The current value of the counter.
488
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 28: PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058
Register 29: PWM1 Compare A (PWM1CMPA), offset 0x098
Register 30: PWM2 Compare A (PWM2CMPA), offset 0x0D8
These registers contain a value to be compared against the counter (PWM0CMPA controls the
PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the counter, a pulse is output; this
can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers) or drive an
interrupt or ADC trigger (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the value of this register is greater than
the PWMnLOAD register (see page 487), then no pulse is ever output.
If the comparator A update mode is immediate (based on the CmpAUpd bit in the PWMnCTL register),
then this 16-bit CompA value is used the next time the counter reaches zero. If the update mode is
synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous update has been
requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 472). If this register is
rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost.
PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x058
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
CompA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
CompA
R/W
0x00
Comparator A Value
The value to be compared against the counter.
November 30, 2007
489
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 31: PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C
Register 32: PWM1 Compare B (PWM1CMPB), offset 0x09C
Register 33: PWM2 Compare B (PWM2CMPB), offset 0x0DC
These registers contain a value to be compared against the counter (PWM0CMPB controls the
PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the counter, a pulse is output; this
can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers) or drive an
interrupt or ADC trigger (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the value of this register is greater than
the PWMnLOAD register, then no pulse is ever output.
IF the comparator B update mode is immediate (based on the CmpBUpd bit in the PWMnCTL
register), then this 16-bit CompB value is used the next time the counter reaches zero. If the update
mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous update
has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 472). If this
register is rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost.
PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x05C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
CompB
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
CompB
R/W
0x00
Comparator B Value
The value to be compared against the counter.
490
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 34: PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060
Register 35: PWM1 Generator A Control (PWM1GENA), offset 0x0A0
Register 36: PWM2 Generator A Control (PWM2GENA), offset 0x0E0
These registers control the generation of the PWMnA signal based on the load and zero output pulses
from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators
(PWM0GENA controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When the counter is running in
Count-Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in Count-Up/Down mode, all six
occur. These events provide great flexibility in the positioning and duty cycle of the PWM signal that
is produced.
The PWM0GENA register controls generation of the PWM0A signal; PWM1GENA, the PWM1A signal;
and PWM2GENA, the PWM2A signal.
If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is
taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a
compare B event, the compare A action is taken and the compare B action is ignored.
PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x060
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
ActCmpBD
R/W
0
ActCmpBU
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActCmpAD
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActCmpAU
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActLoad
R/W
0
ActZero
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:10
ActCmpBD
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator B Down
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while
counting down.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
November 30, 2007
491
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9:8
ActCmpBU
R/W
0x0
Description
Action for Comparator B Up
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while
counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register
(see page 481) is set to 1.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
7:6
ActCmpAD
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator A Down
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while
counting down.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
5:4
ActCmpAU
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator A Up
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while
counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register
is set to 1.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
3:2
ActLoad
R/W
0x0
Action for Counter=Load
The action to be taken when the counter matches the load value.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
492
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1:0
ActZero
R/W
0x0
Description
Action for Counter=0
The action to be taken when the counter is zero.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
November 30, 2007
493
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 37: PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064
Register 38: PWM1 Generator B Control (PWM1GENB), offset 0x0A4
Register 39: PWM2 Generator B Control (PWM2GENB), offset 0x0E4
These registers control the generation of the PWMnB signal based on the load and zero output pulses
from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators
(PWM0GENB controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When the counter is running in
Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in Up/Down mode, all six occur. These
events provide great flexibility in the positioning and duty cycle of the PWM signal that is produced.
The PWM0GENB register controls generation of the PWM0B signal; PWM1GENB, the PWM1B signal;
and PWM2GENB, the PWM2B signal.
If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is
taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a
compare B event, the compare B action is taken and the compare A action is ignored.
PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x064
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
ActCmpBD
R/W
0
ActCmpBU
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActCmpAD
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActCmpAU
R/W
0
R/W
0
ActLoad
R/W
0
ActZero
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:10
ActCmpBD
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator B Down
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while
counting down.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
494
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9:8
ActCmpBU
R/W
0x0
Description
Action for Comparator B Up
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while
counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register
is set to 1.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
7:6
ActCmpAD
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator A Down
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while
counting down.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
5:4
ActCmpAU
R/W
0x0
Action for Comparator A Up
The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while
counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register
is set to 1.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
3:2
ActLoad
R/W
0x0
Action for Counter=Load
The action to be taken when the counter matches the load value.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
November 30, 2007
495
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1:0
ActZero
R/W
0x0
Description
Action for Counter=0
The action to be taken when the counter is 0.
The table below defines the effect of the event on the output signal.
Value Description
0x0 Do nothing.
0x1 Invert the output signal.
0x2 Set the output signal to 0.
0x3 Set the output signal to 1.
496
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 40: PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068
Register 41: PWM1 Dead-Band Control (PWM1DBCTL), offset 0x0A8
Register 42: PWM2 Dead-Band Control (PWM2DBCTL), offset 0x0E8
The PWM0DBCTL register controls the dead-band generator, which produces the PWM0 and PWM1
signals based on the PWM0A and PWM0B signals. When disabled, the PWM0A signal passes through
to the PWM0 signal and the PWM0B signal passes through to the PWM1 signal. When enabled and
inverting the resulting waveform, the PWM0B signal is ignored; the PWM0 signal is generated by
delaying the rising edge(s) of the PWM0A signal by the value in the PWM0DBRISE register (see
page 498), and the PWM1 signal is generated by delaying the falling edge(s) of the PWM0A signal by
the value in the PWM0DBFALL register (see page 499). In a similar manner, PWM2 and PWM3 are
produced from the PWM1A and PWM1B signals, and PWM4 and PWM5 are produced from the PWM2A
and PWM2B signals.
PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x068
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
0
Enable
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
Enable
R/W
0
Dead-Band Generator Enable
When set, the dead-band generator inserts dead bands into the output
signals; when clear, it simply passes the PWM signals through.
November 30, 2007
497
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 43: PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset
0x06C
Register 44: PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM1DBRISE), offset
0x0AC
Register 45: PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM2DBRISE), offset
0x0EC
The PWM0DBRISE register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge of the PWM0A
signal when generating the PWM0 signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled through the
PWMnDBCTL register, the PWM0DBRISE register is ignored. If the value of this register is larger
than the width of a High pulse on the input PWM signal, the rising-edge delay consumes the entire
High time of the signal, resulting in no High time on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that
the input High time always exceeds the rising-edge delay. In a similar manner, PWM2 is generated
from PWM1A with its rising edge delayed and PWM4 is produced from PWM2A with its rising edge
delayed.
PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x06C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RiseDelay
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:0
RiseDelay
R/W
0
Dead-Band Rise Delay
The number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge.
498
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 46: PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset
0x070
Register 47: PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM1DBFALL), offset
0x0B0
Register 48: PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM2DBFALL), offset
0x0F0
The PWM0DBFALL register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge of the
PWM0A signal when generating the PWM1 signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled, this register
is ignored. If the value of this register is larger than the width of a Low pulse on the input PWM
signal, the falling-edge delay consumes the entire Low time of the signal, resulting in no Low time
on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that the input Low time always exceeds the falling-edge
delay. In a similar manner, PWM3 is generated from PWM1A with its falling edge delayed and PWM5
is produced from PWM2A with its falling edge delayed.
PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL)
Base 0x4002.8000
Offset 0x070
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
FallDelay
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:12
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:0
FallDelay
R/W
0x00
Dead-Band Fall Delay
The number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge.
November 30, 2007
499
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
19
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
A quadrature encoder, also known as a 2-channel incremental encoder, converts linear displacement
into a pulse signal. By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals,
you can track the position, direction of rotation, and speed. In addition, a third channel, or index
signal, can be used to reset the position counter.
The LM3S2965 microcontroller includes two quadrature encoder interface (QEI) modules. Each
QEI module interprets the code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over
time and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity
of the encoder wheel.
®
Each Stellaris quadrature encoder has the following features:
■ Position integrator that tracks the encoder position
■ Velocity capture using built-in timer
■ Interrupt generation on:
– Index pulse
– Velocity-timer expiration
– Direction change
– Quadrature error detection
19.1
Block Diagram
®
Figure 19-1 on page 501 provides a block diagram of a Stellaris QEI module.
500
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 19-1. QEI Block Diagram
QEILOAD
Control & Status
Velocity Timer
QEITIME
QEICTL
QEISTAT
Velocity Accumulator
Velocity
Predivider
clk
PhA
PhB
QEICOUNT
QEISPEED
QEIMAXPOS
Quadrature
Encoder dir
Position Integrator
QEIPOS
IDX
QEIINTEN
Interrupt Control
Interrupt
QEIRIS
QEIISC
19.2
Functional Description
The QEI module interprets the two-bit gray code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate
position over time and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate
of the velocity of the encoder wheel.
The position integrator and velocity capture can be independently enabled, though the position
integrator must be enabled before the velocity capture can be enabled. The two phase signals, PhA
and PhB, can be swapped before being interpreted by the QEI module to change the meaning of
forward and backward, and to correct for miswiring of the system. Alternatively, the phase signals
can be interpreted as a clock and direction signal as output by some encoders.
The QEI module supports two modes of signal operation: quadrature phase mode and clock/direction
mode. In quadrature phase mode, the encoder produces two clocks that are 90 degrees out of
phase; the edge relationship is used to determine the direction of rotation. In clock/direction mode,
the encoder produces a clock signal to indicate steps and a direction signal to indicate the direction
of rotation. This mode is determined by the SigMode bit of the QEI Control (QEICTL) register (see
page 505).
When the QEI module is set to use the quadrature phase mode (SigMode bit equals zero), the
capture mode for the position integrator can be set to update the position counter on every edge of
the PhA signal or to update on every edge of both PhA and PhB. Updating the position counter on
every PhA and PhB provides more positional resolution at the cost of less range in the positional
counter.
When edges on PhA lead edges on PhB , the position counter is incremented. When edges on PhB
lead edges on PhA , the position counter is decremented. When a rising and falling edge pair is
seen on one of the phases without any edges on the other, the direction of rotation has changed.
November 30, 2007
501
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
The positional counter is automatically reset on one of two conditions: sensing the index pulse or
reaching the maximum position value. Which mode is determined by the ResMode bit of the QEI
Control (QEICTL) register.
When ResMode is 0, the positional counter is reset when the index pulse is sensed. This limits the
positional counter to the values [0:N-1], where N is the number of phase edges in a full revolution
of the encoder wheel. The QEIMAXPOS register must be programmed with N-1 so that the reverse
direction from position 0 can move the position counter to N-1. In this mode, the position register
contains the absolute position of the encoder relative to the index (or home) position once an index
pulse has been seen.
When ResMode is 1, the positional counter is constrained to the range [0:M], where M is the
programmable maximum value. The index pulse is ignored by the positional counter in this mode.
The velocity capture has a configurable timer and a count register. It counts the number of phase
edges (using the same configuration as for the position integrator) in a given time period. The edge
count from the previous time period is available to the controller via the QEISPEED register, while
the edge count for the current time period is being accumulated in the QEICOUNT register. As soon
as the current time period is complete, the total number of edges counted in that time period is made
available in the QEISPEED register (losing the previous value), the QEICOUNT is reset to 0, and
counting commences on a new time period. The number of edges counted in a given time period
is directly proportional to the velocity of the encoder.
®
Figure 19-2 on page 502 shows how the Stellaris quadrature encoder converts the phase input
signals into clock pulses, the direction signal, and how the velocity predivider operates (in Divide
by 4 mode).
Figure 19-2. Quadrature Encoder and Velocity Predivider Operation
PhA
PhB
clk
clkdiv
dir
pos
rel
-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
+1
+1
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
+1
+1
-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
+1
+1
+1
+1
The period of the timer is configurable by specifying the load value for the timer in the QEILOAD
register. When the timer reaches zero, an interrupt can be triggered, and the hardware reloads the
timer with the QEILOAD value and continues to count down. At lower encoder speeds, a longer
timer period is needed to be able to capture enough edges to have a meaningful result. At higher
encoder speeds, both a shorter timer period and/or the velocity predivider can be used.
The following equation converts the velocity counter value into an rpm value:
rpm = (clock * (2 ^ VelDiv) * Speed * 60) ÷ (Load * ppr * edges)
where:
clock is the controller clock rate
ppr is the number of pulses per revolution of the physical encoder
edges is 2 or 4, based on the capture mode set in the QEICTL register (2 for CapMode set to 0 and
4 for CapMode set to 1)
For example, consider a motor running at 600 rpm. A 2048 pulse per revolution quadrature encoder
is attached to the motor, producing 8192 phase edges per revolution. With a velocity predivider of
502
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
÷1 (VelDiv set to 0) and clocking on both PhA and PhB edges, this results in 81,920 pulses per
second (the motor turns 10 times per second). If the timer were clocked at 10,000 Hz, and the load
value was 2,500 (¼ of a second), it would count 20,480 pulses per update. Using the above equation:
rpm = (10000 * 1 * 20480 * 60) ÷ (2500 * 2048 * 4) = 600 rpm
Now, consider that the motor is sped up to 3000 rpm. This results in 409,600 pulses per second,
or 102,400 every ¼ of a second. Again, the above equation gives:
rpm = (10000 * 1 * 102400 * 60) ÷ (2500 * 2048 * 4) = 3000 rpm
Care must be taken when evaluating this equation since intermediate values may exceed the capacity
of a 32-bit integer. In the above examples, the clock is 10,000 and the divider is 2,500; both could
be predivided by 100 (at compile time if they are constants) and therefore be 100 and 25. In fact, if
they were compile-time constants, they could also be reduced to a simple multiply by 4, cancelled
by the ÷4 for the edge-count factor.
Important: Reducing constant factors at compile time is the best way to control the intermediate
values of this equation, as well as reducing the processing requirement of computing
this equation.
The division can be avoided by selecting a timer load value such that the divisor is a power of 2; a
simple shift can therefore be done in place of the division. For encoders with a power of 2 pulses
per revolution, this is a simple matter of selecting a power of 2 load value. For other encoders, a
load value must be selected such that the product is very close to a power of two. For example, a
100 pulse per revolution encoder could use a load value of 82, resulting in 32,800 as the divisor,
which is 0.09% above 214; in this case a shift by 15 would be an adequate approximation of the
divide in most cases. If absolute accuracy were required, the controller’s divide instruction could be
used.
The QEI module can produce a controller interrupt on several events: phase error, direction change,
reception of the index pulse, and expiration of the velocity timer. Standard masking, raw interrupt
status, interrupt status, and interrupt clear capabilities are provided.
19.3
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to configure the Quadrature Encoder module to read back an
absolute position:
1. Enable the QEI clock by writing a value of 0x0000.0100 to the RCGC1 register in the System
Control module.
2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control
module.
3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the
GPIOAFSEL register.
4. Configure the quadrature encoder to capture edges on both signals and maintain an absolute
position by resetting on index pulses. Using a 1000-line encoder at four edges per line, there
are 4000 pulses per revolution; therefore, set the maximum position to 3999 (0xF9F) since the
count is zero-based.
■ Write the QEICTL register with the value of 0x0000.0018.
November 30, 2007
503
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
■ Write the QEIMAXPOS register with the value of 0x0000.0F9F.
5. Enable the quadrature encoder by setting bit 0 of the QEICTL register.
6. Delay for some time.
7. Read the encoder position by reading the QEIPOS register value.
19.4
Register Map
Table 19-1 on page 504 lists the QEI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to the module’s base address:
■ QEI0: 0x4002.C000
■ QEI1: 0x4002.D000
Table 19-1. QEI Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
0x000
QEICTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
QEI Control
505
0x004
QEISTAT
RO
0x0000.0000
QEI Status
507
0x008
QEIPOS
R/W
0x0000.0000
QEI Position
508
0x00C
QEIMAXPOS
R/W
0x0000.0000
QEI Maximum Position
509
0x010
QEILOAD
R/W
0x0000.0000
QEI Timer Load
510
0x014
QEITIME
RO
0x0000.0000
QEI Timer
511
0x018
QEICOUNT
RO
0x0000.0000
QEI Velocity Counter
512
0x01C
QEISPEED
RO
0x0000.0000
QEI Velocity
513
0x020
QEIINTEN
R/W
0x0000.0000
QEI Interrupt Enable
514
0x024
QEIRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
QEI Raw Interrupt Status
515
0x028
QEIISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
QEI Interrupt Status and Clear
516
19.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the QEI registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
504
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 1: QEI Control (QEICTL), offset 0x000
This register contains the configuration of the QEI module. Separate enables are provided for the
quadrature encoder and the velocity capture blocks; the quadrature encoder must be enabled in
order to capture the velocity, but the velocity does not need to be captured in applications that do
not need it. The phase signal interpretation, phase swap, Position Update mode, Position Reset
mode, and velocity predivider are all set via this register.
QEI Control (QEICTL)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
STALLEN
INVI
INVB
INVA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Swap
Enable
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
VelDiv
R/W
0
R/W
0
VelEn
R/W
0
R/W
0
ResMode CapMode SigMode
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:13
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
STALLEN
R/W
0
Stall QEI
When set, the QEI stalls when the microcontroller asserts Halt.
11
INVI
R/W
0
Invert Index Pulse
When set , the input Index Pulse is inverted.
10
INVB
R/W
0
Invert PhB
When set, the PhB input is inverted.
9
INVA
R/W
0
Invert PhA
When set, the PhA input is inverted.
8:6
VelDiv
R/W
0x0
Predivide Velocity
A predivider of the input quadrature pulses before being applied to the
QEICOUNT accumulator. This field can be set to the following values:
Value Predivider
0x0
÷1
0x1
÷2
0x2
÷4
0x3
÷8
0x4
÷16
0x5
÷32
0x6
÷64
0x7
÷128
November 30, 2007
505
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5
VelEn
R/W
0
Description
Capture Velocity
When set, enables capture of the velocity of the quadrature encoder.
4
ResMode
R/W
0
Reset Mode
The Reset mode for the position counter. When 0, the position counter
is reset when it reaches the maximum; when 1, the position counter is
reset when the index pulse is captured.
3
CapMode
R/W
0
Capture Mode
The Capture mode defines the phase edges that are counted in the
position. When 0, only the PhA edges are counted; when 1, the PhA
and PhB edges are counted, providing twice the positional resolution
but half the range.
2
SigMode
R/W
0
Signal Mode
When 1, the PhA and PhB signals are clock and direction; when 0, they
are quadrature phase signals.
1
Swap
R/W
0
Swap Signals
Swaps the PhA and PhB signals.
0
Enable
R/W
0
Enable QEI
Enables the quadrature encoder module.
506
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 2: QEI Status (QEISTAT), offset 0x004
This register provides status about the operation of the QEI module.
QEI Status (QEISTAT)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Direction
Error
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:2
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
1
Direction
RO
0
Direction of Rotation
Indicates the direction the encoder is rotating.
The Direction values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Error
RO
0
0
Forward rotation
1
Reverse rotation
Error Detected
Indicates that an error was detected in the gray code sequence (that is,
both signals changing at the same time).
November 30, 2007
507
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Register 3: QEI Position (QEIPOS), offset 0x008
This register contains the current value of the position integrator. Its value is updated by inputs on
the QEI phase inputs, and can be set to a specific value by writing to it.
QEI Position (QEIPOS)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Position
Type
Reset
Position
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
Position
R/W
0x00
Current Position Integrator Value
The current value of the position integrator.
508
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 4: QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS), offset 0x00C
This register contains the maximum value of the position integrator. When moving forward, the
position register resets to zero when it increments past this value. When moving backward, the
position register resets to this value when it decrements from zero.
QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
MaxPos
Type
Reset
MaxPos
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
MaxPos
R/W
0x00
Maximum Position Integrator Value
The maximum value of the position integrator.
November 30, 2007
509
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Register 5: QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD), offset 0x010
This register contains the load value for the velocity timer. Since this value is loaded into the timer
the clock cycle after the timer is zero, this value should be one less than the number of clocks in
the desired period. So, for example, to have 2000 clocks per timer period, this register should contain
1999.
QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Load
Type
Reset
Load
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
Load
R/W
0x00
Velocity Timer Load Value
The load value for the velocity timer.
510
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 6: QEI Timer (QEITIME), offset 0x014
This register contains the current value of the velocity timer. This counter does not increment when
VelEn in QEICTL is 0.
QEI Timer (QEITIME)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Time
Type
Reset
Time
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
Time
RO
0x00
Velocity Timer Current Value
The current value of the velocity timer.
November 30, 2007
511
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Register 7: QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT), offset 0x018
This register contains the running count of velocity pulses for the current time period. Since this is
a running total, the time period to which it applies cannot be known with precision (that is, a read of
this register does not necessarily correspond to the time returned by the QEITIME register since
there is a small window of time between the two reads, during which time either value may have
changed). The QEISPEED register should be used to determine the actual encoder velocity; this
register is provided for information purposes only. This counter does not increment when VelEn in
QEICTL is 0.
QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Count
Type
Reset
Count
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
Count
RO
0x00
Velocity Pulse Count
The running total of encoder pulses during this velocity timer period.
512
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 8: QEI Velocity (QEISPEED), offset 0x01C
This register contains the most recently measured velocity of the quadrature encoder. This
corresponds to the number of velocity pulses counted in the previous velocity timer period. This
register does not update when VelEn in QEICTL is 0.
QEI Velocity (QEISPEED)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Speed
Type
Reset
Speed
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:0
Speed
RO
0x00
Velocity
The measured speed of the quadrature encoder in pulses per period.
November 30, 2007
513
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Register 9: QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN), offset 0x020
This register contains enables for each of the QEI module’s interrupts. An interrupt is asserted to
the controller if its corresponding bit in this register is set to 1.
QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
IntError
R/W
0
Phase Error Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when a phase error is detected.
2
IntDir
R/W
0
Direction Change Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the direction changes.
1
IntTimer
R/W
0
Timer Expires Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the velocity timer expires.
0
IntIndex
R/W
0
Index Pulse Detected Interrupt Enable
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the index pulse is detected.
514
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Register 10: QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS), offset 0x024
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether
they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller (this is set through the QEIINTEN register).
Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a zero bit indicates that the event in
question has not occurred.
QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x024
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
IntError
RO
0
Phase Error Detected
Indicates that a phase error was detected.
2
IntDir
RO
0
Direction Change Detected
Indicates that the direction has changed.
1
IntTimer
RO
0
Velocity Timer Expired
Indicates that the velocity timer has expired.
0
IntIndex
RO
0
Index Pulse Asserted
Indicates that the index pulse has occurred.
November 30, 2007
515
Preliminary
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
Register 11: QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC), offset 0x028
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted to the controller. Bits set
to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a zero bit indicates that the event in question
has not occurred. This is a R/W1C register; writing a 1 to a bit position clears the corresponding
interrupt reason.
QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
Offset 0x028
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:4
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
IntError
R/W1C
0
Phase Error Interrupt
Indicates that a phase error was detected.
2
IntDir
R/W1C
0
Direction Change Interrupt
Indicates that the direction has changed.
1
IntTimer
R/W1C
0
Velocity Timer Expired Interrupt
Indicates that the velocity timer has expired.
0
IntIndex
R/W1C
0
Index Pulse Interrupt
Indicates that the index pulse has occurred.
516
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
20
Pin Diagram
Figure 20-1 on page 517 shows the pin diagram and pin-to-signal-name mapping.
PH2/IDX1
PH3/PhB0
GND
VDD
PC0/TCK/SWCLK
PC1/TMS/SWDIO
PC2/TDI
PC3/TDO/SWO
CMOD1
PD5/CCP4
PD4/CCP3
GND
VDD
PB4/C0PB5/C1PB6/C0+
PB7/TRST
VDD25
GND
PH0/PWM2
PH1/PWM3
November 30, 2007
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
PE3/SSI1Tx
PE2/SSI1Rx
PE1/SSI1Fss
PE0/SSI1Clk
PB3/I2C0SDA
PB2/I2C0SCL
GND
VDD
PB1/CCP2
PB0/CCP0
CMOD0
RST
GND
VDD25
PF1/CAN1Tx
PF2/PWM4
PF3/PWM5
PF4/C0o
GND
VDD
VBAT
GND
XOSC1
XOSC0
HIB
PF5
PF0/CAN1Rx
OSC0
OSC1
WAKE
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
PA6/I2C1SCL
PA7/I2C1SDA
PG7/PhB1
PG6/PhA1
VDD25
GND
PG5/CCP5
PG4
PF7
PF6/CCP1
VDD
GND
LM3S2965
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
PA0/U0Rx
PA1/U0Tx
PA2/SSI0Clk
PA3/SSI0Fss
PA4/SSI0Rx
PA5/SSI0Tx
VDD
GND
ADC0
ADC1
VDDA
GNDA
ADC2
ADC3
LDO
VDD
GND
PD0/CAN0Rx
PD1/CAN0Tx
PD2/U1Rx
PD3/U1Tx
VDD25
GND
PG3/PWM1
PG2/PWM0
PG1/U2Tx
PG0/U2Rx
VDD
GND
PC7/C2PC6/C2+
PC5/C1+
PC4/PhA0
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PD7/IDX0
PD6/Fault
VDDA
GNDA
Figure 20-1. Pin Connection Diagram
517
Preliminary
Signal Tables
21
Signal Tables
The following tables list the signals available for each pin. Functionality is enabled by software with
the GPIOAFSEL register.
Important: All multiplexed pins are GPIOs by default, with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7
and PC[3:0]) which default to the JTAG functionality.
Table 21-1 on page 518 shows the pin-to-signal-name mapping, including functional characteristics
of the signals. Table 21-2 on page 522 lists the signals in alphabetical order by signal name.
Table 21-3 on page 527 groups the signals by functionality, except for GPIOs. Table 21-4 on page
531 lists the GPIO pins and their alternate functionality.
Table 21-1. Signals by Pin Number
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Type
1
ADC0
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
2
ADC1
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
3
VDDA
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog
circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.).
These are separated from VDD to minimize
the electrical noise contained on VDD from
affecting the analog functions.
4
GNDA
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from GND to minimize the electrical
noise contained on VDD from affecting the
analog functions.
5
ADC2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
6
ADC3
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 3.
7
LDO
-
Power
Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This
pin requires an external capacitor between
the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. When the
on-chip LDO is used to provide power to the
logic, the LDO pin must also be connected to
the VDD25 pins at the board level in addition
to the decoupling capacitor(s).
8
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
9
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
10
11
12
13
Buffer Type Description
PD0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 0
CAN0Rx
I
TTL
CAN module 0 receive
PD1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 1
CAN0Tx
O
TTL
CAN module 0 transmit
PD2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 2
U1Rx
I
TTL
UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
PD3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 3
U1Tx
O
TTL
UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
518
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Type
14
VDD25
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
15
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
16
17
18
19
Buffer Type Description
PG3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 3
PWM1
O
TTL
PWM 1
PG2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 2
PWM0
O
TTL
PWM 0
PG1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 1
U2Tx
O
TTL
UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
PG0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 0
U2Rx
I
TTL
UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
20
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
21
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
22
PC7
I/O
TTL
C2-
I
Analog
PC6
I/O
TTL
C2+
I
Analog
PC5
I/O
TTL
C1+
I
Analog
PC4
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 4
PhA0
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase A
PA0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 0
U0Rx
I
TTL
UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
PA1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 1
U0Tx
O
TTL
UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
23
24
25
26
27
28
GPIO port C bit 7
Analog comparator 2 negative input
GPIO port C bit 6
Analog comparator positive input
GPIO port C bit 5
Analog comparator positive input
PA2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 2
SSI0Clk
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 clock
PA3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 3
SSI0Fss
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 frame
PA4
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 4
SSI0Rx
I
TTL
SSI module 0 receive
PA5
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 5
SSI0Tx
O
TTL
SSI module 0 transmit
32
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
33
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
29
30
31
34
35
PA6
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 6
I2C1SCL
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 clock
PA7
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 7
I2C1SDA
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 data
November 30, 2007
519
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Type
36
PG7
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 7
PhB1
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase B
37
Buffer Type Description
PG6
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 6
PhA1
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase A
38
VDD25
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
39
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
40
PG5
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 5
CCP5
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 5
41
PG4
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 4
42
PF7
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 7
43
PF6
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 6
CCP1
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 1
44
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
45
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
46
PF5
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 5
47
PF0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 0
CAN1Rx
I
TTL
CAN module 1 receive
48
OSC0
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal input or an external
clock reference input.
49
OSC1
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal output.
50
WAKE
I
OD
An external input that brings the processor out
of hibernate mode when asserted.
51
HIB
O
TTL
An output that indicates the processor is in
hibernate mode.
52
XOSC0
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or
an external clock reference input. Note that
this is either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a
32.768-kHz oscillator for the Hibernation
Module RTC. See the CLKSEL bit in the
HIBCTL register.
53
XOSC1
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output.
54
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
55
VBAT
-
Power
Power source for the Hibernation Module. It
is normally connected to the positive terminal
of a battery and serves as the battery
backup/Hibernation Module power-source
supply.
56
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
57
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
58
PF4
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 4
C0o
O
TTL
Analog comparator 0 output
59
60
PF3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 3
PWM5
O
TTL
PWM 5
PF2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 2
PWM4
O
TTL
PWM 4
520
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Type
61
PF1
I/O
Buffer Type Description
TTL
GPIO port F bit 1
CAN1Tx
O
TTL
CAN module 1 transmit
62
VDD25
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
63
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
64
RST
I
TTL
System reset input.
65
CMOD0
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
66
PB0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 0
CCP0
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 0
67
PB1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 1
CCP2
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 2
68
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
69
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
70
PB2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 2
I2C0SCL
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 clock
PB3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 3
I2C0SDA
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 data
71
72
73
74
75
PE0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 0
SSI1Clk
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 clock
PE1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 1
SSI1Fss
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 frame
PE2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 2
SSI1Rx
I
TTL
SSI module 1 receive
PE3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 3
SSI1Tx
O
TTL
SSI module 1 transmit
76
CMOD1
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
77
PC3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 3
TDO
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
SWO
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
PC2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 2
TDI
I
TTL
JTAG TDI
PC1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 1
TMS
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
SWDIO
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
PC0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 0
TCK
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK
JTAG/SWD CLK
78
79
80
SWCLK
I
TTL
81
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
82
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
83
PH3
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 3
PhB0
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase B
November 30, 2007
521
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Type
84
PH2
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 2
IDX1
I
TTL
QEI module 1 index
85
86
Buffer Type Description
PH1
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 1
PWM3
O
TTL
PWM 3
PH0
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 0
PWM2
O
TTL
PWM 2
87
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
88
VDD25
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
89
PB7
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 7
TRST
I
TTL
JTAG TRSTn
PB6
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 6
C0+
I
Analog
PB5
I/O
TTL
C1-
I
Analog
PB4
I/O
TTL
C0-
I
Analog
Analog comparator 0 negative input
93
VDD
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
94
GND
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
95
PD4
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 4
CCP3
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 3
90
91
92
96
Analog comparator 0 positive input
GPIO port B bit 5
Analog comparator 1 negative input
GPIO port B bit 4
PD5
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 5
CCP4
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 4
97
GNDA
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from GND to minimize the electrical
noise contained on VDD from affecting the
analog functions.
98
VDDA
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog
circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.).
These are separated from VDD to minimize
the electrical noise contained on VDD from
affecting the analog functions.
99
100
PD6
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 6
Fault
I
TTL
PWM Fault
PD7
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 7
IDX0
I
TTL
QEI module 0 index
Table 21-2. Signals by Signal Name
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
ADC0
1
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
ADC1
2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
ADC2
5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
ADC3
6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 3.
522
Buffer Type Description
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
C0+
90
I
Buffer Type Description
Analog
Analog comparator 0 positive input
C0-
92
I
Analog
Analog comparator 0 negative input
C0o
58
O
TTL
C1+
24
I
Analog
Analog comparator positive input
C1-
91
I
Analog
Analog comparator 1 negative input
C2+
23
I
Analog
Analog comparator positive input
C2-
22
I
Analog
Analog comparator 2 negative input
CAN0Rx
10
I
TTL
CAN module 0 receive
CAN0Tx
11
O
TTL
CAN module 0 transmit
CAN1Rx
47
I
TTL
CAN module 1 receive
CAN1Tx
61
O
TTL
CAN module 1 transmit
CCP0
66
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 0
CCP1
43
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 1
CCP2
67
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 2
CCP3
95
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 3
CCP4
96
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 4
CCP5
40
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 5
CMOD0
65
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
CMOD1
76
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
Fault
99
I
TTL
PWM Fault
GND
9
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
15
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
21
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
33
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
39
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
45
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
54
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
57
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
63
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
69
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
82
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
87
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Analog comparator 0 output
GND
94
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GNDA
4
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from GND to minimize the electrical
noise contained on VDD from affecting the
analog functions.
GNDA
97
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from GND to minimize the electrical
noise contained on VDD from affecting the
analog functions.
November 30, 2007
523
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
HIB
51
O
TTL
An output that indicates the processor is in
hibernate mode.
I2C0SCL
70
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 clock
I2C0SDA
71
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 data
I2C1SCL
34
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 clock
I2C1SDA
35
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 data
IDX0
100
I
TTL
QEI module 0 index
IDX1
84
I
TTL
QEI module 1 index
LDO
7
-
Power
Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This
pin requires an external capacitor between
the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. When the
on-chip LDO is used to provide power to the
logic, the LDO pin must also be connected to
the VDD25 pins at the board level in addition
to the decoupling capacitor(s).
OSC0
48
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal input or an external
clock reference input.
OSC1
49
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal output.
PA0
26
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 0
PA1
27
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 1
PA2
28
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 2
PA3
29
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 3
PA4
30
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 4
PA5
31
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 5
PA6
34
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 6
PA7
35
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 7
PB0
66
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 0
PB1
67
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 1
PB2
70
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 2
PB3
71
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 3
PB4
92
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 4
PB5
91
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 5
PB6
90
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 6
PB7
89
I/O
TTL
GPIO port B bit 7
PC0
80
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 0
PC1
79
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 1
PC2
78
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 2
PC3
77
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 3
PC4
25
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 4
PC5
24
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 5
PC6
23
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 6
PC7
22
I/O
TTL
GPIO port C bit 7
PD0
10
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 0
PD1
11
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 1
PD2
12
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 2
524
Buffer Type Description
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
PD3
13
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 3
PD4
95
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 4
PD5
96
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 5
PD6
99
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 6
PD7
100
I/O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 7
PE0
72
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 0
PE1
73
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 1
PE2
74
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 2
PE3
75
I/O
TTL
GPIO port E bit 3
PF0
47
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 0
PF1
61
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 1
PF2
60
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 2
PF3
59
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 3
PF4
58
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 4
PF5
46
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 5
PF6
43
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 6
PF7
42
I/O
TTL
GPIO port F bit 7
PG0
19
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 0
PG1
18
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 1
PG2
17
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 2
PG3
16
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 3
PG4
41
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 4
PG5
40
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 5
PG6
37
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 6
PG7
36
I/O
TTL
GPIO port G bit 7
PH0
86
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 0
PH1
85
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 1
PH2
84
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 2
PH3
83
I/O
TTL
GPIO port H bit 3
PhA0
25
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase A
PhA1
37
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase A
PhB0
83
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase B
PhB1
36
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase B
PWM0
17
O
TTL
PWM 0
PWM1
16
O
TTL
PWM 1
PWM2
86
O
TTL
PWM 2
PWM3
85
O
TTL
PWM 3
PWM4
60
O
TTL
PWM 4
PWM5
59
O
TTL
PWM 5
RST
64
I
TTL
System reset input.
SSI0Clk
28
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 clock
SSI0Fss
29
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 frame
November 30, 2007
Buffer Type Description
525
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
SSI0Rx
30
I
Buffer Type Description
TTL
SSI module 0 receive
SSI0Tx
31
O
TTL
SSI module 0 transmit
SSI1Clk
72
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 clock
SSI1Fss
73
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 frame
SSI1Rx
74
I
TTL
SSI module 1 receive
SSI1Tx
75
O
TTL
SSI module 1 transmit
SWCLK
80
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK
SWDIO
79
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
SWO
77
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
TCK
80
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK
TDI
78
I
TTL
JTAG TDI
TDO
77
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
TMS
79
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
TRST
89
I
TTL
JTAG TRSTn
U0Rx
26
I
TTL
UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
U0Tx
27
O
TTL
UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
U1Rx
12
I
TTL
UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
U1Tx
13
O
TTL
UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode,
this signal has IrDA modulation.
U2Rx
19
I
TTL
UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
U2Tx
18
O
TTL
UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
VBAT
55
-
Power
Power source for the Hibernation Module. It
is normally connected to the positive terminal
of a battery and serves as the battery
backup/Hibernation Module power-source
supply.
VDD
8
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
20
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
32
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
44
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
56
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
68
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
81
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
93
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD25
14
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
VDD25
38
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
526
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin Type
VDD25
62
-
Buffer Type Description
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
VDD25
88
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most
peripherals.
VDDA
3
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog
circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.).
These are separated from VDD to minimize
the electrical noise contained on VDD from
affecting the analog functions.
VDDA
98
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog
circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.).
These are separated from VDD to minimize
the electrical noise contained on VDD from
affecting the analog functions.
WAKE
50
I
OD
An external input that brings the processor out
of hibernate mode when asserted.
XOSC0
52
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or
an external clock reference input. Note that
this is either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a
32.768-kHz oscillator for the Hibernation
Module RTC. See the CLKSEL bit in the
HIBCTL register.
XOSC1
53
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output.
Table 21-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO
Function
ADC
Analog
Comparators
Controller Area
Network
Pin Name
Pin
Number
Pin Type
Buffer
Type
ADC0
1
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
ADC1
2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
ADC2
5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
ADC3
6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 3.
C0+
90
I
Analog
Analog comparator 0 positive input
C0-
92
I
Analog
Analog comparator 0 negative input
C0o
58
O
TTL
C1+
24
I
Analog
Analog comparator positive input
C1-
91
I
Analog
Analog comparator 1 negative input
C2+
23
I
Analog
Analog comparator positive input
C2-
22
I
Analog
Analog comparator 2 negative input
CAN0Rx
10
I
TTL
CAN module 0 receive
CAN0Tx
11
O
TTL
CAN module 0 transmit
CAN1Rx
47
I
TTL
CAN module 1 receive
CAN1Tx
61
O
TTL
CAN module 1 transmit
November 30, 2007
Description
Analog comparator 0 output
527
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Function
Pin
Number
Pin Type
Buffer
Type
General-Purpose CCP0
Timers
CCP1
66
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 0
43
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 1
CCP2
67
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 2
CCP3
95
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 3
CCP4
96
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 4
CCP5
40
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 5
I2C0SCL
70
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 clock
I2C0SDA
71
I/O
OD
I2C module 0 data
I2C1SCL
34
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 clock
I2C1SDA
35
I/O
OD
I2C module 1 data
JTAG/SWD/SWO SWCLK
80
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK
SWDIO
79
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
SWO
77
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
TCK
80
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK
TDI
78
I
TTL
JTAG TDI
TDO
77
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO
TMS
79
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO
Fault
99
I
TTL
PWM Fault
PWM0
17
O
TTL
PWM 0
PWM1
16
O
TTL
PWM 1
PWM2
86
O
TTL
PWM 2
PWM3
85
O
TTL
PWM 3
PWM4
60
O
TTL
PWM 4
PWM5
59
O
TTL
PWM 5
I2C
PWM
Pin Name
528
Description
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Function
Power
Pin Name
Pin
Number
Pin Type
Buffer
Type
GND
9
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
15
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
21
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
33
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
39
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
45
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
54
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
57
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
63
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
69
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
82
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
87
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GND
94
-
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GNDA
4
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC,
Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated
from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained
on VDD from affecting the analog functions.
GNDA
97
-
Power
The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC,
Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated
from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained
on VDD from affecting the analog functions.
HIB
51
O
TTL
LDO
7
-
Power
Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin
requires an external capacitor between the pin and
GND of 1 µF or greater. When the on-chip LDO is
used to provide power to the logic, the LDO pin
must also be connected to the VDD25 pins at the
board level in addition to the decoupling
capacitor(s).
VBAT
55
-
Power
Power source for the Hibernation Module. It is
normally connected to the positive terminal of a
battery and serves as the battery
backup/Hibernation Module power-source supply.
VDD
8
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
20
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
32
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
44
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
56
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
68
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
81
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD
93
-
Power
Positive supply for I/O and some logic.
VDD25
14
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most peripherals.
VDD25
38
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most peripherals.
VDD25
62
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most peripherals.
November 30, 2007
Description
An output that indicates the processor is in
hibernate mode.
529
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Function
Pin
Number
Pin Type
Buffer
Type
Description
VDD25
88
-
Power
Positive supply for most of the logic function,
including the processor core and most peripherals.
VDDA
3
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise
contained on VDD from affecting the analog
functions.
VDDA
98
-
Power
The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits
(ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are
separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise
contained on VDD from affecting the analog
functions.
WAKE
50
I
OD
An external input that brings the processor out of
hibernate mode when asserted.
IDX0
100
I
TTL
QEI module 0 index
IDX1
84
I
TTL
QEI module 1 index
PhA0
25
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase A
PhA1
37
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase A
PhB0
83
I
TTL
QEI module 0 Phase B
PhB1
36
I
TTL
QEI module 1 Phase B
SSI0Clk
28
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 clock
SSI0Fss
29
I/O
TTL
SSI module 0 frame
SSI0Rx
30
I
TTL
SSI module 0 receive
SSI0Tx
31
O
TTL
SSI module 0 transmit
SSI1Clk
72
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 clock
SSI1Fss
73
I/O
TTL
SSI module 1 frame
SSI1Rx
74
I
TTL
SSI module 1 receive
SSI1Tx
75
O
TTL
SSI module 1 transmit
System Control & CMOD0
Clocks
65
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
CMOD1
76
I/O
TTL
CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0
(grounded); other encodings reserved.
OSC0
48
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock
reference input.
OSC1
49
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal output.
RST
64
I
TTL
System reset input.
TRST
89
I
TTL
JTAG TRSTn
XOSC0
52
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or an
external clock reference input. Note that this is
either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz oscillator
for the Hibernation Module RTC. See the CLKSEL
bit in the HIBCTL register.
XOSC1
53
I
Analog
Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output.
QEI
SSI
Pin Name
530
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Function
UART
Pin Name
Pin
Number
Pin Type
Buffer
Type
Description
U0Rx
26
I
TTL
UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
U0Tx
27
O
TTL
UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
U1Rx
12
I
TTL
UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
U1Tx
13
O
TTL
UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this
signal has IrDA modulation.
U2Rx
19
I
TTL
UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal
has IrDA modulation.
U2Tx
18
O
TTL
UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal
has IrDA modulation.
Table 21-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions
GPIO Pin
Pin Number
Multiplexed Function
PA0
26
U0Rx
PA1
27
U0Tx
PA2
28
SSI0Clk
PA3
29
SSI0Fss
PA4
30
SSI0Rx
PA5
31
SSI0Tx
PA6
34
I2C1SCL
PA7
35
I2C1SDA
PB0
66
CCP0
PB1
67
CCP2
PB2
70
I2C0SCL
PB3
71
I2C0SDA
PB4
92
C0-
PB5
91
C1-
PB6
90
C0+
PB7
89
TRST
PC0
80
TCK
SWCLK
PC1
79
TMS
SWDIO
PC2
78
TDI
PC3
77
TDO
PC4
25
PhA0
PC5
24
C1+
PC6
23
C2+
PC7
22
C2-
PD0
10
CAN0Rx
PD1
11
CAN0Tx
PD2
12
U1Rx
PD3
13
U1Tx
PD4
95
CCP3
November 30, 2007
Multiplexed Function
SWO
531
Preliminary
Signal Tables
GPIO Pin
Pin Number
Multiplexed Function
PD5
96
CCP4
PD6
99
Fault
PD7
100
IDX0
PE0
72
SSI1Clk
PE1
73
SSI1Fss
PE2
74
SSI1Rx
PE3
75
SSI1Tx
PF0
47
CAN1Rx
PF1
61
CAN1Tx
PF2
60
PWM4
PF3
59
PWM5
PF4
58
C0o
PF5
46
PF6
43
PF7
42
PG0
19
U2Rx
PG1
18
U2Tx
PG2
17
PWM0
PG3
16
PWM1
PG4
41
PG5
40
CCP5
PG6
37
PhA1
PG7
36
PhB1
PH0
86
PWM2
PH1
85
PWM3
PH2
84
IDX1
PH3
83
PhB0
532
Multiplexed Function
CCP1
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
22
Operating Characteristics
Table 22-1. Temperature Characteristics
Characteristic
Symbol Value
a
Operating temperature range TA
-40 to +85
Unit
°C
a. Maximum storage temperature is 150°C.
Table 22-2. Thermal Characteristics
Characteristic
Symbol Value
a
Thermal resistance (junction to ambient) ΘJA
b
Average junction temperature
TJ
55.3
TA + (PAVG • ΘJA)
Unit
°C/W
°C
a. Junction to ambient thermal resistance θJA numbers are determined by a package simulator.
b. Power dissipation is a function of temperature.
November 30, 2007
533
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
23
Electrical Characteristics
23.1
DC Characteristics
23.1.1
Maximum Ratings
The maximum ratings are the limits to which the device can be subjected without permanently
damaging the device.
Note:
The device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings.
Table 23-1. Maximum Ratings
Characteristic
a
Symbol
Value
Unit
Min Max
I/O supply voltage (VDD)
VDD
0
4
V
Core supply voltage (VDD25)
VDD25
0
4
V
Analog supply voltage (VDDA)
VDDA
0
4
V
Battery supply voltage (VBAT)
VBAT
0
4
V
Input voltage
VIN
Maximum current per output pins
I
-0.3 5.5
-
25
V
mA
a. Voltages are measured with respect to GND.
Important: This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high-static
voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to
avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to this
high-impedance circuit. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are
connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either GND or VDD).
23.1.2
Recommended DC Operating Conditions
Table 23-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions
Parameter Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
I/O supply voltage
3.0
3.3
3.6
V
VDD25
Core supply voltage
2.25
2.5
2.75
V
VDDA
Analog supply voltage
3.0
3.3
3.6
V
VBAT
Battery supply voltage
2.3
3.0
3.6
V
VIH
High-level input voltage
2.0
-
5.0
V
VIL
Low-level input voltage
-0.3
VDD
-
1.3
V
VSIH
High-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs 0.8 * VDD
-
VDD
V
VSIL
Low-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs
0
-
0.2 * VDD
V
VOH
High-level output voltage
2.4
-
-
V
VOL
Low-level output voltage
-
-
0.4
V
IOH
High-level source current, VOH=2.4 V
2-mA Drive
2.0
-
-
mA
4-mA Drive
4.0
-
-
mA
8-mA Drive
8.0
-
-
mA
534
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Parameter Parameter Name
IOL
23.1.3
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
2-mA Drive
2.0
-
-
mA
4-mA Drive
4.0
-
-
mA
8-mA Drive
8.0
-
-
mA
Low-level sink current, VOL=0.4 V
On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics
Table 23-3. LDO Regulator Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
VLDOOUT
23.1.4
Min Nom Max Unit
Programmable internal (logic) power supply output value 2.25 2.5 2.75
V
Output voltage accuracy
-
2%
-
%
tPON
Power-on time
-
-
100
µs
tON
Time on
-
-
200
µs
tOFF
Time off
-
-
100
µs
VSTEP
Step programming incremental voltage
-
50
-
mV
CLDO
External filter capacitor size for internal power supply
1.0
-
3.0
µF
Power Specifications
The power measurements specified in the tables that follow are run on the core processor using
SRAM with the following specifications (except as noted):
■ VDD = 3.3 V
■ VDD25 = 2.50 V
■ VBAT = 3.0 V
■ VDDA = 3.3 V
■ Temperature = 25°C
■ Clock Source (MOSC) =3.579545 MHz Crystal Oscillator
■ Main oscillator (MOSC) = enabled
■ Internal oscillator (IOSC) = disabled
November 30, 2007
535
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Table 23-4. Detailed Power Specifications
Parameter
Parameter
Name
Conditions
3.3 V VDD, VDDA,
VDDPHY
Nom
IDD_RUN
Run mode 1
(Flash loop)
VDD25 = 2.50 V
Max
a
2.5 V VDD25
3.0 V VBAT
Unit
Nom
Max
Nom
Max
0
pendinga mA
3
pending
108
pendinga
0
pendinga
53
pendinga
0
pendinga mA
3
pendinga
102 pendinga
0
pendinga mA
0
pendinga
47
pendinga
0
pendinga mA
0
pendinga
17
pendinga
0
pendinga mA
pendinga 0.18 pendinga
0
pendinga mA
pendinga
16
pendinga µA
Code= while(1){} executed in
Flash
Peripherals = All ON
System Clock = 50 MHz (with
PLL)
Run mode 2
(Flash loop)
VDD25 = 2.50 V
Code= while(1){} executed in
Flash
Peripherals = All OFF
System Clock = 50 MHz (with
PLL)
Run mode 1
(SRAM loop)
VDD25 = 2.50 V
Code= while(1){} executed in
SRAM
Peripherals = All ON
System Clock = 50 MHz (with
PLL)
Run mode 2
(SRAM loop)
VDD25 = 2.50 V
Code= while(1){} executed in
SRAM
Peripherals = All OFF
System Clock = 50 MHz (with
PLL)
IDD_SLEEP
Sleep mode
VDD25 = 2.50 V
Peripherals = All OFF
System Clock = 50 MHz (with
PLL)
IDD_DEEPSLEEP Deep-Sleep
mode
LDO = 2.25 V
0.14
Peripherals = All OFF
System Clock = IOSC30KHZ/64
IDD_HIBERNATE Hibernate
mode
VBAT = 3.0 V
0
0
pendinga
VDD = 0 V
VDD25 = 0 V
VDDA = 0 V
VDDPHY = 0 V
Peripherals = All OFF
System Clock = OFF
Hibernate Module = 32 kHz
a. Pending characterization completion.
536
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
23.1.5
Flash Memory Characteristics
Table 23-5. Flash Memory Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
PECYC
TRET
Min
Nom
a
Max Unit
Number of guaranteed program/erase cycles before failure 10,000 100,000
-
cycles
Data retention at average operating temperature of 85˚C
10
-
-
years
TPROG
Word program time
20
-
-
µs
TERASE
Page erase time
20
-
-
ms
TME
Mass erase time
200
-
-
ms
a. A program/erase cycle is defined as switching the bits from 1-> 0 -> 1.
23.2
AC Characteristics
23.2.1
Load Conditions
Unless otherwise specified, the following conditions are true for all timing measurements. Timing
measurements are for 4-mA drive strength.
Figure 23-1. Load Conditions
CL = 50 pF
pin
GND
23.2.2
Clocks
Table 23-6. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
fref_crystal
fref_ext
a
Crystal reference
referencea
External clock
b
Min
Nom Max Unit
3.579545
-
8.192 MHz
3.579545
-
8.192 MHz
fpll
PLL frequency
-
400
-
MHz
TREADY
PLL lock time
-
-
0.5
ms
a. The exact value is determined by the crystal value programmed into the XTAL field of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration
(RCC) register.
b. PLL frequency is automatically calculated by the hardware based on the XTAL field of the RCC register.
Table 23-7. Clock Characteristics
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max Unit
fIOSC
Parameter
Internal 12 MHz oscillator frequency
8.4
12
15.6 MHz
fIOSC30KHZ
Internal 30 KHz oscillator frequency
21
30
39
KHz
fXOSC
Hibernation module oscillator frequency
-
4.194304
-
MHz
fXOSC_XTAL
Crystal reference for hibernation oscillator
-
4.194304
-
MHz
fXOSC_EXT
External clock reference for hibernation module
-
32.768
-
KHz
November 30, 2007
537
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
fMOSC
Main oscillator frequency
tMOSC_per
Main oscillator period
fref_crystal_bypass Crystal reference using the main oscillator (PLL in BYPASS mode)
a
a
Min
Nom
1
-
Max Unit
8
MHz
125
-
1000
ns
1
-
8
MHz
fref_ext_bypass
External clock reference (PLL in BYPASS mode)
0
-
50
MHz
fsystem_clock
System clock
0
-
50
MHz
a. The ADC must be clocked from the PLL or directly from a 14-MHz to 18-MHz clock source to operate properly.
Table 23-8. Crystal Characteristics
Parameter Name
Frequency
Units
6
4
3.5
Frequency tolerance
±50
±50
±50
±50
ppm
Aging
±5
±5
±5
±5
ppm/yr
Oscillation mode
23.2.3
Value
8
MHz
Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Temperature stability (0 - 85 °C)
±25
±25
±25
±25
ppm
Motional capacitance (typ)
27.8
37.0
55.6
63.5
pF
Motional inductance (typ)
14.3
19.1
28.6
32.7
mH
Equivalent series resistance (max)
120
160
200
220
Ω
Shunt capacitance (max)
10
10
10
10
pF
Load capacitance (typ)
16
16
16
16
pF
Drive level (typ)
100
100
100
100
µW
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Table 23-9. ADC Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
VADCIN
Min Nom Max
Unit
Maximum single-ended, full-scale analog input voltage
-
-
3.0 V
Minimum single-ended, full-scale analog input voltage
-
-
Maximum differential, full-scale analog input voltage
-
-
1.5 V
Minimum differential, full-scale analog input voltage
-
-
-1.5 V
CADCIN
Equivalent input capacitance
-
1
-
pF
N
Resolution
-
10
-
bits
fADC
ADC internal clock frequency
14
16
18
MHz
tADCCONV
Conversion time
-
-
16
tADCcycles
f ADCCONV
Conversion rate
INL
Integral nonlinearity
-
-
±1
LSB
DNL
Differential nonlinearity
-
-
±1
LSB
OFF
Offset
-
-
±1
LSB
GAIN
Gain
-
-
±1
LSB
0
V
a
875 1000 1125 k samples/s
a. tADC= 1/fADC clock
538
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
23.2.4
Analog Comparator
Table 23-10. Analog Comparator Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
Max
Unit
VOS
Input offset voltage
Min Nom
-
±10
±25
mV
VCM
Input common mode voltage range
0
-
VDD-1.5
V
CMRR
Common mode rejection ratio
50
-
-
dB
TRT
Response time
-
-
1
µs
TMC
Comparator mode change to Output Valid
-
-
10
µs
Table 23-11. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
23.2.5
Min Nom Max Unit
RHR
Resolution high range
-
VDD/32
-
LSB
RLR
Resolution low range
-
VDD/24
-
LSB
AHR
Absolute accuracy high range
-
-
±1/2 LSB
ALR
Absolute accuracy low range
-
-
±1/4 LSB
I2C
Table 23-12. I2C Characteristics
Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name
Max
Unit
Start condition hold time
36
-
-
system clocks
tLP
Clock Low period
36
-
-
system clocks
-
(see note b)
ns
a
tSCH
a
b
I1
I2
I3
Min Nom
tSRT
I2CSCL/I2CSDA rise time (VIL =0.5 V to V IH =2.4 V)
-
a
tDH
Data hold time
2
-
-
system clocks
c
tSFT
I2CSCL/I2CSDA fall time (VIH =2.4 V to V IL =0.5 V)
-
9
10
ns
a
I4
I5
I6
tHT
Clock High time
24
-
-
system clocks
a
tDS
Data setup time
18
-
-
system clocks
a
tSCSR
Start condition setup time (for repeated start condition 36
only)
-
-
system clocks
a
tSCS
Stop condition setup time
-
-
system clocks
I7
I8
I9
24
I2C
a. Values depend on the value programmed into the TPR bit in the
Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register; a TPR
programmed for the maximum I2CSCL frequency (TPR=0x2) results in a minimum output timing as shown in the table
above. The I 2C interface is designed to scale the actual data transition time to move it to the middle of the I2CSCL Low
period. The actual position is affected by the value programmed into the TPR; however, the numbers given in the above
values are minimum values.
b. Because I2CSCL and I2CSDA are open-drain-type outputs, which the controller can only actively drive Low, the time
I2CSCL or I2CSDA takes to reach a high level depends on external signal capacitance and pull-up resistor values.
c. Specified at a nominal 50 pF load.
November 30, 2007
539
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Figure 23-2. I2C Timing
I2
I6
I5
I2CSCL
I1
I4
I7
I8
I3
I9
I2CSDA
23.2.6
Hibernation Module
The Hibernation Module requires special system implementation considerations since it is intended
to power-down all other sections of its host device. The system power-supply distribution and
interfaces of the system must be driven to 0 VDC or powered down with the same regulator controlled
by HIB.
The regulators controlled by HIB are expected to have a settling time of 250 μs or less.
Table 23-13. Hibernation Module Characteristics
Parameter No
Parameter
H1
tHIB_LOW
Internal 32.768 KHz clock reference rising edge to /HIB asserted
-
200
-
μs
H2
tHIB_HIGH
Internal 32.768 KHz clock reference rising edge to /HIB deasserted
-
30
-
μs
62
-
-
μs
62
-
124
μs
20
-
-
ms
H6
tHIB_REG_WRITE Time for a write to non-volatile registers in HIB module to complete 92
-
-
μs
H7
tHIB_TO_VDD
-
250
μs
H3
Parameter Name
Min Nom Max Unit
tWAKE_ASSERT /WAKE assertion time
H4
tWAKETOHIB
/WAKE assert to /HIB desassert
a
H5
tXOSC_SETTLE XOSC settling time
HIB deassert to VDD and VDD25 at minimum operational level
-
a. This parameter is highly sensitive to PCB layout and trace lengths, which may make this parameter time longer. Care
must be taken in PCB design to minimize trace lengths and RLC (resistance, inductance, capacitance).
Figure 23-3. Hibernation Module Timing
32.768 KHz
(internal)
H1
H2
/HIB
H4
/WAKE
H3
23.2.7
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Table 23-14. SSI Characteristics
Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name
S1
tclk_per
SSIClk cycle time
540
Min Nom Max
2
-
Unit
65024 system clocks
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name
Min Nom Max
Unit
S2
tclk_high
SSIClk high time
-
1/2
-
t clk_per
S3
tclk_low
SSIClk low time
-
1/2
-
t clk_per
S4
tclkrf
SSIClk rise/fall time
-
7.4
26
ns
S5
tDMd
Data from master valid delay time
0
-
20
ns
S6
tDMs
Data from master setup time
20
-
-
ns
S7
tDMh
Data from master hold time
40
-
-
ns
S8
tDSs
Data from slave setup time
20
-
-
ns
S9
tDSh
Data from slave hold time
40
-
-
ns
Figure 23-4. SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement
S1
S2
S4
SSIClk
S3
SSIFss
SSITx
SSIRx
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits
Figure 23-5. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer
S2
S1
SSIClk
S3
SSIFss
SSITx
MSB
LSB
8-bit control
SSIRx
0
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits output data
November 30, 2007
541
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Figure 23-6. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1
S1
S4
S2
SSIClk
(SPO=0)
S3
SSIClk
(SPO=1)
S6
SSITx
(master)
MSB
S5
SSIRx
(slave)
S7
S8
LSB
S9
MSB
LSB
SSIFss
23.2.8
JTAG and Boundary Scan
Table 23-15. JTAG Characteristics
Parameter No.
Parameter
Parameter Name
J1
fTCK
TCK operational clock frequency
J2
tTCK
TCK operational clock period
J3
tTCK_LOW
TCK clock Low time
J4
tTCK_HIGH
J5
tTCK_R
J6
tTCK_F
Min Nom Max Unit
0
-
100
-
10 MHz
-
ns
-
tTCK
-
ns
TCK clock High time
-
tTCK
-
ns
TCK rise time
0
-
10
ns
TCK fall time
0
-
10
ns
J7
tTMS_SU
TMS setup time to TCK rise
20
-
-
ns
J8
tTMS_HLD
TMS hold time from TCK rise
20
-
-
ns
J9
tTDI_SU
TDI setup time to TCK rise
25
-
-
ns
J10
tTDI_HLD
TDI hold time from TCK rise
25
-
-
ns
J11
TCK fall to Data Valid from High-Z
-
23
35
ns
4-mA drive
15
26
ns
8-mA drive
14
25
ns
8-mA drive with slew rate control
18
29
ns
2-mA drive
t TDO_ZDV
J12
TCK fall to Data Valid from Data Valid
2-mA drive
21
35
ns
4-mA drive
14
25
ns
8-mA drive
13
24
ns
8-mA drive with slew rate control
18
28
ns
t TDO_DV
542
-
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Parameter No.
Parameter
J13
TCK fall to High-Z from Data Valid
Parameter Name
9
11
ns
4-mA drive
7
9
ns
8-mA drive
6
8
ns
8-mA drive with slew rate control
7
9
ns
t TDO_DVZ
J14
tTRST
J15
tTRST_SU
Min Nom Max Unit
2-mA drive
-
TRST assertion time
100
-
-
ns
TRST setup time to TCK rise
10
-
-
ns
Figure 23-7. JTAG Test Clock Input Timing
J2
J3
J4
TCK
J6
J5
Figure 23-8. JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing
TCK
J7
TMS
TDI
J8
J7
TMS Input Valid
TMS Input Valid
J9
J9
J10
TDI Input Valid
J11
TDO
J8
J10
TDI Input Valid
J12
J13
TDO Output Valid
TDO Output Valid
Figure 23-9. JTAG TRST Timing
TCK
J14
J15
TRST
23.2.9
General-Purpose I/O
Note:
All GPIOs are 5 V-tolerant.
November 30, 2007
543
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Table 23-16. GPIO Characteristics
Parameter Parameter Name
tGPIOR
Condition
GPIO Rise Time (from 20% to 80% of VDD)
Min Nom Max Unit
2-mA drive
-
4-mA drive
tGPIOF
23.2.10
17
26
ns
9
13
ns
8-mA drive
6
9
ns
8-mA drive with slew rate control
10
12
ns
GPIO Fall Time (from 80% to 20% of VDD)
2-mA drive
17
25
ns
4-mA drive
-
8
12
ns
8-mA drive
6
10
ns
8-mA drive with slew rate control
11
13
ns
Reset
Table 23-17. Reset Characteristics
Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name
R1
Min Nom Max Unit
VTH
Reset threshold
R2
VBTH
Brown-Out threshold
R3
TPOR
Power-On Reset timeout
-
10
-
ms
R4
TBOR
Brown-Out timeout
-
500
-
µs
R5
TIRPOR
Internal reset timeout after POR
6
-
11
ms
R6
TIRBOR
Internal reset timeout after BOR
0
-
1
µs
R7
TIRHWR
Internal reset timeout after hardware reset (RST pin)
0
-
1
ms
2.5
-
20
µs
µs
R8
TIRSWR
R9
TIRWDR
R10
TVDDRISE
R11
TMIN
-
2.0
-
2.85 2.9 2.95
a
Internal reset timeout after software-initiated system
Internal reset timeout after watchdog
reseta
reset a
V
V
2.5
-
20
Supply voltage (VDD) rise time (0V-3.3V)
-
-
100 ms
Minimum RST pulse width
2
-
-
µs
a. 20 * t MOSC_per
Figure 23-10. External Reset Timing (RST)
RST
R11
R7
/Reset
(Internal)
544
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Figure 23-11. Power-On Reset Timing
R1
VDD
R3
/POR
(Internal)
R5
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 23-12. Brown-Out Reset Timing
R2
VDD
R4
/BOR
(Internal)
R6
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 23-13. Software Reset Timing
SW Reset
R8
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 23-14. Watchdog Reset Timing
WDOG
Reset
(Internal)
R9
/Reset
(Internal)
November 30, 2007
545
Preliminary
Package Information
24
Package Information
Figure 24-1. 100-Pin LQFP Package
Note:
The following notes apply to the package drawing.
1. All dimensions shown in mm.
2. Dimensions shown are nominal with tolerances indicated.
3. Foot length 'L' is measured at gage plane 0.25 mm above seating plane.
546
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Body +2.00 mm Footprint, 1.4 mm package thickness
Symbols
Leads
100L
A
Max.
1.60
A1
0.05 Min./0.15 Max.
A2
±0.05
1.40
D
±0.20
16.00
D1
±0.05
14.00
E
±0.20
16.00
E1
±0.05
14.00
L
±0.15/-0.10
0.60
e
BASIC
0.50
b
±0.05
0.22
θ
===
0˚~7˚
ddd
Max.
0.08
ccc
Max.
0.08
JEDEC Reference Drawing
MS-026
Variation Designator
BED
November 30, 2007
547
Preliminary
Serial Flash Loader
A
Serial Flash Loader
A.1
Serial Flash Loader
®
The Stellaris serial flash loader is a preprogrammed flash-resident utility used to download code
to the flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface. The serial flash loader uses
a simple packet interface to provide synchronous communication with the device. The flash loader
runs off the crystal and does not enable the PLL, so its speed is determined by the crystal used.
The two serial interfaces that can be used are the UART0 and SSI0 interfaces. For simplicity, both
the data format and communication protocol are identical for both serial interfaces.
A.2
Interfaces
Once communication with the flash loader is established via one of the serial interfaces, that interface
is used until the flash loader is reset or new code takes over. For example, once you start
communicating using the SSI port, communications with the flash loader via the UART are disabled
until the device is reset.
A.2.1
UART
The Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UART) communication uses a fixed serial
format of 8 bits of data, no parity, and 1 stop bit. The baud rate used for communication is
automatically detected by the flash loader and can be any valid baud rate supported by the host
and the device. The auto detection sequence requires that the baud rate should be no more than
1/32 the crystal frequency of the board that is running the serial flash loader. This is actually the
®
same as the hardware limitation for the maximum baud rate for any UART on a Stellaris device
which is calculated as follows:
Max Baud Rate = System Clock Frequency / 16
In order to determine the baud rate, the serial flash loader needs to determine the relationship
between its own crystal frequency and the baud rate. This is enough information for the flash loader
to configure its UART to the same baud rate as the host. This automatic baud-rate detection allows
the host to use any valid baud rate that it wants to communicate with the device.
The method used to perform this automatic synchronization relies on the host sending the flash
loader two bytes that are both 0x55. This generates a series of pulses to the flash loader that it can
use to calculate the ratios needed to program the UART to match the host’s baud rate. After the
host sends the pattern, it attempts to read back one byte of data from the UART. The flash loader
returns the value of 0xCC to indicate successful detection of the baud rate. If this byte is not received
after at least twice the time required to transfer the two bytes, the host can resend another pattern
of 0x55, 0x55, and wait for the 0xCC byte again until the flash loader acknowledges that it has
received a synchronization pattern correctly. For example, the time to wait for data back from the
flash loader should be calculated as at least 2*(20(bits/sync)/baud rate (bits/sec)). For a baud rate
of 115200, this time is 2*(20/115200) or 0.35 ms.
A.2.2
SSI
The Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) port also uses a fixed serial format for communications,
with the framing defined as Motorola format with SPH set to 1 and SPO set to 1. See “Frame
Formats” on page 340 in the SSI chapter for more information on formats for this transfer protocol.
Like the UART, this interface has hardware requirements that limit the maximum speed that the SSI
clock can run. This allows the SSI clock to be at most 1/12 the crystal frequency of the board running
548
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
the flash loader. Since the host device is the master, the SSI on the flash loader device does not
need to determine the clock as it is provided directly by the host.
A.3
Packet Handling
All communications, with the exception of the UART auto-baud, are done via defined packets that
are acknowledged (ACK) or not acknowledged (NAK) by the devices. The packets use the same
format for receiving and sending packets, including the method used to acknowledge successful or
unsuccessful reception of a packet.
A.3.1
Packet Format
All packets sent and received from the device use the following byte-packed format.
struct
{
unsigned char ucSize;
unsigned char ucCheckSum;
unsigned char Data[];
};
A.3.2
ucSize
The first byte received holds the total size of the transfer including
the size and checksum bytes.
ucChecksum
This holds a simple checksum of the bytes in the data buffer only.
The algorithm is Data[0]+Data[1]+…+ Data[ucSize-3].
Data
This is the raw data intended for the device, which is formatted in
some form of command interface. There should be ucSize–2
bytes of data provided in this buffer to or from the device.
Sending Packets
The actual bytes of the packet can be sent individually or all at once; the only limitation is that
commands that cause flash memory access should limit the download sizes to prevent losing bytes
during flash programming. This limitation is discussed further in the section that describes the serial
flash loader command, COMMAND_SEND_DATA (see “COMMAND_SEND_DATA
(0x24)” on page 551).
Once the packet has been formatted correctly by the host, it should be sent out over the UART or
SSI interface. Then the host should poll the UART or SSI interface for the first non-zero data returned
from the device. The first non-zero byte will either be an ACK (0xCC) or a NAK (0x33) byte from
the device indicating the packet was received successfully (ACK) or unsuccessfully (NAK). This
does not indicate that the actual contents of the command issued in the data portion of the packet
were valid, just that the packet was received correctly.
A.3.3
Receiving Packets
The flash loader sends a packet of data in the same format that it receives a packet. The flash loader
may transfer leading zero data before the first actual byte of data is sent out. The first non-zero byte
is the size of the packet followed by a checksum byte, and finally followed by the data itself. There
is no break in the data after the first non-zero byte is sent from the flash loader. Once the device
communicating with the flash loader receives all the bytes, it must either ACK or NAK the packet to
indicate that the transmission was successful. The appropriate response after sending a NAK to
the flash loader is to resend the command that failed and request the data again. If needed, the
host may send leading zeros before sending down the ACK/NAK signal to the flash loader, as the
November 30, 2007
549
Preliminary
Serial Flash Loader
flash loader only accepts the first non-zero data as a valid response. This zero padding is needed
by the SSI interface in order to receive data to or from the flash loader.
A.4
Commands
The next section defines the list of commands that can be sent to the flash loader. The first byte of
the data should always be one of the defined commands, followed by data or parameters as
determined by the command that is sent.
A.4.1
COMMAND_PING (0X20)
This command simply accepts the command and sets the global status to success. The format of
the packet is as follows:
Byte[0] = 0x03;
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]);
Byte[2] = COMMAND_PING;
The ping command has 3 bytes and the value for COMMAND_PING is 0x20 and the checksum of one
byte is that same byte, making Byte[1] also 0x20. Since the ping command has no real return status,
the receipt of an ACK can be interpreted as a successful ping to the flash loader.
A.4.2
COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23)
This command returns the status of the last command that was issued. Typically, this command
should be sent after every command to ensure that the previous command was successful or to
properly respond to a failure. The command requires one byte in the data of the packet and should
be followed by reading a packet with one byte of data that contains a status code. The last step is
to ACK or NAK the received data so the flash loader knows that the data has been read.
Byte[0] = 0x03
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_GET_STATUS
A.4.3
COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21)
This command is sent to the flash loader to indicate where to store data and how many bytes will
be sent by the COMMAND_SEND_DATA commands that follow. The command consists of two 32-bit
values that are both transferred MSB first. The first 32-bit value is the address to start programming
data into, while the second is the 32-bit size of the data that will be sent. This command also triggers
an erase of the full area to be programmed so this command takes longer than other commands.
This results in a longer time to receive the ACK/NAK back from the board. This command should
be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the Program Address and Program size
are valid for the device running the flash loader.
The format of the packet to send this command is a follows:
Byte[0]
Byte[1]
Byte[2]
Byte[3]
Byte[4]
Byte[5]
Byte[6]
Byte[7]
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
11
checksum(Bytes[2:10])
COMMAND_DOWNLOAD
Program Address [31:24]
Program Address [23:16]
Program Address [15:8]
Program Address [7:0]
Program Size [31:24]
550
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
Byte[8] = Program Size [23:16]
Byte[9] = Program Size [15:8]
Byte[10] = Program Size [7:0]
A.4.4
COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24)
This command should only follow a COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command or another
COMMAND_SEND_DATA command if more data is needed. Consecutive send data commands
automatically increment address and continue programming from the previous location. The caller
should limit transfers of data to a maximum 8 bytes of packet data to allow the flash to program
successfully and not overflow input buffers of the serial interfaces. The command terminates
programming once the number of bytes indicated by the COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command has been
received. Each time this function is called it should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to
ensure that the data was successfully programmed into the flash. If the flash loader sends a NAK
to this command, the flash loader does not increment the current address to allow retransmission
of the previous data.
Byte[0] = 11
Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_SEND_DATA
Byte[3] = Data[0]
Byte[4] = Data[1]
Byte[5] = Data[2]
Byte[6] = Data[3]
Byte[7] = Data[4]
Byte[8] = Data[5]
Byte[9] = Data[6]
Byte[10] = Data[7]
A.4.5
COMMAND_RUN (0x22)
This command is used to tell the flash loader to execute from the address passed as the parameter
in this command. This command consists of a single 32-bit value that is interpreted as the address
to execute. The 32-bit value is transmitted MSB first and the flash loader responds with an ACK
signal back to the host device before actually executing the code at the given address. This allows
the host to know that the command was received successfully and the code is now running.
Byte[0]
Byte[1]
Byte[2]
Byte[3]
Byte[4]
Byte[5]
Byte[6]
A.4.6
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
7
checksum(Bytes[2:6])
COMMAND_RUN
Execute Address[31:24]
Execute Address[23:16]
Execute Address[15:8]
Execute Address[7:0]
COMMAND_RESET (0x25)
This command is used to tell the flash loader device to reset. This is useful when downloading a
new image that overwrote the flash loader and wants to start from a full reset. Unlike the
COMMAND_RUN command, this allows the initial stack pointer to be read by the hardware and set
up for the new code. It can also be used to reset the flash loader if a critical error occurs and the
host device wants to restart communication with the flash loader.
November 30, 2007
551
Preliminary
Serial Flash Loader
Byte[0] = 3
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_RESET
The flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the
software reset to the device running the flash loader. This allows the host to know that the command
was received successfully and the part will be reset.
552
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
B
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
System Control
Base 0x400F.E000
DID0, type RO, offset 0x000, reset VER
CLASS
MAJOR
MINOR
PBORCTL, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.7FFD
BORIOR
LDOPCTL, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.0000
VADJ
RIS, type RO, offset 0x050, reset 0x0000.0000
PLLLRIS
BORRIS
PLLLIM
BORIM
PLLLMIS
BORMIS
IMC, type R/W, offset 0x054, reset 0x0000.0000
MISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x058, reset 0x0000.0000
RESC, type R/W, offset 0x05C, reset -
LDO
SW
WDT
BOR
POR
EXT
RCC, type R/W, offset 0x060, reset 0x07AE.3AD1
ACG
PWRDN
SYSDIV
USESYSDIV
BYPASS
XTAL
PWMDIV
USEPWMDIV
OSCSRC
IOSCDIS MOSCDIS
PLLCFG, type RO, offset 0x064, reset -
F
R
RCC2, type R/W, offset 0x070, reset 0x0780.2800
USERCC2
SYSDIV2
PWRDN2
BYPASS2
OSCSRC2
DSLPCLKCFG, type R/W, offset 0x144, reset 0x0780.0000
DSDIVORIDE
DSOSCSRC
DID1, type RO, offset 0x004, reset VER
FAM
PARTNO
PINCOUNT
TEMP
PKG
ROHS
QUAL
DC0, type RO, offset 0x008, reset 0x00FF.007F
SRAMSZ
FLASHSZ
DC1, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0311.33FF
CAN1
MINSYSDIV
CAN0
MAXADCSPD
PWM
MPU
HIB
TEMPSNS
PLL
SSI1
SSI0
PWM5
PWM4
ADC
WDT
SWO
SWD
JTAG
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
UART2
UART1
UART0
DC2, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x070F.5337
COMP2
I2C1
I2C0
COMP1
COMP0
QEI1
QEI0
CCP1
CCP0
DC3, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x3F0F.B7FF
CCP5
PWMFAULT
CCP4
C2PLUS C2MINUS
CCP3
CCP2
C1PLUS C1MINUS
C0O
C0PLUS C0MINUS
November 30, 2007
ADC3
ADC2
ADC1
ADC0
PWM3
PWM2
PWM1
PWM0
553
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
DC4, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.00FF
RCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x100, reset 0x00000040
CAN1
CAN0
PWM
MAXADCSPD
HIB
ADC
WDT
SCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x110, reset 0x00000040
CAN1
CAN0
PWM
MAXADCSPD
HIB
ADC
WDT
DCGC0, type R/W, offset 0x120, reset 0x00000040
CAN1
CAN0
PWM
MAXADCSPD
HIB
ADC
WDT
RCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x104, reset 0x00000000
COMP2
I2C1
I2C0
COMP1
COMP0
QEI1
QEI0
COMP1
COMP0
QEI1
QEI0
COMP1
COMP0
QEI1
QEI0
TIMER3
SSI1
SSI0
SSI1
SSI0
SSI1
SSI0
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
UART2
UART1
UART0
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
UART2
UART1
UART0
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
UART2
UART1
UART0
SCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x114, reset 0x00000000
COMP2
I2C1
I2C0
TIMER3
DCGC1, type R/W, offset 0x124, reset 0x00000000
COMP2
I2C1
I2C0
TIMER3
RCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x108, reset 0x00000000
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
SCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x118, reset 0x00000000
DCGC2, type R/W, offset 0x128, reset 0x00000000
SRCR0, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x00000000
CAN1
CAN0
PWM
HIB
ADC
WDT
SRCR1, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x00000000
COMP2
I2C1
I2C0
COMP1
COMP0
QEI1
QEI0
TIMER3
SSI1
SSI0
GPIOF
GPIOE
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
UART2
UART1
UART0
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
SRCR2, type R/W, offset 0x048, reset 0x00000000
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOD
Hibernation Module
Base 0x400F.C000
HIBRTCC, type RO, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
RTCC
RTCC
HIBRTCM0, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
RTCM0
RTCM0
HIBRTCM1, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
RTCM1
RTCM1
HIBRTCLD, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
RTCLD
RTCLD
554
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
HIBREQ
RTCEN
HIBCTL, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
VABORT CLK32EN LOWBATEN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL
HIBIM, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
EXTW
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
EXTW
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
EXTW
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
EXTW
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
HIBRIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
HIBMIS, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
HIBIC, type R/W1C, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
HIBRTCT, type R/W, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.7FFF
TRIM
HIBDATA, type R/W, offset 0x030-0x12C, reset 0x0000.0000
RTD
RTD
Internal Memory
Flash Control Offset
Base 0x400F.D000
FMA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
OFFSET
OFFSET
FMD, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
DATA
FMC, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
WRKEY
COMT
MERASE
ERASE
WRITE
PRIS
ARIS
PMASK
AMASK
PMISC
AMISC
FCRIS, type RO, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
FCIM, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
FCMISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
Internal Memory
System Control Offset
Base 0x400F.E000
USECRL, type R/W, offset 0x140, reset 0x31
USEC
FMPRE0, type R/W, offset 0x130 and 0x200, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
READ_ENABLE
READ_ENABLE
November 30, 2007
555
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DBG1
DBG0
FMPPE0, type R/W, offset 0x134 and 0x400, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
PROG_ENABLE
PROG_ENABLE
USER_DBG, type R/W, offset 0x1D0, reset 0xFFFF.FFFE
NW
DATA
DATA
USER_REG0, type R/W, offset 0x1E0, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
NW
DATA
DATA
USER_REG1, type R/W, offset 0x1E4, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
NW
DATA
DATA
FMPRE1, type R/W, offset 0x204, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
READ_ENABLE
READ_ENABLE
FMPRE2, type R/W, offset 0x208, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
READ_ENABLE
READ_ENABLE
FMPRE3, type R/W, offset 0x20C, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
READ_ENABLE
READ_ENABLE
FMPPE1, type R/W, offset 0x404, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
PROG_ENABLE
PROG_ENABLE
FMPPE2, type R/W, offset 0x408, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
PROG_ENABLE
PROG_ENABLE
FMPPE3, type R/W, offset 0x40C, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
PROG_ENABLE
PROG_ENABLE
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port H base: 0x4002.7000
GPIODATA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
GPIODIR, type R/W, offset 0x400, reset 0x0000.0000
DIR
GPIOIS, type R/W, offset 0x404, reset 0x0000.0000
IS
GPIOIBE, type R/W, offset 0x408, reset 0x0000.0000
IBE
GPIOIEV, type R/W, offset 0x40C, reset 0x0000.0000
IEV
556
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOIM, type R/W, offset 0x410, reset 0x0000.0000
IME
GPIORIS, type RO, offset 0x414, reset 0x0000.0000
RIS
GPIOMIS, type RO, offset 0x418, reset 0x0000.0000
MIS
GPIOICR, type W1C, offset 0x41C, reset 0x0000.0000
IC
GPIOAFSEL, type R/W, offset 0x420, reset -
AFSEL
GPIODR2R, type R/W, offset 0x500, reset 0x0000.00FF
DRV2
GPIODR4R, type R/W, offset 0x504, reset 0x0000.0000
DRV4
GPIODR8R, type R/W, offset 0x508, reset 0x0000.0000
DRV8
GPIOODR, type R/W, offset 0x50C, reset 0x0000.0000
ODE
GPIOPUR, type R/W, offset 0x510, reset -
PUE
GPIOPDR, type R/W, offset 0x514, reset 0x0000.0000
PDE
GPIOSLR, type R/W, offset 0x518, reset 0x0000.0000
SRL
GPIODEN, type R/W, offset 0x51C, reset -
DEN
GPIOLOCK, type R/W, offset 0x520, reset 0x0000.0001
LOCK
LOCK
GPIOCR, type -, offset 0x524, reset -
CR
GPIOPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000
PID4
GPIOPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID5
November 30, 2007
557
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000
PID6
GPIOPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000
PID7
GPIOPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0061
PID0
GPIOPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID1
GPIOPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018
PID2
GPIOPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001
PID3
GPIOPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D
CID0
GPIOPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0
CID1
GPIOPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005
CID2
GPIOPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1
CID3
General-Purpose Timers
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
GPTMCFG, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
GPTMCFG
GPTMTAMR, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
TAAMS
TACMR
TAMR
TBAMS
TBCMR
TBMR
GPTMTBMR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
GPTMCTL, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
TBPWML
TBOTE
TBEVENT
TBSTALL
TBEN
TAPWML
TAOTE
RTCEN
TAEVENT
CBEIM
CBMIM
TBTOIM
RTCIM
CBERIS
CBMRIS TBTORIS
RTCRIS
TASTALL
TAEN
CAEIM
CAMIM
TATOIM
CAERIS
CAMRIS
TATORIS
GPTMIMR, type R/W, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
GPTMRIS, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
558
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RTCMIS
CAEMIS
GPTMMIS, type RO, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
CBEMIS
CBMMIS TBTOMIS
CAMMIS TATOMIS
GPTMICR, type W1C, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000
CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT
RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT
GPTMTAILR, type R/W, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
TAILRH
TAILRL
GPTMTBILR, type R/W, offset 0x02C, reset 0x0000.FFFF
TBILRL
GPTMTAMATCHR, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
TAMRH
TAMRL
GPTMTBMATCHR, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.FFFF
TBMRL
GPTMTAPR, type R/W, offset 0x038, reset 0x0000.0000
TAPSR
GPTMTBPR, type R/W, offset 0x03C, reset 0x0000.0000
TBPSR
GPTMTAPMR, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000
TAPSMR
GPTMTBPMR, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000
TBPSMR
GPTMTAR, type RO, offset 0x048, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode)
TARH
TARL
GPTMTBR, type RO, offset 0x04C, reset 0x0000.FFFF
TBRL
Watchdog Timer
Base 0x4000.0000
WDTLOAD, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
WDTLoad
WDTLoad
WDTVALUE, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
WDTValue
WDTValue
WDTCTL, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
RESEN
INTEN
WDTICR, type WO, offset 0x00C, reset WDTIntClr
WDTIntClr
WDTRIS, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
WDTRIS
November 30, 2007
559
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDTMIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
WDTMIS
WDTTEST, type R/W, offset 0x418, reset 0x0000.0000
STALL
WDTLOCK, type R/W, offset 0xC00, reset 0x0000.0000
WDTLock
WDTLock
WDTPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000
PID4
WDTPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID5
WDTPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000
PID6
WDTPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000
PID7
WDTPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0005
PID0
WDTPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0018
PID1
WDTPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018
PID2
WDTPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001
PID3
WDTPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D
CID0
WDTPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0
CID1
WDTPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005
CID2
WDTPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1
CID3
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Base 0x4003.8000
ADCACTSS, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
ASEN3
ASEN2
ASEN1
ASEN0
INR3
INR2
INR1
INR0
ADCRIS, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
560
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MASK3
MASK2
MASK1
MASK0
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN0
OV3
OV2
OV1
OV0
UV1
UV0
ADCIM, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
ADCISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
ADCOSTAT, type R/W1C, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
ADCEMUX, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
EM3
EM2
EM1
EM0
ADCUSTAT, type R/W1C, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
UV3
UV2
ADCSSPRI, type R/W, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.3210
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
ADCPSSI, type WO, offset 0x028, reset -
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
ADCSAC, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.0000
AVG
ADCSSMUX0, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000
MUX7
MUX6
MUX5
MUX4
MUX3
MUX2
MUX1
MUX0
ADCSSCTL0, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000
TS7
IE7
END7
D7
TS6
IE6
END6
D6
TS5
IE5
END5
D5
TS4
IE4
END4
D4
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
ADCSSFIFO0, type RO, offset 0x048, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
ADCSSFIFO1, type RO, offset 0x068, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
ADCSSFIFO2, type RO, offset 0x088, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
ADCSSFIFO3, type RO, offset 0x0A8, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
ADCSSFSTAT0, type RO, offset 0x04C, reset 0x0000.0100
FULL
EMPTY
HPTR
TPTR
EMPTY
HPTR
TPTR
EMPTY
HPTR
TPTR
ADCSSFSTAT1, type RO, offset 0x06C, reset 0x0000.0100
FULL
ADCSSFSTAT2, type RO, offset 0x08C, reset 0x0000.0100
FULL
November 30, 2007
561
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADCSSFSTAT3, type RO, offset 0x0AC, reset 0x0000.0100
FULL
EMPTY
HPTR
TPTR
ADCSSMUX1, type RO, offset 0x060, reset 0x0000.0000
MUX3
MUX2
MUX1
MUX0
MUX2
MUX1
MUX0
ADCSSMUX2, type RO, offset 0x080, reset 0x0000.0000
MUX3
ADCSSCTL1, type RO, offset 0x064, reset 0x0000.0000
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
ADCSSCTL2, type RO, offset 0x084, reset 0x0000.0000
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
ADCSSMUX3, type R/W, offset 0x0A0, reset 0x0000.0000
MUX0
ADCSSCTL3, type R/W, offset 0x0A4, reset 0x0000.0002
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
ADCTMLB, type RO, offset 0x100, reset 0x0000.0000
CNT
CONT
DIFF
TS
MUX
ADCTMLB, type WO, offset 0x100, reset 0x0000.0000
LB
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs)
UART0 base: 0x4000.C000
UART1 base: 0x4000.D000
UART2 base: 0x4000.E000
UARTDR, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
OE
BE
PE
FE
DATA
UARTRSR/UARTECR, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
OE
BE
PE
FE
UARTRSR/UARTECR, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
UARTFR, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0090
TXFE
RXFF
TXFF
RXFE
BUSY
UARTILPR, type R/W, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
ILPDVSR
UARTIBRD, type R/W, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000
DIVINT
UARTFBRD, type R/W, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.0000
DIVFRAC
562
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FEN
STP2
EPS
PEN
BRK
SIRLP
SIREN
UARTEN
UARTLCRH, type R/W, offset 0x02C, reset 0x0000.0000
SPS
WLEN
UARTCTL, type R/W, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.0300
RXE
TXE
LBE
UARTIFLS, type R/W, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.0012
RXIFLSEL
TXIFLSEL
UARTIM, type R/W, offset 0x038, reset 0x0000.0000
OEIM
BEIM
PEIM
FEIM
RTIM
TXIM
RXIM
OERIS
BERIS
PERIS
FERIS
RTRIS
TXRIS
RXRIS
OEMIS
BEMIS
PEMIS
FEMIS
RTMIS
TXMIS
RXMIS
OEIC
BEIC
PEIC
FEIC
RTIC
TXIC
RXIC
UARTRIS, type RO, offset 0x03C, reset 0x0000.000F
UARTMIS, type RO, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000
UARTICR, type W1C, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000
UARTPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000
PID4
UARTPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID5
UARTPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000
PID6
UARTPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000
PID7
UARTPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0011
PID0
UARTPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID1
UARTPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018
PID2
UARTPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001
PID3
UARTPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D
CID0
UARTPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0
CID1
November 30, 2007
563
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
UARTPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005
CID2
UARTPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1
CID3
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000
SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000
SSICR0, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
SCR
SPH
SPO
FRF
DSS
SSICR1, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
SOD
MS
SSE
LBM
RFF
RNE
TNF
TFE
TXIM
RXIM
RTIM
RORIM
TXRIS
RXRIS
RTRIS
RORRIS
TXMIS
RXMIS
RTMIS
RORMIS
RTIC
RORIC
SSIDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
SSISR, type RO, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0003
BSY
SSICPSR, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
CPSDVSR
SSIIM, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
SSIRIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0008
SSIMIS, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
SSIICR, type W1C, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
SSIPeriphID4, type RO, offset 0xFD0, reset 0x0000.0000
PID4
SSIPeriphID5, type RO, offset 0xFD4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID5
SSIPeriphID6, type RO, offset 0xFD8, reset 0x0000.0000
PID6
SSIPeriphID7, type RO, offset 0xFDC, reset 0x0000.0000
PID7
SSIPeriphID0, type RO, offset 0xFE0, reset 0x0000.0022
PID0
564
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSIPeriphID1, type RO, offset 0xFE4, reset 0x0000.0000
PID1
SSIPeriphID2, type RO, offset 0xFE8, reset 0x0000.0018
PID2
SSIPeriphID3, type RO, offset 0xFEC, reset 0x0000.0001
PID3
SSIPCellID0, type RO, offset 0xFF0, reset 0x0000.000D
CID0
SSIPCellID1, type RO, offset 0xFF4, reset 0x0000.00F0
CID1
SSIPCellID2, type RO, offset 0xFF8, reset 0x0000.0005
CID2
SSIPCellID3, type RO, offset 0xFFC, reset 0x0000.00B1
CID3
Inter-Integrated Circuit
(I2C)
Interface
I2C Master
I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000
I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000
I2CMSA, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
SA
R/S
I2CMCS, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
BUSBSY
IDLE
ARBLST
DATACK
ADRACK
ERROR
BUSY
ACK
STOP
START
RUN
I2CMCS, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
I2CMDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
I2CMTPR, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0001
TPR
I2CMIMR, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
IM
I2CMRIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
RIS
I2CMMIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
MIS
I2CMICR, type WO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
IC
November 30, 2007
565
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SFE
MFE
I2CMCR, type R/W, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
LPBK
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
I2C Slave
I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800
I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4002.1800
I2CSOAR, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
OAR
I2CSCSR, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
FBR
TREQ
RREQ
I2CSCSR, type WO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
DA
I2CSDR, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
DATA
I2CSIMR, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
IM
I2CSRIS, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
RIS
I2CSMIS, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
MIS
I2CSICR, type WO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
IC
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module
CAN0 base: 0x4004.0000
CAN1 base: 0x4004.1000
CANCTL, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0001
Test
CCE
DAR
BOff
EWarn
EPass
EIE
SIE
IE
INIT
CANSTS, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
RxOK
TxOK
LEC
CANERR, type RO, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
RP
REC
TEC
CANBIT, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.2301
TSeg2
TSeg1
SJW
BRP
CANINT, type RO, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
IntId
CANTST, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
Rx
566
Tx
LBack
Silent
Basic
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CANBRPE, type R/W, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
BRPE
CANIF1CRQ, type RO, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0001
Busy
MNUM
CANIF2CRQ, type RO, offset 0x080, reset 0x0000.0001
Busy
MNUM
CANIF1CMSK, type RO, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000
WRNRD
Mask
Arb
Control
ClrIntPnd
TxRqst/NewDat
DataA
DataB
WRNRD
Mask
Arb
Control
ClrIntPnd
TxRqst/NewDat
DataA
DataB
CANIF2CMSK, type RO, offset 0x084, reset 0x0000.0000
CANIF1MSK1, type RO, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.FFFF
Msk
CANIF2MSK1, type RO, offset 0x088, reset 0x0000.FFFF
Msk
CANIF1MSK2, type RO, offset 0x02C, reset 0x0000.FFFF
MXtd
MDir
Msk
CANIF2MSK2, type RO, offset 0x08C, reset 0x0000.FFFF
MXtd
MDir
Msk
CANIF1ARB1, type RO, offset 0x030, reset 0x0000.0000
ID
CANIF2ARB1, type RO, offset 0x090, reset 0x0000.0000
ID
CANIF1ARB2, type RO, offset 0x034, reset 0x0000.0000
MsgVal
Xtd
Dir
ID
CANIF2ARB2, type RO, offset 0x094, reset 0x0000.0000
MsgVal
Xtd
Dir
ID
CANIF1MCTL, type RO, offset 0x038, reset 0x0000.0000
NewDat
MsgLst
IntPnd
UMask
TxIE
RxIE
RmtEn
TxRqst
EoB
DLC
RxIE
RmtEn
TxRqst
EoB
DLC
CANIF2MCTL, type RO, offset 0x098, reset 0x0000.0000
NewDat
MsgLst
IntPnd
UMask
TxIE
CANIF1DA1, type R/W, offset 0x03C, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF1DA2, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
November 30, 2007
567
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN2
IN1
IN0
IN2
IN1
IN0
IN2
IN1
IN0
CANIF1DB1, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF1DB2, type R/W, offset 0x048, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF2DA1, type R/W, offset 0x09C, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF2DA2, type R/W, offset 0x0A0, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF2DB1, type R/W, offset 0x0A4, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANIF2DB2, type R/W, offset 0x0A8, reset 0x0000.0000
Data
CANTXRQ1, type RO, offset 0x100, reset 0x0000.0000
TxRqst
CANTXRQ2, type RO, offset 0x104, reset 0x0000.0000
TxRqst
CANNWDA1, type RO, offset 0x120, reset 0x0000.0000
NewDat
CANNWDA2, type RO, offset 0x124, reset 0x0000.0000
NewDat
CANMSG1INT, type RO, offset 0x140, reset 0x0000.0000
IntPnd
CANMSG2INT, type RO, offset 0x144, reset 0x0000.0000
IntPnd
CANMSG1VAL, type RO, offset 0x160, reset 0x0000.0000
MsgVal
CANMSG2VAL, type RO, offset 0x164, reset 0x0000.0000
MsgVal
Analog Comparators
Base 0x4003.C000
ACMIS, type R/W1C, offset 0x00, reset 0x0000.0000
ACRIS, type RO, offset 0x04, reset 0x0000.0000
ACINTEN, type R/W, offset 0x08, reset 0x0000.0000
568
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EN
RNG
ACREFCTL, type R/W, offset 0x10, reset 0x0000.0000
VREF
ACSTAT0, type RO, offset 0x20, reset 0x0000.0000
OVAL
ACSTAT1, type RO, offset 0x40, reset 0x0000.0000
OVAL
ACSTAT2, type RO, offset 0x60, reset 0x0000.0000
OVAL
ACCTL0, type R/W, offset 0x24, reset 0x0000.0000
TOEN
ASRCP
TSLVAL
TSEN
ISLVAL
ISEN
CINV
ASRCP
TSLVAL
TSEN
ISLVAL
ISEN
CINV
ASRCP
TSLVAL
TSEN
ISLVAL
ISEN
CINV
ACCTL1, type R/W, offset 0x44, reset 0x0000.0000
TOEN
ACCTL2, type R/W, offset 0x64, reset 0x0000.0000
TOEN
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Base 0x4002.8000
PWMCTL, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
GlobalSync2 GlobalSync1 GlobalSync0
PWMSYNC, type R/W, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
Sync2
Sync1
Sync0
PWMENABLE, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM5En PWM4En PWM3En PWM2En PWM1En PWM0En
PWMINVERT, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM5Inv PWM4Inv PWM3Inv PWM2Inv PWM1Inv PWM0Inv
PWMFAULT, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
Fault5
Fault4
Fault3
Fault2
Fault1
Fault0
PWMINTEN, type R/W, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
IntFault
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
PWMRIS, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
IntFault
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
PWMISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
IntFault
IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0
PWMSTATUS, type RO, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
Fault
PWM0CTL, type R/W, offset 0x040, reset 0x0000.0000
CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd
November 30, 2007
Debug
Mode
Enable
569
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd
Debug
Mode
Enable
CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd
Debug
Mode
Enable
PWM1CTL, type R/W, offset 0x080, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM2CTL, type R/W, offset 0x0C0, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM0INTEN, type R/W, offset 0x044, reset 0x0000.0000
TrCmpBD TrCmpBU TrCmpAD TrCmpAU TrCntLoad
TrCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
TrCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
TrCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
PWM1INTEN, type R/W, offset 0x084, reset 0x0000.0000
TrCmpBD TrCmpBU TrCmpAD TrCmpAU TrCntLoad
PWM2INTEN, type R/W, offset 0x0C4, reset 0x0000.0000
TrCmpBD TrCmpBU TrCmpAD TrCmpAU TrCntLoad
PWM0RIS, type RO, offset 0x048, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM1RIS, type RO, offset 0x088, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM2RIS, type RO, offset 0x0C8, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM0ISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x04C, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM1ISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x08C, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM2ISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x0CC, reset 0x0000.0000
PWM0LOAD, type R/W, offset 0x050, reset 0x0000.0000
Load
PWM1LOAD, type R/W, offset 0x090, reset 0x0000.0000
Load
PWM2LOAD, type R/W, offset 0x0D0, reset 0x0000.0000
Load
PWM0COUNT, type RO, offset 0x054, reset 0x0000.0000
Count
PWM1COUNT, type RO, offset 0x094, reset 0x0000.0000
Count
PWM2COUNT, type RO, offset 0x0D4, reset 0x0000.0000
Count
570
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWM0CMPA, type R/W, offset 0x058, reset 0x0000.0000
CompA
PWM1CMPA, type R/W, offset 0x098, reset 0x0000.0000
CompA
PWM2CMPA, type R/W, offset 0x0D8, reset 0x0000.0000
CompA
PWM0CMPB, type R/W, offset 0x05C, reset 0x0000.0000
CompB
PWM1CMPB, type R/W, offset 0x09C, reset 0x0000.0000
CompB
PWM2CMPB, type R/W, offset 0x0DC, reset 0x0000.0000
CompB
PWM0GENA, type R/W, offset 0x060, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
PWM1GENA, type R/W, offset 0x0A0, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
PWM2GENA, type R/W, offset 0x0E0, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
PWM0GENB, type R/W, offset 0x064, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
PWM1GENB, type R/W, offset 0x0A4, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
PWM2GENB, type R/W, offset 0x0E4, reset 0x0000.0000
ActCmpBD
PWM0DBCTL, type R/W, offset 0x068, reset 0x0000.0000
Enable
PWM1DBCTL, type R/W, offset 0x0A8, reset 0x0000.0000
Enable
PWM2DBCTL, type R/W, offset 0x0E8, reset 0x0000.0000
Enable
PWM0DBRISE, type R/W, offset 0x06C, reset 0x0000.0000
RiseDelay
PWM1DBRISE, type R/W, offset 0x0AC, reset 0x0000.0000
RiseDelay
November 30, 2007
571
Preliminary
Register Quick Reference
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Swap
Enable
Direction
Error
PWM2DBRISE, type R/W, offset 0x0EC, reset 0x0000.0000
RiseDelay
PWM0DBFALL, type R/W, offset 0x070, reset 0x0000.0000
FallDelay
PWM1DBFALL, type R/W, offset 0x0B0, reset 0x0000.0000
FallDelay
PWM2DBFALL, type R/W, offset 0x0F0, reset 0x0000.0000
FallDelay
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI)
QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000
QEI1 base: 0x4002.D000
QEICTL, type R/W, offset 0x000, reset 0x0000.0000
STALLEN
INVI
INVB
INVA
VelDiv
VelEn
ResMode CapMode SigMode
QEISTAT, type RO, offset 0x004, reset 0x0000.0000
QEIPOS, type R/W, offset 0x008, reset 0x0000.0000
Position
Position
QEIMAXPOS, type R/W, offset 0x00C, reset 0x0000.0000
MaxPos
MaxPos
QEILOAD, type R/W, offset 0x010, reset 0x0000.0000
Load
Load
QEITIME, type RO, offset 0x014, reset 0x0000.0000
Time
Time
QEICOUNT, type RO, offset 0x018, reset 0x0000.0000
Count
Count
QEISPEED, type RO, offset 0x01C, reset 0x0000.0000
Speed
Speed
QEIINTEN, type R/W, offset 0x020, reset 0x0000.0000
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
IntError
IntDir
IntTimer
IntIndex
QEIRIS, type RO, offset 0x024, reset 0x0000.0000
QEIISC, type R/W1C, offset 0x028, reset 0x0000.0000
572
November 30, 2007
Preliminary
LM3S2965 Microcontroller
C
Ordering and Contact Information
C.1
Ordering Information
LM3Snnnn–gppss–rrm
Part Number
Shipping Medium
T = Tape-and-reel
Omitted = Default shipping (tray or tube)
Temperature
I = -40 C to 85 C
Revision
Omitted = Default to current shipping
revision
A0 = First all-layer mask
A1 = Metal layers update to A0
A2 = Metal layers update to A1
B0 = Second all-layer mask revision
Package
RN = 28-pin SOIC
QN = 48-pin LQFP
QC = 100-pin LQFP
Speed
20 = 20 MHz
25 = 25 MHz
50 = 50 MHz
Table C-1. Part Ordering Information
Orderable Part Number Description
C.2
®
LM3S2965-IQC50
Stellaris LM3S2965 Microcontroller
LM3S2965-IQC50(T)
Stellaris LM3S2965 Microcontroller
®
Kits
®
The Luminary Micro Stellaris Family provides the hardware and software tools that engineers need
to begin development quickly.
■ Reference Design Kits accelerate product development by providing ready-to-run hardware, and
comprehensive documentation including hardware design files:
http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/reference_design_kits/
®
■ Evaluation Kits provide a low-cost and effective means of evaluating Stellaris microcontrollers
before purchase:
http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/evaluation_kits/
■ Development Kits provide you with all the tools you need to develop and prototype embedded
applications right out of the box:
http://www.luminarymicro.com/products/boards.html
See the Luminary Micro website for the latest tools available or ask your Luminary Micro distributor.
C.3
Company Information
Luminary Micro, Inc. designs, markets, and sells ARM Cortex-M3-based microcontrollers (MCUs).
Austin, Texas-based Luminary Micro is the lead partner for the Cortex-M3 processor, delivering the
world's first silicon implementation of the Cortex-M3 processor. Luminary Micro's introduction of the
November 30, 2007
573
Preliminary
Ordering and Contact Information
Stellaris® family of products provides 32-bit performance for the same price as current 8- and 16-bit
microcontroller designs. With entry-level pricing at $1.00 for an ARM technology-based MCU,
Luminary Micro's Stellaris product line allows for standardization that eliminates future architectural
upgrades or software tool changes.
Luminary Micro, Inc.
108 Wild Basin, Suite 350
Austin, TX 78746
Main: +1-512-279-8800
Fax: +1-512-279-8879
http://www.luminarymicro.com
[email protected]
C.4
Support Information
For support on Luminary Micro products, contact:
[email protected] +1-512-279-8800, ext. 3
574
November 30, 2007
Preliminary